I LONGMANS' Gazetteer of the World LONGMANS i^ZETTEER of tKeWoRLD EDITED BY GEORGE G. CHISHOLM, M.A., B.Sc. t( FELLOW OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL AND STATISTICAL SOCIETIES LONDON LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. AND NEW YORK 1895 lylll rights reserved] 76 /// Printed by Ballantyne, Hanson & Co. At the Ballantyne Press INTRODUCTION ruNivERsiTY However brief it is desirable to make the introduction to a volume already large, some preliminary explanations are absolutely required. In the first place, those who use the Gazetteer ought to be told what they may expect to find in it. As regards the contents of the Gazetteer, the chief thing aimed at has been to make the selection of names entered in alphabetical order as complete as possible for the purposes of those who are most likely to consult it, and to localise the places entered by the method most likely to facilitate their being found or placed on the map. With respect to the selection of names, the British Isles have, of course, been more liberally dealt with than any other parts of the world. All parishes with the exception of town parishes distinguished by saints and other ecclesiastical names (like Allhallows) have been inserted ; so also have all places with a railway station, and all places with a post-office, not being town sub-offices and branch offices ; in Scotland also all villages separately entered in the census, and in Ireland all townlands with a popu- lation above 250, and all electoral divisions not entered under some other heading. Under parishes in England are included all those areas still known locally in the north of England as townships, but now no longer distinguishable from parishes by definition, and not distinguished in the census returns. Ecclesiastical parishes (formerly known as ecclesiastical districts) are all entered where they differ wholly or partly in name from the civil parishes with which they most nearly correspond ; but to save space such parishes are entered, wherever possible, under the same heading as the civil parish. This rule is followed in Scotland as well as in England and Wales ; and here it may be as well to state that, in accordance with the practice of the last census report, the same designations are used for Scotch as for English civil and ecclesiastical parishes, instead of the designations quoad omnia and quoad sacra parishes more familiar in that part of the kingdom. Outside of the British Isles the criterion of selection most convenient to follow is that of population, wherever census returns, or more or less complete official or non-official estimates, are available for this purpose. But this criterion is not quite satisfactory,, inasmuch as it does not always allow of our dis- tinguishing the more important aggregations of population in small towns and villages. Even in England the census returns do not give the village population apart from that of the parish. In Spain and the Spanish possessions the only populations obtainable for small areas are those of the communes, often of considerable extent, and containing only small villages scattered over their area. Where there is the means of distinguishing between village and communal population, the lower limit of population adopted as the criterion of insertion for the more densely peopled parts of western Europe is 2000, For the more densely peopled parts of Asia for which we have census or other population figures (India, Japan, &c.), the limit adopted is 5000. It was considered that in densely peopled countries where smaller places happened to be mentioned, it is not unlikely that wherever mentioned they would be stated to be near some larger place ; but in the sparsely peopled parts of the world, such as Siberia, no such presupposition can be made, and hence it was necessary to come below that limit in order to make the selection of names sufficiently comprehensive. The reasons for inserting small places are much stronger in the case of the British colonies and those parts of the United States which have been most recently settled ; and in these parts of the world a great multitude of places utterly insigni- ficant in respect of population (in a great many cases even below 100), but nevertheless not unlikely to be referred to by those interested in them through the emigration of friends or in other ways, have been included. Even in those parts of the world where the criterion of population could be adopted, it has been taken as an absolute criterion only for inclusion, not for exclusion. A large number of places below the population limit have been entered on account of their geographical situation, historical interest, mineral resources, and for other reasons. The articles on countries and the larger divisions of the globe generally are mostly by specialists, and are of sufficient length to allow of interesting information being given as to their features and resources. To allow space for this, without unduly increasing the bulk of the work, the articles on the minor subdivisions have been kept as short as possible, by confining the information contained in them to characteristics that are strictly local (such as the occurrence of minerals), and the omission of what is covered by the general articles on the countries or regions to which these subdivisions belong. In many cases merely the position of the minor subdivisions is indicated ; but where this information is important, as in the case of the ' counties ' of the British colonies and the United States, which are so often named in accounts of the resources of these parts of the world, it is never omitted. But as this is the sole purpose of making such entries, the entry is always made in the most concise manner possible. For the most part the position of a county, province, circle, district, and the like, is indicated V b vi INTRODUCTION merely by mentioning the parallel of latitude and meridian of longitude that cross them or pass nearest to them, and in many cases the mention of one or other, or both of these, is replaced by the mention of some physical feature (such as an important river or a coast-line), or some important political boundary. Where a town, village, or settlement that gives name to a county, province, &c., is mentioned, it has been thought sufficient to refer to the division by an initial under the town or whatever it may be. Where the area and population of a division are to be found in a table elsewhere, a reference to the table is added. Under seaports, information has always been given, where procurable, as to the accommodation afforded by the harbour — depth of water available, facilities of access, facilities for loading and un- loading, and the like. This information has usually been taken from Lloyd's list, as published in the last issue of the Warships of the World; but occasionally consular reports or local correspondents have supplied the means of giving later information. Pains have been taken to supply information as to the healthiness of towns and districts, especially in the warmer parts of the world. In the absence of other information on this head, particulars as to the mean temperature (in nearly every case that of the months of January and July, or the coldest and hottest months, whichever they may be, as well as the mean for the year) and the mean rainfall are given for thousands of places all over the world. Populations have always been inserted from the latest available censuses, or official or non-official estimates for such parts of the world as are without censuses ; but here attention must be drawn to one or two peculiarities in the present work. Populations are seldom given to the exact unit, according to the authority from which they are taken. Generally only the nearest looo is given, or, in the case of towns and villages below 5000, the 1000 next above the figure ascertained as the result of the last census. For this there are two reasons, each of which seems to me in itself decisive. In the case of the smaller towns it is desired, in any future edition issued subsequently to later censuses, to avoid the necessity for making such trivial alterations as from a population of 2346 to 2420, so as to devote the labour and expense that would be required for such useless changes to keeping the work thoroughly up to date in matters of real importance. In speaking of such changes as useless, I am quite aware that there are purposes for which it is necessary to have the exact census population even of small places, but these are not purposes served by an alphabetical arrangement, which is the idea of a gazetteer. The second reason for using round numbers is, that exact figures are more apt to be con- fusing than instructive, and it is for this reason alone that round numbers are given for the population of large towns. For small towns, villages, parishes, &c., the exact rules followed are these. For places in the British Isles, the nearest 500 above the census figure is given for all places above 1000, the sign < being used to indicate that the population is below the figure indicated. For places below 1000, the nearest multiple of 250 above the census figure is given. For places in most parts of the world outside the British Isles, the nearest 1000 above the census figure is given for all places below 5000, unless they are below 2000; but <2ooo may mean any population from i to 1999. In the British colonies and the United States, however, a distinction is made between places above and below 1500 but less than 2000, the former being entered as <2ooo, the latter as ench eti. ) kh the Oriental guttural, as in khan. u long ic as m flute. gh is another guttural, as in the Turkish Dagh. (*u like u in btit. ) th stands both for its sound in thing (*the only (u like French ti.) sound for which it is used in this Gazetteer ai as in aisle, or English i in ice. when names are re-spelt to indicate pronuncia- au ow as in ho%u. tion), and as in this. aw when followed by a consonant or at the end of a y is always a consonant, as in yard. word, as in law. zh the French y, or as s in treasure. Vlll INTRODUCTION It should be added that in names phonetically spelt, c and g are never used, c being always replaced by s or k,q always by k ; and that where ph is used it never has (except in Greek names) the sound oif, but always of the two letters p and h separately. In this Gazetteer the mark ~ over a letter, as in e, is sometimes used to indicate length, and to prevent the sound from being confounded with that indi- cated by the mark ". In the spelling of Hunter's Gazetteer of India, the accented vowels have the same sounds as the unmarked vowels in the scheme of the Royal Geographical Society, the unaccented vowels mostly the same sounds as those indicated in the list above by the mark ^ above the letter, but the unmarked a is sounded like a in rural (or like u in but). The tonic accent or accent of stress is indicated in the Gazetteer by an acute accent following the syllable to which it belongs. Russian and Greek names, though belonging to languages that do not use the Roman alphabet, are in this work spelt by systems of transliteration, the same letters in the original always being repre- sented by the same letters or combinations in the transcription. In Russian this indicates nearly the correct pronunciation, but in Greek it is not so. In Greek, moreover, the transliteration is not quite strict, two letters being used for the Greek v. Where not combined with any other vowel this letter is represented byjj', but where it is so combined, by u. Ph is used for the Greek ^, v for ^. In accordance with what seems to be implied in the first rule of the Royal Geographical Society, all the diacritic marks used in French, German, Scandinavian, Spanish, Portuguese, Hungarian, Roumanian, and the Slavonic languages using the Roman alphabet (including also those Slavonic languages which, like the Servian and Bulgarian, use the Cyrillic alphabet, but have a recognised mode of conversion into the Roman), are employed in this Gazetteer. The value of the French and German diacritically marked letters may be presumed to be familiar. The following is a list of the other letters with diacritic marks, along with their equivalents mostly in the scheme used for phonetic spelling : — a, o (in the Portuguese combinations ao, oe) indicate that the sounds of the letters are accompanied by the sound of the French semi-nasal heard in on), ^, ^ (in Polish) = ang and eng respectively ; a in Hungarian = a (the Hungarian a being sounded like 6) ; a, e, i (in Rou- manian frequently interchanged and all sounded alike, nearly) = u; c = ty (the sound heard at the beginning of tulip), J = ch ; e, ^, i (see above, under a, a) ; i (final in Roumanian), not sounded ; f (Polish) a hard doubled 1 ; n and ri = ny (French gne) ; ? = rzh ; § = sh ; ^, a softened s ; J = ts ; u (final in Roumanian), scarcely sounded ; z (in Polish z) = zh ; f , a softened z. Some of the sounds indicated by diacritically marked letters must, however, be heard from the lips of those who are acquainted with them. The following combinations may also be noted : cs in Hungarian = ch ; cz in some Slavonic languages = ch ; esci in Roumanian = eshti ; gy in Hungarian = dy (nearly j) ; rz in Polish = rzh, almost zh (but prze, przi = pshe, pshi) ; sz in Hungarian = s (s sounding like sh), in Polish = sh ; szcz in Polish similar to shch ; zs in Hungarian = zh. Many phonetically spelt names are met with in English in spellings originally French or German, and hence it will be of use to give here the equivalents according to the spelling of this Gazetteer for French and German letters and combinations which differ from those of the Gazetteer. French. German. In Gazetteer. ch kh ci sch sh dj dsch j eu o o i or y j y ou (before a consonant or final) u u ou (before a vowel, frequently) w s (frequently) z tch tsch ch u U U u (before a vowel, frequently) w V w V .s z ts If those who consult the Gazetteer will attend to the facts just mentioned, and will bear in mind the frequency with which S and L, and n and u, are confounded in printing from MS., they will more readily find in the Gazetteer a considerable number of names which they may meet with under other spellings than are there entered. All names are entered in strict alphabetical order, except those consisting of two or more words entered in an inverted order, the inversion being indicated by a comma. Where there are simple names identical with the name coming first in such inverted compound names, the inverted names come immediately after the simple names. Hence the order would be : — Jefferson. Jefferson, South. Jefferson City. INTRODUCTION ix The following are the parts of names that are usually transposed in the alphabetical arrangement : Great, Much, Little, High, Low, Nether, Upper, Long, New, Old, North, South, East, West (except where the second part of the name is significant, like Town, Market, Street, Heath, &c.), Rio, Lago, Punta ; La, Le, Les, Los, where they belong to a language still spoken where the names occur, other- wise they are inserted in the natural order. Old World names that have been transferred to the New World or colonies elsewhere, with the prefix New, East, West, &c., are entered in their natural order ; e.g., New York. Many double names of English parishes are frequently written indifferently with the parts of the name in either order, as Winterbourne Earls, or Earls Winterbourne. These if not found under the one letter will be found under the other. When there are numerous entries of the same name, the name of the country to which they belong determines the alphabetical order ; and when there are more than one in the same country, the name of the chief division to which they belong next determines the order. The convenience of this arrangement will be apparent on referring to such entries as Franklin, Washington, Norton, Sutton, or Neustadt. In the body of articles cross-references are frequently indicated simply by brackets and Clarendon type thus [Alexandria]. Such references are frequent after general observations on climate, to entries at which illustrative details (as to temperature, rainfall, or both) will be found. Where a cross- reference is given from a form of a name which is a mere variation in spelling (such as Dubhooee. See Dabhoi), the form from which the reference is given will not always be found under the entry to which reference is made. With the exception of the articles belonging to the Russian Empire, both in Europe and Asia, all of which, whether long or short, are by Prince P. Kropotkin, the more important contributions to the Gazetteer are signed by the initials of the contributors, a list of whom is given below. Among these I cannot sufficiently express my thanks to Mr. Bealby, formerly on the staff of the Encyclopedia Britanntca, and afterwards of Chambers's Encyclopcedia, for the painstaking, valuable, and cordial assistance he has rendered in the preparation for press of large portions of the MS., and in proof- reading from the middle of M to the end of the alphabet. I have to thank Mr. I. P. A. Renwick, M.A, LL.B., of the Statesman's Year-Book, and Mr. E. Heawood, for similar assistance, though on a less extensive scale ; Mr. W. J. Turner, for assistance in the preparation of the MS. from H to K ; and Miss E. J. Hastings, for assistance in the revision of the MS. of part of S and the beginning of T. Dr. Robert Brown, F.R.G.S., F.L.S., author of The Countries and Peoples of the World, ^c, &c., joint author with Sir Lambert Playfair of the Bibliography of Morocco, published by the Royal Geographical Society, has kindly contributed several articles and revised the proofs of others on parts of the world with which he is well acquainted. The statistical appendix was mainly compiled by Mr. J. A. P. Mackenzie, librarian to the Royal Statistical Society. I am much indebted also to Dr. C. H. Leete of New York for his kindness in revising all the proofs of the articles on the states and more important geographical features of the United States in addition to those which he has himself written. My thanks are also due to Miss E. G. Winter, Miss M. A. Leach, and Miss M. Ransome, and other assistants who have worked under my immediate direction. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS OF INITIALLED ARTICLES. R. E. A. . . . R. E. Anderson, MA. E. A Edw^ard Archer, Recco-Ligure. J. B. R. . . . J. Batalha-Reis, Consul for Portugal, Newcastle-on-Tyne, formerly Regius Pro- fessor of Natural Sciences, afterwards also special Professor of the Nosology of Plants at the Agronomical Institute, Lisbon. J. T. B. . . . J. T. Bealby, B.A. (Cantab.). H. N. D. . . . H. N. Dickson, F.R.S.E. E. J. H. . . . Miss E. J. Hastings. C. H. L. . . . Dr. C. H. Leete, A.M. (Yale), New York. H. G. S. . . . Dr. H. G. Schlichter. W. S William Scudamore, M.A. (Cantab.), New York. W. J. T. . . . William John Turner. I have also to express my cordial thanks to a host of local revisers, who, at the request of the publishers, have read and, where necessary, corrected and supplemented articles on the towns and districts in which they reside. Thousands of articles, long and short, belonging to the British Isles and English-speaking America have thus been sent out for revision; and, while of course it need hardly be mentioned that these local revisers are in no way responsible for any errors that may remain in the articles, it is a pleasure to me to acknowledge the appropriate way in which the articles have generally been corrected, and hints given for extension. Many of the most interesting particulars in the articles are due to the local correspondents. Among other things, it is to them chiefly that I am indebted for information as to the local pronunciation of peculiarly pronounced English names. I must not omit to take this opportunity of expressing my thanks to Mr. J. W. Bartram, of Messrs. Longmans' establishment, who has had charge of the correspondence in connection with the local revision, for the numerous notes on various points of interest with which he has himself furnished me. INTRODUCTION It is not possible to enumerate all who have assisted in the work of revision ; but it may be mentioned that among those to whom the articles have been sent in the United Kingdom are County Clerks, Clerks of the Peace, Town Clerks, Clerks to Unions and Medical Officers, and Clerks to Petty Sessions Courts ; Rectors and Vicars of Parishes ; Librarians ; Head Masters of Grammar Schools, National Schools, Board Schools, Technical Schools, and Scotch Public Schools ; Post- masters ; Organising Secretaries of Technical Instruction; Committees for County Councils ; H.M. Inspectors of Schools ; the Engineers to the Thames Conservancy and the Severn Commission. In America the slips, besides being sent to such authorities as Dr. C. H. Leete, Col. C L. Norton, and R. G. Thwaites, Esq., have been sent broadcast to the librarians of state and public libraries, of university and school libraries, of the libraries of literary, historical, and other societies ; to book- sellers ; to clergymen ; to college professors ; to teachers of normal, public, and private schools ; to town officers ; to prominent and well-informed citizens ; and, failing these, to the local postmasters. The following list contains the names of those local correspondents to whom the publishers are chiefly indebted for the revision of articles : — Mr. J. Burton, Louth. Mr. T. Morgan, Cork. Mr. Samuel Andrew, Oldham. Mr. VV. E. Clegg, Oldham. Messrs. Bemrose & Son, Derby. Messrs. Brown & Co., Salisbury. Messis. Macneur & Bryden, Helensburgh, N.B. Mr. W. Kidd, Dundee. Mr. H. Gill (Messrs. Gill & Son), Dublin. Mr. H. Grey, Alnwick, Messrs. Henderson & Son, St. Andrews, N.B. Messrs. Ledger & Son, Limerick. Messrs. Griffin & Co., Portsea. Messrs. Davies & Son, Gloucester. Mr. W. D. Dobson, Harrogate. Mr. J. Teal, Halifax. Mr. Hobbs, Blandford. Mr. H. M. Gilbert, Southampton. Messrs. Claye & Son, Stockport. Mr. E. W. Coates, Huddersfield. Mr. W. J. Smith, Brighton. Mr. J. Loder, Woodbridge. Mr. J. B. Clark, Penzance and Tavistock. Messrs. Phillips & Son, Newtown, Montgomery. Messrs. Mylrea & Allen, Douglas, Isle of Man. Mr. W. J. Knight, Ventnor. Mr. J. Hawthorn, Uppingham. Messrs. Mawson, Swan & Morgan, Newcastle- on-Tyne. Mr. J. C. Perfect, Burton-on-Trent. Mr. E. C. Bird, Tring. Mr. R. Pelton, Tunbridge Wells. Mr. W. Blair, Free Press Office, Tonbridge. Mr. A. Iredale, Torquay. Miss Taylor, Totnes. Mr. E. Bamford, Ashborne. Mr. A. King, Thrapston. Mr. Z. Wright, Thirsk. Messrs. Tingle & Co., Stockton-on-Tees. Mr. J. E. Arnett, Tenby. Mr. A. Boardman, Bishop's Stortford. Messrs. Little, Brown & Co., Boston, U.S.A. Messrs. Dingwall & Wilson, Boston, Lincolnshire. Messrs. L. & M. Merridew, Boulogne-sur-Mer. The Misses Liddell, Bodmin. Mr. S. Price, Ware. Mr. J. Sampson, York. Mr. W. Watts, Ryde, Isle of Wight. Mr. S. Hawson, Swindon. Mr. T. C. Sawtell, Sherborne. Mr. W. J. Smith, Brighton. Mr. Cooper, Huntingdon. Miss Bates, Buxton. Messrs. Baird & Hamilton, Airdrie. Mr. T. Hagyard, Scarborough. Mr. J. W. Hall, Berwick. Mr. W. Mackay, Inverness. Mr. T. Donnelly, Blackpool. Messrs. Lupton Bros., Burnley. Wm. Heaver, Esq., 29 Grover Street, West, Norwich. The Rev. W. Morgan Jones, Diocesan Directory, Bangor. Dr. Stewart, Deeside Hydropathic Establish- ment, Heathcot. Aberdeen. Mr. A. Stenhouse, Glasgow. Mr. H. Walker, Leeds. Mr. J. R. Tutin, Hull. Mr. R. S. Shearer, Stirling. Mr. E. T. Page, Bridgwater. Messrs. Baily & Wood, Cirencester. Messrs. Lyne & Son, Grantham. Mr. J. E. Cornish, Manchester. Messrs. Stephen & Pollock, Ayr. Mr. T. Dargan, Belfast. Mr. W. H. Barrett, Chichester. Mr. J. R. Braithwaite, Wakefield. Mr. R. I. Drake, Eton. Messrs. Gardner & Co., Goole. Mr. A. Gardner, Paisley. Mr. W. Lewis, CardiflF. Mr. W. R. Massie, Barnsley. Mr. W. Eardley, Crewe. Messrs. Riley Bros., Loughborough. Mr. J. Stordy (Thurnam & Sons), Carlisle. Mr. J. Thin, Edinburgh. Mr. E. A. Walford, Banbury. Messrs. Walford & Sons, Buckingham. Miss Langley, Reading. Mr. W. North, Tewkesbury. Mr. Linnell (Messrs. Cornish Bros.), Birming- ham. Mr. F. Hockliffe, Bedford. Mr. F. Hinde, Wolverhampton. Mr. T. Mark, Kidderminster. Messrs. Wood & Son, Perth. Wm. George's Sons, Bristol. Mr. H. Ling, Dorchester. Messrs. Brear & Co., Bradford. Mr. W. Masland, Tiverton. Mr. R. F. Houlston, Chippenham. Messrs. Read & Barrett, Ipswich. Messrs. Adnitt & Naunton, Shrewsbury. Messrs. Warren & Sons, Winchester. Mr. J. Montgomery, Londonderry. Mr. F. T. Groom, Bury St. Edmunds. Mr. R. Bowes (Messrs. Macmillan & Bowes), Cambridge. Messrs. Warnock & Co., Newry. Messrs. Andrews & Co., Durham. Mr. H. S. Eland, Exeter. Mr. T. Butcher, Brecon. Messrs. Thew & Son, King's Lynn. Messrs. Slatter & Rose, Oxford. Mr. E. Fox, Stratford-on-Avon. Mr. W. F. Westcott, Plymouth. Mr. J. Wardleworth, Accrington. Mr. M. Braithwaite, Bishop Auckland. INTRODUCTION XI Mr. S. Whiles, Newark. Messrs. Lake & Co., Falmouth. Mr. J. Callander, Falkirk. Mr. R. Pearse, Warrington. Mr. F. W. Miller, Fakenham. Mr. T. Forster, Colchester. Mr. W. H. Smith, Evesham. Messrs. Williams Bros., Egremont. Mr. C. J. Saxby, Leominster. Mr. J. Walton, Chesterfield. Mr. E. W. B. Smith, Bury. Mr. J. P. Weatherley, Earlston. Mr. H. W. Keay, Eastbourne. Messrs. J. & J. A. Watson, Elgin. Mr. C. Hill, Ellesmere. Messrs. Hill & Son, Ely. Mr. William Macpherson, Dufftown. Mr. J. Burt, Kirkcaldy. Messrs. Albert & Co., Drogheda. Mr. W. J. Clyma, Truro. Mrs. F. A. Vaughan, Pembroke Dock. Messrs. M'Dougal Bros., Paisley. Messrs. Phillipson & Colder, Chester. Messrs. J. Knott & Sons, Newton Abbot. Mr. T. Hawkins, Newbury. Mr. Ridge, Newark. Mr. Watson, Nelson. Mr. J. Bailey, Darlington. Mr. W. Whittington, Neath. Mrs. Peake, Newcastle, Staffordshire. Mr. T. Dodsworth, Newcastle-on-Tyne. Messrs. Christopher & Co., Newport, Mon- mouthshire. Mr. G. W. Rose, Trowbridge. Mr. H. Tohall, Moy. Mr. W. Burlington, Whitehaven. Mr. E. P. Jarrett, Monmouth. Mr. S. Fuller, Ramsgate. Mr. J. Verity, Middleton, Lancashire. Messrs. Smith & Woolston, Middlesbrough. Messrs. Leach & Son, Wisbech. Mr. J. W. Warner, Melton Mowbray. Mr. J. H. Maggs, Melksham. Messrs. Irvine & Son, Kilmarnock. Mrs. Howe, Matlock Bath. Mr. J. Adair, Maryport. Messrs. Smith & Co., Great Marlow. Mr. W. Ruck, Maidstone. Mr. G. Green, Market Harborough. Messrs. Woods & Co., Malvern. Mr. G. Goodwin, Macclesfield. Mr. J. Farncombe, Lewes. Mr. J. Williamson, Lincoln. Mr. L. Titley, Ledbury. Mr. W. E. Franklin, Newcastle-on-Tyne. Mr. G. T. Bagguley, Newcastle, Staffordshire. Mr. B. R. Rees, Llanelly, Carnarvonshire. Messrs. Hughes & Son, Wrexham. Mr. A. C. Lomax, Lichfield. Messrs. Burgis & Colbourne, Leamington. Mr. T. Brimmell, Launceston. Mr. J. Fairweather, Kingsbridge. Mr. G. Parker, Ripon. Mr. A. W. Lowe, Knaresborough. Mr. W. J. Thompson, Ashford. Mr. F. Dunster, Lyme Regis. Messrs. Jackson & Son, Sedbergh. Mr. T. Mathias, Saundersfoot Miss Dunstone, Falmouth. Mr. J. Warne, St. Austell. Mr. J. Wearne, St. Ives, Cornwall. Mr. R. W. Broomfield, St. Bees. Messrs. Hoblyn & Taylor, Redruth. Mr. E. A. Hodges, Redditch. Mr. C. E. Cookes, Richmond, Yorks. Mr. H. Pearse, Rochdale. Mr. J. Lovick, Hythe. Mr. C. Brown, Ring wood. Mr. A. J. Lawrence, Rug'by. Mr. C. Whittaker, St. Leonards. Mr. H. Evans, Kettering. Mr. D. Jones, Ruabon. Mr. R. Powle, Ross. Messrs. Warren Bros., Royston. Mr. H. J. Pascoe, Rugeley. Mr. Geo. Bellamy, Runcorn. Messrs. J. & H. Piatt, Preston. Messrs. Boak & Sons, Pickering. Messrs. W. & C. Forth, Pocklington. Mr. A. Coverdale, Redcar. Mr. E. H. Briant, Croydon. Messrs. G. & F. Pickering, Bath. Messrs. White & Chignell, Havant. Mr. George Phillipson, Kingston-upon-Thames Messrs. Stanesby & Co., Chelsea. Mrs. Kipling, Chatham. Mrs. Griffiths, Chepstow. Mr. H. Wheeler, Weymouth. Messrs. Home & Bennion, Newport, Salop. Mrs. Dent, Southport. Mr. J. Clougher, Cardigan. Mr. E. C. Evans, Carmarthen. Messrs. Anderson & Son, Dumfries. Mr. Baylis, Abingdon. Mr. J. G. Robbers, Amsterdam. Messrs. Kiessling & Co., Brussels. Messrs. Boyveau & Chevillet, Paris. Messrs. Tindall & Co., Newmarket. Mr. C. Webster, Uttoxeter. Messrs. Wright & Roberts, Stafford. Mr. J. Henderson, Donegal. Mrs. Goulden, Dover. Mr. Backwell, Douglas, Isle of Man. Mr. T. Bradshaw, Dollar. Mr. D. Campbell, Dunfermline. Messrs. M'Kelvie & Son, Greenock, Mr. T. Hoskins, Dalton-in-Furness. Messrs. P. & D. Lyle, Dalkeith. Messrs. J. & W. Davis, Dartford. Messrs. Giraud & Son, Deal. Mr. R. Cranford, Dartmouth. Messrs. S. Dawson & Son, Dewsbury. Mr. Woodcock, Llandudno. Mr. W. Cordwin, Cinderford. Messrs. Edmondson & Co., Skipton. Mr. W. W. Curtis, Coventry. Mr. H. S. Wilson, Keswick. Mr. G. B. Smith, Chipping Norton. Mr. J. W. White, Christchurch. Mr. W. Lawley, Much Wenlock. Mr. J. Brackett, Hemel Hempstead. Mr. T. Spencer, Richmond, Yorks. Mr. L. Brigstocke, Haverfordwest. Mr. T. Cowan, Haddington. Mr. J. C. Wilbee, Harrow. Messrs. H. Brown & Co., Northampton. Mr. P. D. Lambe, Workington. Mr. George Marsden, Wirksworth. Mr. F. Sturt, Farnham. Mr. J. Potter, Stamford. Mr. W. H. Irlam, Glossop. Mr. T. Darter, Cheltenham. Mr. F. W. Count, East Dereham. Mr. E. Mackay, Stirling. Mr. R. B. Stedman, Godalming. Mr. A. Gait, Grimsby. Mr. S. J. Clarke, Gravesend. Mr. W. Clark, Grantham. Mr. M'Cullagh, Galway. Mr. F. S. Moore, Castle Cary. Mr. M'Phail, Galashiels. Messrs. Amcoats & Co., Gainsborough. Xll INTRODUCTION Mr. A. Gillmor, Sligo. Mr. T. Woolley, Ludlow. Mr. W. Tempest, Dundalk; Messrs. Deighton & Sons, Worcester. Mr. H. S. Goulden, Canterbury. Mr. J. J. Rutherford, Kelso. Mr. J. Mitchell, Keith. Messrs. Robinson & Co., Jarrow. Mr. W. Easton, Jedburgh. Messrs. Dennes Bros., Wellingboro'. Mr. C. H. Bourne, Ilkeston. Messrs. Reed & Co., Sunderland. Mr. F. W. Buck, Hucknall Torkard. Mr. W. Morton, Horncastle. Mr. J. Bell, Nottingham. Mr. R. W. Tucker, Honiton. Mr. W. Michael, Barnstaple. Mr. W. Kennedy, Hawick. Messrs. Jakeman & Carver, Hereford. Mr. Higgins, Henley-on-Thames. Mr. Wakenell, Hitchin. Mr. R. B. Coates, Warminster. Messrs. Simson & Co., Hertford. Mr. A. Hammett, Taunton. Mr. F. Lucy, Teignmouth. Mr. W. Savage, Burslem. Mr. R. B. Marten, Sudbury. Mr. Bate (Bromsgrove Messenger Co.), Broms- grove. Mr. T. Mark, Kidderminster. Messrs. Mark & Moody, Stourbridge. Mr. Lacey, Ludlow. Messrs. Timmis & Son, Hanley. Mr. C. Woodhall, Southport. Mr. Linney, Mansfield. Mr. J. Potter, Stamford. Mr. C. Culverwell, Sidmouth. Mr. C. PoUitt, Kendal. Mr. W. D. Learmount, South Shields. Mr. S. Cole, Sheerness. Mr. Wills, Loughborough. Mr. Bennett, Sherborne. Mr. R. Lowe, Shifnal. Messrs. Day & Sons, Shepton Mallet. Mr. J. Relfe, Sevenoaks. Messrs. S. S. & E. Lear, Shaftesbury. Messrs. Burgis & Colbourne, Warwick. Messrs. Warnock & Co., Newry. Messrs. Bright & Son, Bournemouth. Mr. W. Longman, Yealand Conyers. Mr. Thomas, Worthing. Mr. J. Loder, Woodbridge. Mr. H. Richardson, 4 Church Street, Greenwich. Mr. J. Bennet, Willenhall, Staffordshire. Mr. Piatt, Wigan. Messrs. Davies Bros., Weston-super-Mare. Mr. Sharman, Wellington, Salop. Mr. H. L. Barrett, Watford. Messrs. Kirkby & Son, Walsall. Messrs. Browne & Gradidge, Andover. Mrs. Cleaver, Wells. Mr. J. White, Stroud. Au^. 25, 1895. GEO. G. CHISHOLM. LIST OF CONTRACTIONS. ad. By aneroid barometer. ac. acres. alt. altitude. aiict. ancient. arr. arrondissement. 6. By barometer. bor. borough. d/. By boiling-point observations. Brit. British. €. R. Caledonian Railway. cant, canton. cap. capital. col. colony. coiiiiii. commune. CO. county, in Himgary comitat. COS. counties. €. P. K. Canadian Pacific Railway. ct. coast. cy. century. dep. department. el- Azrek. Abalte, riv. , Brazil, joining San Francisco on 1. bk. about 18° S. Abakan, riv., Siberia, joining 1. bk. Yenisei, above Minu- sinsk, about 53|° N. Abakansk, vil. , at the mouth of the Abakan ; has coal-mines and iron-works. P. 1000. Abalak, vil., Siberia, on Irtish near Tobolsk, place of pilgrimage. Abancay, tn. , Peru, Apurimac, on river of same name, in a dist. growing excellent sugar-cane, 3Sm. W. by S. Cuzco. P. 3000. Abando, comm., Spain, prov. Vizcaya, dist. Bilbao. P. <5ooo. A-Bsingba, African tribe, N. of Welle R. , about 3° N. , 28^ E. Abanllla, tn. , Spain, prov. and 15 m. NNE. Murcia. P. 5600. Abano, comm. , Italy, Padua, 5 m. SE. tn. of Padua, with hot sulphur springs. P. 3500. Abanto y Cl^rraua, comm., Spain, prov. Vizcaya, dist. Valmaseda. P. 7000. Abaran, tn., Spain, prov. and 20 m. NW. by N. Murcia. P. aeron. Aberbank, hamlet, Wales, Cardiganshire, iij m. E. by S. Cardigan, 4 m. W. by N. Llandyssil stn. Aberbargoed, stn., Eng., Monmouthshire, W. div., on the Brecon and Merthyr Rly. , j\ m. W. Pontypool. Aberbeeg Junction, stn., Eng., Monmouthshire, on the G. W. R., 4^ m. W. by N. Pontypool, coal-mines near, PM.O. Aberbran, stn., Wales, Brecknockshire, on the M. R., 4 m. W. by N. Brecknock. Aberbrotbock. See Arbroath. Abercalrney, stn., Scot., W. Perthshire, 4 m. E. Crieff, on the C. R. Abercauald, stn., Wales, Glamorganshire, in the pari. bor. of Merthyr Tydfil, on the G. W. R., 2 m. S. Merthyr Tydfil, PM.O. Abercar, hamlet, Wales, Brecknockshire, on the Taff, 4 m. NW. by N. Merthyr Tydfil, 3 m. NNW. Cefn stn. Abercam, tn., Eng., Monmouthshire, S. div., 5^ m. SW. Pontypool, on the G. W. R., with coal-mines. P. 10,500. Abercastle, ct. vil., Wales, Pembrokeshire, 7^ m. WSW. Fishguard ; coastguard stn. i^ m. to the W. Aberceglr, vil., Wales, Montgomeryshire, iij m. SSE. Dol- gelly, 2 m. SW. Cemmes Rd. stn. Abercblrder, vil. , Scot. , Banffshire, 8 m. SW. by S. Banff, 4j m. E. by S. Glenbarry stn., PMT.O. P. < 1500. Aberconway. See Conway, Wales. Abercorn, stn. , Central Africa, at the SE. end of L. Tan- ganyika, established in 1889; now attracting a considerable trade. Abercorn, ct. par., Scot., Linlithgowshire, on the S. shore of the Firth of Forth, 3 m. W. South Queensferry, 2 m. NE. by E. Philipstoun stn. ; 4500 ac. P. <: 1000. Abercorn, rly. stn., Scot., W. Renfrewshire, on the G. & SW. R., § m. NNE. Paisley. Abercorys, hamlet, Wales, Merionethshire. See Corrls. Abercromble, par. , Scot. See St. Monauce. Abercromby, W. div. of the pari. bor. of Liverpool, Eng. P. 55.500. Abercwm, hamlet, Wales, Carmarthenshire, W. div., 7 m. SW. Lampeter, 2^ m. SW. Llanybyther stn. Abercynrlg, hamlet, Wales, Brecknockshire, 7^ m. N. by E. Brecknock, 3^ m. S. by W. Erwood stn. Aberdalgie, par., Scot., E. Perthshire, 3 m. SW. by W. Perth, close to Forgandenny stn., P.O. ; 4165 ac. P. <:5oo. Aberdare, par. and market-tn., Wales, Glamorganshire, 4 m. SW. Merthyr Tydfil, on the Vale of Neath and Taff Vale rlys. It is included in the pari. bor. of Merthyr Tydfil, and has extensive collieries and iron and tin works. Par. 16,619 ac, P. 40,900; tn. P. 38,400. Aberdare, range of mts., Brit. E. Africa, trending NW. to SE. , between 0° and 1° S. , E. of 36° E. Alt. about 14,000 ft. So called by Thomson, Masai Land. See Settima. Aberdare Junction, stn., Wales, Glamorganshire, E. div., on the Taff Vale Rly., 7 m. SE. Aberdare. Aberdargle, vil. , Scot. See Aberargle. Aberdaron, par. and vil., Wales, Carnarvonshire, Eifion div., on the S. ct., 26 m. WSW. Portmadoc, P.O. Par. 7240 ac., P. < 1500 ; eccles. par. (A. with Llanfaelrhys) P. < 1500. Aberdeen, royal, mun., and pari, biurgh, Scot., cap. of CO. of same name. The royal burgh stands on the 1. bk. of the Dee at its entrance into the North Sea; the mun. and pari, burghs, which nearly coincide, include all the district be- tween the rivs Don and Dee (and thus embrace the town of Old A., which is situated near the former river, and which, despite the name, is not positively known to be the older of the two), and also a rapidly extending part on the S. side of the Dee. The pari, burgh is made up of a N. and S. div., each of which sends one member to Parliament. The city on the Dee is a handsome town, mostly built of a fine grey granite obtained from quarries in the vicinity. It is the seat of Marischal College (founded in 1593 by George Keith, fifth Earl Marischal), one of the two colleges of Aberdeen University (see below), of a Grammar School dating from about 1262, and a school known as Gordon's College, founded in 1730 by the bequest of a merchant named Robert Gordon. The City Cross is a structure originally erected in 1686, but on a different site from that which it now occupies. The manufs. include woollens, linens, cottons, carpets, chemicals, machinery and hardware, tobacco and snuff, paper, whiskey, ale, leather, cordage ; and there are shipbuilding yards, numerous granite-polishing works, and meat-preserving establishments. There is also a very extensive fish trade, and an excellent fish market. The harbour has been greatly improved by works executed at various dates. The principal dock is the Victoria Dock, constructed between 1840 and 1848. It provides 33^ acres of water-space and 2000 yards of quayage. The total area of the wet docks is 37 acres, and the depth of water on the sill at high-water springs is 26 ft. There is also a graving-dock, 524 ft. by 50 ft., with a depth of 20 ft. on the siU. To the S. of the harb. entrance stands Glrdlencss Lighthouse, which has a revolving light 185 ft. above mean tide. The exports include manufactured articles, animals and animal produce, including butter, eggs, and fish, and preserved meats, the last largely used for supplying ships sailing from Glasgow, Liverpool, and London. See Appendix, p. 13. Old A., which is now municipally incorporated with Aberdeen, is the seat of a cathedral church founded in the 14th cent. , and of King's College, founded in 1494. The latter was united in i860 by the Universities Act (Scotland) of 1858 with Marischal College to form the University of Aber- deen, which now has 22 professors and a Principal. The classes of arts and divinitv are held at King's College, those of law 3 I ABER — ABER and medicine and natural philosophy at Marischal College. By a grant of ^40,000 from the Government, and by ;^40,ooo of local subscriptions, a great work of enlargement and reconstruc- tion is about to be carried out at Marischal College, to afford room for the increasing number of students, and probably soon to give accommodation there to all the University classes. Birthplace of Barbour, author of 'The Brus' (14th century); J. Gibbs, architect of the Radcliffe Library, Oxford, d. 1754 ; Cruden, author of the Concordance, d. 1770 ; John Gregory, physician, d. 1773; ^^^ son James, physician, d. 1821; John Phillip, R.A., d. 1867; John Hill Burton, historian, d. 1881 ; Sir John Steel, sculptor, b. 1801. Alt. 66 ft. Mean temp. (20 yrs., 1861-80), yr. 46.4° F., Jan. 37.3°, July 57.7°. P., mun. burgh (1891) 121,905 ; pari, burgh (1801) 27,000 ; (1851) 72,000 ; (1881) 105,000; (1891) 110,162. Aberdeen, tn., Cape Colony, cap. dist. A., 30 m. SW. by W. Graaff Reinet. Aberdeen, tp., New South Wales, Brisbane co., 75 m. S. Tamworth, on the rly. to Brisbane, Queensland. Aberdeen, co., Queensland, crossed by 26° S. and 149° E. Aberdeen, city, U.S., Mississippi, Monroe co., 128 m. SE. by S. Memphis (Tenn.). P. <4000. Aberdeen, vil., U.S., Ohio, Brown co., on the R. Ohio, 50 m. SE. by E. Cincinnati. P. <: 1500. Aberdeen, city, U.S., S. Dakota, Brown co., 115 m. NE. by E. Pierre, a rly. centre. P. <4ooo. Aberdeen, tn., U.S., Washington, Chehalis co., 50 m. W. by N. Olpnpia. P. <2ooo. Aberdeenshire, a co. in the E. of Scotland, bounded by the North Sea both in the E. and N. Nearly half the surface is made up of uninteresting lowlands less than 500 feet in height, but there are some fine valleys, and the groimd rises in the SW. to some of the grandest mountain scenery in Scotland [Ben Macdbnl, €alrntonl, Locbnagar]. The principal rivers be- ginning in the NW. are the Deveron (with trib. Bogie), Ugie, Ythan, Don, and Dee. Geologically the surface is com- posed mainly of archsean and metamorphic rocks with large patches of granite. Much of the granite is of fine quality, and forms an important export of the county. [See Aberdeen, Kern- nay, Rnbl^la-w, Peterbead.] Serpentine occurs in Leslie par. , and is worked into ornamental articles. Mineral springs at Peterhead and Pannanich. The soil is mainly poor, though much of it has been greatly improved by cultivation. There are large areas of moorland and moss, and the surface of the moun- tains consists for the most part either of bare rock or soil so thin as to be unfit even for hill pasture. The mountains up to 1500 feet are in many places clothed with natural wood, in which the Scotch pine is generally conspicuous. The principal crops are rotation grasses (including clover), oats, barley, turnips, and potatoes. Among live stock the cattle are most noted for quality. Sheep are chiefly bred on the mountains, but fattened on the lowlands and middle regions. [See Appendix, pp. 10-12.] The coasts abound in herrings and other food-fishes, and the towns of Aberdeen, Peterhead, and Fraserburgh are great fishing centres. Pearls (from the Unio margaritifera) are obtained in the Ythan. The principal manufactiu-es are all mentioned under Aberdeen town, but are not confined to that town. The rlys. are the Caledonian, Great North of Scotland, and North British. The principal towns are Aberdeen, Peterhead, Huntly, Fraser- burgh, Inverurie, and Turriff. Aberdeen, Inverurie, and Kintore are royal burghs. Balmoral and Abergeldie castles are within the CO. For pari, representation the co. is divided into an E. and W. div. (electors in E. div. 11,803, iii W. div. 10,827). The territory now forming Aberdeenshire was anciently inhabited by the Cale- donian TcBxali. It afterwards formed the greater part of the earl- doms of Buchan and Mar. Among the more notable events in the history of the co. are the defeat of Comyn by Bruce at Barra HiU, in the par. of Bourtie, in 1308 ; and that of Donald of the Isles by the Earl of Mar in 141 1, at Harlaw. See Al. Smith, New History of Aberdeenshire (2 vols., 1875). Area, 251,451 ac. P. 281,332. See Scotland, table. Aberdonr, settlement, Canada, Ontario, Bruce co., 57 m. W. by S. Collingwood. Aberdonr, par. and vil. , Scot. , Fife, on the N. shore of the Firth of Forth, 2^ m. W. Burntisland, on the N. B. R. , PMT.O. Par. 5974 ac, P. < 2000; vil. P. <75o. Aberdonr, New, ct., vil., Scot., E. Aberdeenshire, in A. par., 7i m. W. by S. Fraserburgh, 6\ m. NW. Strichen stn., I m. S. A. Bay (in 2° gV to 2^ 12^' W.). Par. 15,508 ac, P. <:25oo; vil. P. <75o. Aberdovey, eccles. par. and seapt. vil., Wales, Merioneth- shire, at the mouth of the Dovey, 15^ m. SSW. Dolgelly, on the Cambrian Rly. , PMT.O. P. < 1500. Aberdylals, or Aberdnlals, vil., Wales, Glamorganshire, Mid div., on the G. W. R., i^ m. NE. by E. Neath, P.O. Aberedw, par. and hamlet, Wales, Radnorshire, on R. Edw, 12 m. SW. New Radnor, on the Cambrian Rly. Par. 4861 ac. , P.<;2So; eccles. par. (A. with Llanfaredd) P. <:5oo. Aberereh, par. , Wales, Carnarvonshire, Eifion div. , ii^ m. W. by S. Portmadoc, on the Cambrian Rly. , P. O. ; 5731 ac. P. 2000. 4 Aberfan, stn., Wales, Glamorganshire, E. div., on the G. W. R., 4 m. S. by E. Merthyr Tydfil. Aberfeldy, vil., Scot., W. Perthshire, on the r. bk. of the Tay, 11^ m. WNW. Dunkeld, on the H. R. P. < 1500. AberlTraw, par. and seapt. vil., Wales, Anglesey, on the Aberffraw Bay, 9J m. WXW. Carnarvon, 2^ m. WSW. Bodorgan stn., PM.O. ; par. 5669 ac. P. < 1000. Aberford, par. and vil. , Eng. , Yorkshire, W. Riding, Barkston Ash div., 8| m. E. byN. Leeds, 3 m. N. by W. Micklefield stn., PMT.O. Par. P.<7So. Aberford, par. , Eng. , Yorkshire, W. Riding. See Lotherton. Aberfoyle. I. Vil. , Canada, Ontario, Wellington co. , 22 m. NW. Hamilton, 7 m. SE. by S. Guelph. 2. Par. , viL , and defile of the Grampians, Scot., in theSW. of W. Perthshire, 8 m. SW. by W. Callander, on the N. B. R. , PM.O. The par. , skirted by Lochs Katrine and Achray, is noted for its picturesque beauty, and as the scene of some of the incidents in Scott's Hob Hoy. Mean rainfall (1866-80), 59.5 in. Par. 26,180 ac. P. <:i5oo. AbergaTenny, par. and market-tn., Eng., Monmouthshire, N. div., 9 m. N. by E. Pontypool, on the L. & NW. R. Market-days, Tu. and F. Mean rainfall (1866-80), 39.3 in. Par. 4251 ac. , P. 9000 ; tn. P. 7700. Abergeldie Castle, the Highland residence of the Prince of Wales, Scot. , W. Aberdeenshire, on the r. bk. of the Dee, i^ m. E. by N. Crathie. The ' birks [birches] of Aberfeldy,' celebrated by Bums, ai^e really the ' birks of Abergeldie,' which were re- nowned long before Burns. Abergele, par., market-tn., and watering-place, Wales, Denbighshire, W. div., g\ NW. Denbigh, on the L. & NW. R., with lead-mines, PMT.O. Market-day, S. Par. 9439 ac. , P. <35oo ; eccles. par. (A. -with Pensarn) P. <3ooo. Aberglaslyn, mt. pass, Wales, on the E. border of Carnarvon- shire, Arfon div. , 5 m. N. by E. Portmadoc. Abergorlech, vil. , Wales, Carmarthenshire, W. div., on the Cothi, 91^ m. S. Lampeter, 7 m. NW. Glanrhyd stn., P.O. Abergwaen. See Fislignard. Abergwessin, Llanddewl and Llanflhangel, two adjoin- ing pars. , Wales, Brecknockshire, the vils. , which are also con- tiguous, situated in an enclosed valley, 19 m. NW. Brecknock, 4 m. NNW. Llanvwtyd stn. ; area respectively 10,536 and 11,611 ac. P. of each<:25o. Abergwilly, or Abergwili, par. and vil. , Wales, Carmarthen- shire, W. div., 2 m. ENE. Carmarthen, on the L. & NW. R., PM.O. Par. 8395 ac, P. <20oo ; eccles. par. (A. with Capet y Groes and Uanflhangel UMchgwlll) P. <2ooo. Abergwynfl, coal-mining vil., Wales, Glamorganshire, 7 m. from Maesteg, PM.O. Abergivynolwyn, vil., Wales, Merionethshire, jh m. SSW. Dolgelly, on the Tal-y-llyn Rly., with slate-quarries, PM.O. Aberhafesp, par., Wales, Montgomeryshire, 3^ m. WNW. Ne\vtown, 2 m. ENE. Moat Lane June. ; par. 4707 ac. P. <:500. Aberkenflg, vil., Wales, Mid Glamorganshire, near Tondu, PMT.O. SeeKenflg. Aberlady, par. and vil., Scot., Haddingtonshire, on A. Bay, 5 m. NW. Haddington, 2^ m. NNE. Longniddry stn., PMT.O. Par. 4319 ac. , P. <:i50o; vil. P. <750. Aberlady Point, a cape on the S. of A. Bay. Aberlenino, par., Scot., Forfarshire, 5 m. NE. by E. Forfar, 3 m. NE. by N. Clocksbriggs stn., P.O. ; 8914 ac. P. 1000. Aberllefenny, or Aberlleflii, place, Wales, Merionethshire, 6 rn. SSE. Dolgelly, on the Corris Rly., P.O. Aberlonr, vil. and par. , Scot. , on W. border of Banffshire, 13 m. S. by E. Elgin, on the G. N. of S. Rly., PMT.O. ; par. 14,781 ac. P. <:250o. Aberlunvey, par. and hamlet, Wales, co. and 10 m. NE. by E. Brecknock, i m. E. Three Cocks June Par. P. < 250. Abermafon, vil, Wales, Glamorganshire, E. div., 8 m. SSE. Merthyr Tydfil, close to Aberdare June, and Quaker's Yard June. Abennaw. See Barmonth. Abermenrlg, P.O., Wales, Cardiganshire, 7 m. from Lam- peter. Abermnle, vil., Wales, Montgomeryshire, 4 m. NE. by E. Newtown, on the Cambrian Rly., PM.O. Abemant, par. and vil., Wales, Carmarthenshire, W. div., 5 m. WNW. Carmarthen, P.O. Par. 6458 ac. , P. <750 ; eccles. par. (A. with ConwU Elfet) P. <:2Soo. Abemant, stn., Wales, Glamorganshire, in the pari. bor. of MerthvT Tydfil, on the G. W. R. , i m. NE. Aberdare. Abem'etby, par., Scot., Inverness-shire, 23 m. S. Forres, near Nethybridge stn., PMT.O. ; 78,058 ac. P. oo. Absecon, vil., U.S., New Jersey, Atlantic co., 49 m. SE. Philadelphia (Penn.), 5 m. NW. Atlantic City. P. < 1500. Absecon Beacli, the coast-line to the S. of Atlantic City, U.S. Absle, L', vil. , France, Deux Sevres, arr. Parthenay, near the sources of the Vendue, with an anciently celebrated abbey. P. <: 2000. Abson, part of par. , Eng. , Gloucestershire. See Wick. Abthorpe, par. and vil. , Eng. , S. div, of Northamptonshire, 8J m. NNW. Buckingham, i m. E. Wappenham stn., P.O. P. <5oo. Abt, Ger., 'abbot.' Abu, mt. , India, Rdjputana, separated from the southern end of the Aravalli Hills by a valley 15 m. wide. Alt. 5653 ft. It is the summer residence of the Governor-General's Agent for Rijputana. The climate throughout the greater part of the year is agreeable and healthy, but there is a good deal of fe\ er and ague, generally of a mild type, during the short period follow- ing the autumn monsoon, that is, after the middle of September. Earthquakes are frequent. Meteorological stn., alt. 3495 ft. Mean temp. , yr. 68° F. , Jan. 58°, May 79° ; mean rainfall, yr. 63.1 in., June-Sept. 58.9 in., July-Aug. 44.7 in. Abnacbanan, vil., Central America, San Salvador, 70 m. SE. Guatemala, cap. dep. A. Abnani, tn., Morocco, Tafilet, about 31° N., chief market on the NW. frontier of the desert. Abn-Arlsh, tn. , Arabia, cap. of petty state of same name, 155 m. NW. Sana. Abnclil, W. Africa. See Abntslil. Abn-Dliabl, tn. and bay, Oman , on Persian Gulf, in 54° 22' E. , with population of pearl fishers. Abufeda, mt. chain in middle Egypt, overlooking the Nile. Abu Hanunad, vil., Egypt, 11 m. SE. by E. Zagazig. Abn-Hammed, tn., on r. bk. of the Nile, at the angle of the great bend of the river between the fourth and fifth cataracts ; southern terminus of the caravan route across the desert of Nubia. Abn-Haras, place of trade. En. Sudan, on the r. bk. of the Bahr-el-Azrek, 48 m. N. Sennar, in about lat. 14° 12' N. ; start- ing-point of a caravan route to the interior of Abyssinia. Abu Kebtr, tn., Egypt, 13 m. NE. Zagazig. P. <20oo. Abukir, or Abouklr, vil., on the coast of Lower Egypt, 13 m. NE. Alexandria, near the ruins of the ancient Canopus. The bay opposite is celebrated for Nelson's victory over the French, Aug. i, 1798. At A., Napoleon defeated the Turks, July 25, 1799. Works for the drainage of the L. of A., a salt marsh 30,000 ac. in extent, were begun in May 1887. P. < 2000. Abuklea, place with wells in the Eastern Sudan, to the W. of the Nile, on the desert route from Korti to Metammah, 23 m. NNW. Metammah ; scene of a victory of the British over the Mahdists early in 1885. Abullonla, or AbonUlonte. a lake 18 m. long by 12, Asia Minor, 20 m. NSW., Brussa. It receives the Adranos, and is drained W. by the Olfer-chai into the Susur-lu, and by that N. into the Sea of Marmora. Aburatsu, tn., Japan, Kiushiu, on the E. ct., 120 m. SE. by E. Nagasaki. P. < 3000. Aburl, tn., Brit. Gold Coast protectorate, W. Africa, in S° 51' N., 0° 9' W. , N. by W. Accra, with which it is connected by road ; govt, sanatorium. Alt. 1540 ft.; annual rainfall, 42 in. Abnry, par. , Eng. See Avcbnry. Abu Serai, the ancient Circesium, tn. , Syria, on the 1. bk. of the Euphrates, 167 m. SE. by S. Urfa. Abiishehr. See ItuMhlre. Abn-Simbel. See IpsanibnI. Abn«Sir, tn. , Egypt, on the ct. , 28 m. SW. Alexandria, with ruins of the ancient Taposiris. 6 Abu-Slr, tn., Egypt, on thel. bk. of Damietta mouth of Nile, 17 m. ENE. Tanta, with ruins of ancient Busiris. P. 5400. Abnskun, an extinct seapt. , celebrated in the Middle Ages, on the E. side of the Caspian Sea, probably in 38° 51' N., Froc. R. G. S., 1879, p. 164. Abn-Tlinbee. See Abn-Dhabl. Abn-Tlg, tn., Egypt, W. of Nile, 14 m. SE. Siut. P. 10,800. Abat.sbl, vil, W. Africa, on the 1. bk. of the Niger, in about 5° 10' N. , with botanical station of the Royal Niger Co. AbnZabel, tn., Egypt, 14 m. NNE. Cairo. Aby, par., Eng., Lincolnshire, S. Lindsey div., 8 m. SE. Louth ; with a stn. (A. for Claythorpe) on the G. N. R. P. <5oo. See Belleau. Abyssinia, or Habesh, an extensive country in the E. of Africa. It is impossible to assign it any precise limits, but it may be said to lie between about 8° and 16° N. , and 35^° and 41° E. Within these limits we include the semi-independent pro- vinces of Tigre in the N. and Shoa in the S., as well as the central province of Amhara, but not the provinces in the S., which have been subjugated by the tributary kings of Shoa and Gojam on their own account. [See Shoa, Ciojam, and Gallas.] The country within the limits indicated is mainly a wedge-shaped portion of the plateau of E. Africa, and embraces the loftiest portions of that plateau. The surface falls steeply on the E. to the arid plains, which extend from the fortieth meridian to the Red Sea. The height of the eastern edge above sea-level is from 7000 to 9000 ft. or more. The western edge, though well marked, is lower, and is cut into by the deep valleys of the Takazze and the Bahr-el-Azrek, the rivers which flow from these highlands to the Nile valley. The valley of the Takazze is a gorge of about 2000 ft. or more in depth, which in the part that runs from E. to W. forms the southern boundary of Tigre. That of the Bahr-el-Azrek forms part of the boundary between Amhara and Shoa in the S. Groups of mountains, or relatively narrow tablelands of great height, rise above the general surface of the plateau. The highest elevations are in the Samen, or Simen, Mts. , which lie to the S. and W. of different parts of the covu-se of the Takazze (Ras Dashan and other summits, upwards of 15,000 ft. in height). The mountains of Gojam occupy the SE. of Amhara, their base being skirted by the upper part of the Bahr-el-Azrek. The large lake of Tsana, or Tana, from which this river issues, occupies the lower parts of the plateau of Amhara. The differences in elevation divide the country into three regions as regards climate and production. These are known as the Kwolla, the Woina or Waina Dega, and the Dega, in ascending order. The Kwolla consists of the lowlands that skirt the plateau and the lower slopes up to the height of about 5000 ft., where a tropical climate prevails answering to the latitude. In this region the principal grain crop is durrah, and among the other crops are cotton, sugar-cane, dates, bananas, coffee, indigo. The Tfolna Dega consists of the middle region from about 5000 to 9000 ft. This region, the richest of all, con- tains the most important towns of the country. The charac- teristic vegetation is similar to that of southern Europe. Wheat, some of it of excellent quality, is grown ; but the favourite and most generally cultivated bread-plant is tef (Eragrosiis Abys- sinica, Linn.), from the best kinds of which a fine white flour, making very good bread, is made. The banana is represented by a species of the same genus, Musa Ensete, Gm. , the fruit of which is also used in making a kind of bread. Oranges, citrons, apricots, and the vine all thrive, and the olive in some places forms regular forests. Excellent pastures support all the domestic herbivorous animals of Europe. The Dega embraces all the higher elevations of the country. Barley is the principal grain crop. The vegetation in general is scanty, but the pastures nourish a fine breed of horses and abundance of game. A long- woolled sheep is found here. The highest elevations almost reach the lower limit of perpetual snow. The rainfall through- out Abyssinia is almost confined to the summer months, being due to the indraught of air from the Indian Ocean when the land-surface N. of the Equator is most strongly heated. The winds and rains have thus the character of monsoons. During this season the rivers become torrents. Geologically, Abyssinia is remarkable for its great extent of old lava-flows. The minerals include deposits of sulphur, rock-salt, gold and silver, and ores of antimony and iron. Economically, the most important of these is rock-salt, small slabs of which form the principal money of the country, except in the N. It is chiefly obtained from lakes on the E. slopes of the plateau. The In- habitants of the plateau are physically of a type similar to the European. The skin is generally darker than that of people of European race, but in the higher ranks of society is almost white, esperially in the case of the women. At lower levels the negro admi.vell, vil. , Switzd. , cant. Zurich, on the Sihl. P. <:iooo. Adlnu, vil., Palestine, 33° 24' N. , 35° 17' E. , ii^ m. SW. by S. Sidon. Admali, ruins, Palestine, Adami in the O. T., 32° 38' N. , 33° 32' E. , 10^ m. S. Tiberias. Adniastou, settlement, Canada, Ontario, Renfrew co., 50 m. W. Ottawa. Adniaston, hamlet, Eng. , Salop, Wellington div. ,9 m. E. Shrewsbury, on the G. W. R., P.O. Admaston, hamlet, Eng., Staffordshire, Burton div., 7 m. E. Stafford, 3 m. NE. Colwich stn., P.O. Admlngton, par. , Eng. , Gloucestershire, Cirencester div. , 5I m. S. Stratford-on-Avon. P. <25o. Admiral li^land, small isl. , Brit. Columbia, separated by Stunrt Channel from the SE. ct. of Vancouver I. Admiralty tiiilf, a large inlet in the N. of the Kimberley div. of \V. .Australia, crossed by 126° E. Admiralty Inlet. 1. The E. arm of Puget Sound. 2. In Tierra del Fuego, opening to the NW. in 54° S. , 70° W. Admiralty Island, an isl. off the ct. of Alaska, in 58° N. , 134° 30' w. Admiralty Islands, a group in the Pacific, NE. of New Guinea, in 2° S., 147° E. ; the largest nearly 60 m. long. Admont, tn., Austria, Styria, on the Ems, 32 m. S. Steyr ; with scythe factories. P. <2ooo. Adnet, vil. , Austria, Salzburg, 8 m. SE. by S. Salzburg, 3 m. ENE. Hallein. P. 2000. Ado, vil., W. Africa, Benin, in about 7° N. , ^ ^i! E., 60 m. NNE. Benin. Adoa, Abyssinia. See Adna. Adofadia, tn. , formerly existing in W. Africa, to the N. of Whydah, in about ioJ° N. , apparently no longer existing under that name. Jour. R. G. S., 1846, p. 156; Proc. E. G. S., 1 891, pp. 46-7. Adolphustown, vil. , Canada, Ontario, Lennox co. , on the Bay of Qumte, 30 m. WSW. Kingston. P. < 1500. Adone, a small tribe, E. Africa, occupying the banks of the Webbe Shebeyli, about sj° N., 44^° E. They are in every way different from the Somali. Proc. R. G. S. , 1885, pp. 632-3. Adoni, tn., Brit. India, Madras, dist. Bellary, 40 m. NE. Bellary, on the rly. from Madras to Bombay. P. 26,200. Adony, tn. , Hungary, prov. and 23 m. E. by S. Stuhlweis- senburg, near the r. bk. of the Danube. P. 3500. Adoraim, place named in O. T. See Dara. Adorf, vil., Ger., principality of Waldeck, 30 m. W. by N. Kassel, with iron and copper mines. P. <2ooo. Adorf, manufacturing tn.. Gen, kgd. Saxony, 30 m. SSW. Zwickau. P. €Iialon, mts., S. Siberia, prov. Transbaikalia, on Onon R. Remarkable beryls, topazes, &c. Adnr, riv., Eng., Sussex, between the Ouse and the Anm, rises SW. Horsham, flows S. and enters the English Channel at Shoreham, after a course of 25 m. Not navigable. Advent, par., Eng., Cornwall, Launceston div., 9^ m, N. by E. Bodmin, i^ m. S. Camelford ; 4091 ac. P. <25o. See Lanteglog by Camelford. Adventare Bay, on E. side of Bruni I. , S. of Tasmania. Advle, stn., Scot., Elginshire, on the G. N. of S. R., 18 m. SSW. Elgin. Advocate Harbour, seapt. , Canada, Nova Scotia, Cumber- land CO., on the Bay of Fundy, 79 m. NW. Halifa.x. P. < 1500. Adwaltou, hamlet, Eng. , Yorkshire, W. Riding, Pudsey div. , 5 m. SW. by W. Leeds, on the G. N. R. (Drighlington and Ad- walton stn.). Adwell, par., Eng., Oxfordshire, Henley div., 12^ m. ESE. Oxford, 2 m. NW. Aston Rowant stn. P. <:25o; eccles. par. (A. wltb S. Weston) P. <250. Adwick upon Dearue, par., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, Doncaster div., on the Dearne, 6 m. NNE. Rotherham, i m. SE. Bolton-on-Deame stn. P. <25o. See Watb upon D. Advrick-le-Street, par., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, div. and 4 m. NW. by N. Doncaster, with a stn. (Carcroft, or A. le S.), on the G. N. R., P.O. P.<5oo. Adwyrclawdd, place, Wales, Denbighshire, E. div., 4 m. W. Wrexham, PMT.O. Adzliamka, vil., Russia, govt. Kherson, 55 m. SW. Kremen- chug. P. 5000. £gades, a group of isls. , Italy. See Egadl. .£gean Sea, the branch of the Mediterranean between Greece, Turkey, and Asia Minor, studded with the isls. of the Grecian archipelago. It is mostly upwards of 100 fathoms in depth, but most of the isls. are separated from the mainland by water of less than that depth. The greatest depth ascertained, 638 fathoms, is between the isls. of Samos and Chios. Length about 300 m., greatest width about 180 m. Aegerl, Switzd. See Egeri. .Eglna, Greece. See Aiglna. Aelen, German name of Aigle. Aelst, Belg. Flemish form of the name Alost. Aeltre, tn. , Belgium, prov. E. Flanders, 12 ra. W. by N. Ghent. P. 7000. Aeng, tn. , Lower Burma. See An. /Enon, place named in N. T. See Ainun. Aemen, Aruen, or Erneu, vil. , Switzd. , Valais, 7 m. NE. Brieg, birthplace of Walther von der Flue. P. < 1000. Aeroe, isl. , Denmark. See Arro. Aeron, or Ayron, small riv., Wales, Cardiganshire, flows S. , SW. , and finally NW. into Cardigan Bay. Not navigable. Aerscbot, tn., Belgium, prov. Brabant, on the Demer, 9 m. NE. Louvain. P. 6300. Aertrycke, vil., Belgium, W. Flanders, 8 m. SSW. Bruges. P. < 5000. Aerzeele, vil., Belgium, W. Flanders, 15 m. NNE. Courtrai. P. <:3ooo. Aerzen, tn. , Prussia, prov. and 29 m. SW. Hanover. P. < 2000. Aescbl, vil, Switzd., cant, and 6 m. S. Basel. P. < 2000. Aescbl, vil., Switzd., cant. Bern, 8 m. SSE. Thun. P. 1500. Aetas, name which the Tagals or Malay inhabitants of Luzon give to the aborigines of the interior, called by the Spaniards Negritos. Aetna, Mount. See Etna. .Etolia and Acamanla, prov. (nomos) of the kgd. of Greece on the N. side of the Gulf of Corinth ; cap. Mesolonghi. See Greece. ^ngst, anct. Augusta, vil., Switzd., cant, and 7 m. SSW. Zurich. Near is the Wengibad. Afabad, tn., E. Africa, near the Red Sea, 60 m. NW. by N. Massaua. Afade, tn.. Central Africa, Bornu, 84 m. SE. Kuka. Afaflt, vil., E. Africa, near the Red Sea ct., in the Barka val., to the S. of Tokar. Afar, the name of a tribe belonging to E. Africa, extending from the Gulf of Tajurra N. along the coast of the Red Sea to about 14^° N. , and inland to the frontiers of Abyssinia ; called by the Arabs Dan4kil (in the sing. Dankali). Their country has a very irregular surface, covered in large part with rugged vol- canic rocks, and is extremely arid. The Afars of the coast are zealous Mohammedans. Afelele, a strip of tlie desert of Sahara, lying between about 21^" and 22^° N. and 2° W. and 2° E., with much underground water, well adapted for the rearing of camels. 12 Aflaitrach, vil. and castle, Germany, Wiirtemberg, E. of Heilbronn, noted for its wine. P. < 2000. Affaue, par. and vil.. Ire., W. co. Waterford, bar. Decies without Drum, 4 m. E. by S. Lismore ; 7772 ac. P. <;iooo. AflOngham, vil. , Eng. , Devonshire, Honiton div. , 12J m. E. by N. Exeter, i^ m. ESE. Sidmouth June. Affleck, Scot. See Aucbinleck. Affllgbem, vil., Belgium, S. Brabant, with ruins of a once celebrated abbey, 3 m. E. Alost. P. <2ooo. AiToltern, vil. , Switzd. , cant, and 4 m. NNW. Zurich. P. < 1000. Affoltern, vil. , Switzd. , cant, and 8 m. SSW. Zurich, with Roman antiquities. Alt. 2608 ft. ; mean rainfall (20 yrs. ), 49.05 in. P. <2ooo. Affoltern, vil. , Switzd., cant, and 15 m. NE. by E. Berti. P. 2000. Aflt>uddle, par., Eng., Dorsetshire, S. div., on the Puddle, 7\ m. E. by N. Dorchester, 3 m. N. by E. Moreton stn., PT.O. P. <50o. See Turner's Puddle. Afl^evllle, vil. , Algeria, 60 m. SW. by W. Algiers. Affile, lake and riv. , Scot. , in N W. of Inverness-shire. The lake lies 14 m. NW. Fort Augustus, at the height of 744 ft. above sea-level. The river passes through Lochs Affric and Benevian, and joins 1. bk. Glass. Afghanistan, an inland country of Asia, bounded on the W. by Persia, on the N. by Russia and Bokharan territory, on the E. by Eastern or Chinese Turkistan and India, with the terri- tory of some independent mountain tribes between the NW. of India and the Hindu Kush [Kaftristan, Cbltral], on the S. by Baluchistan and the British assigned dists. round Quetta. The W. frontier was long in dispute between Persia and A. , but in 1872 was settled by an award of Sir Frederick Goldsmid, w ho had been appointed by the two powers concerned to determine the matter. In the N. this boundary is formed by a portion of the Heri-Rud, where that river flows from S. to N., and S. of that it generally keeps near the meridian of 61° E. , except in the neighbourhood of the Sistan swamp, where it advances to the Helmand R. in 62° E. The NW. boundary with Russia was mostly laid Aovm in 1885-86 by a joint Russian and English Commission, and was finally settled by a direct agreement be- tween the governments of Great Britain and Russia in July 1887. It begins in the W. at the Zulfikar P. in 35° 35' N., east of the Heri-Rud, assigns to Russia the well-watered dist. of Badghiz between the Heri-Rud and the Murgh-ab, and passes thence NE. between Maruchak and Penjdeh to a point on the Amu, in about 65'^ 46' E. , and about 30 m. below Khoja Saleh. Above this point the O.xus forms the boundary with Bokhara to about 71° E. [Badakhshan] ; and in the NE. A. claims a large section of that part of the Pamirs containing the two chief headwaters of the Oxus, the Panj, and the Murgh-ab [Pamirs]. The boundary with India runs mostly E. of the Sulaiman Mts. The gi eater part of the surface is highly mountainous, and even the plains are mostly above 4000 ft. in height, large areas being upwards of 7000 ft. The parts below that elevation are a con- siderable tract in the SW. and W. , including the lower part of the val. of the Heri-Rud (Herat about 3000 ft. ) and the tracts in the N. west of 71° E. , the lower parts of which, adjoining the j Oxus, are even below 1000 ft. The principal mountain ranges are the Hindu Kush, the Koh-i-baba (the continuation of the former range trending SW. from the Bamian P.), the Siah Koh and Safed Koh, respectively S. and N. of the Heri-Rud val., and the SulAiman Mts. in the E. The principal rivers are the Helmand with its trib. the Arghand-ab, the Heri-Rud, Murgh- ab, the Amu or Oxus, and three tribs. of the Indus — the Kabul, traversing the Khaibar P. ; the Kuram, through the Kuram P. ; and the Gomul, traversing the Gomul P. The climate is, as regards temperature, as varied as the surface. At the higher elevations the range of temperature is very wide. At Ghaznl, 7300 ft. , the thermometer sinks in winter to 10° or 15° below zero, Fahr. , while in summer, even at Kabul, 5800 ft., it may rise to 100°. At the lower elevations an agreeable temperature prevails for the greater part of the year. The rainfall in winter is slight, and in summer rain seldom falls at alL Agri- culture is therefore dependent on irrigation, which in the western dists. is often effected hymezxisofkarezes, or channels dug into the sides of mountains composed of highly porous rocks. In most parts of the country two harvests are reaped, one in spring and one in autumn. The crops of the spring harvest are wheat, barley, and lentils ; those of the autumn harvest, rice, millets (especially the spiked millet or bdjra of India, Pennisetum typhoi- deum), maize, beans, tobacco, beet, turnips, &c. Sugar-cane and madder, melons, grapes, and apples are also important pro- ducts. In the natural vegetation of the country, timbelli- ferous plants, some of gigantic size, are highly characteristic, and some of them yield valuable gum-resins, known in commerce as gum ammoniacum, gum galbanum, asafoetida, &c. Legu- minous plants also abound ; among these numerous astragali, including the species that yields the gum tragacanth of com- merce. The domestic animals include camels (mostly the single-humped species), horses, cattle, two varieties of the fat- AFI U AFRI tailed sheep, goats, &c. Minerals are said to be abundant, but few are wrought. Iron ore, lead, antimony, and sulphur are all produced more or less ; small quantities of gold are also obtained in certain streams ; silver was formerly worked ; copper ore exists, but is not known to be worked ; coal is said to be found in more than one place in the E. ; nitre abounds over all the SW. Indnstrlal products are unimportant. Silks are made from material of native production. Wool is both woven and felted for domestic use ; and sheepskins with the wool on are made into pelisses by treating the skin with pomegranate rind and other materials, so as to give it great softness and supple- ness. These are now exported in considerable number to the Punjab. Practically there are no navigable rivers in A. , and the only road for wheeled carriages is one from Peshawar to Kabul, made during the British occupation of the latter town in 1879-80. Goods are carried on domestic animals, chiefly camels, to a large extent through craggy defiles and stony vals. , across high mountain passes, and waste plains. The chief exports are wool, horses, silk, fruit (including much dried fruit from Kandahar), madder, and asafoetida, silks and woollens, skins, and a few other manufactured articles. The principal imports are cotton, woollen, and silk goods (all largely British), coarse country cloths, sugar, tea, indigo, drugs, &c., from India; silk, arms, turquoises, horses, carpets, &c. , from Persia ; silk and silk fabrics, gold and silver wire (Russian), horses, &c. , from Bok- hara. There is also a transit trade in Bokharan goods to India. The people of A. may be divided into Afghan and non-Afghan tribes. The four great Afghan clans are the Duranis, in the SW. , mainly between Herat and Kandahar ; the Ghihais, on the high plateau in the E. , between Kandahar and the Kabul R. ; the Yusufzais, a. very turbulent tribe in the NE., extending into Brit. India (Peshiwar) ; the Kakars, among the spurs of the Suldiman Mts. in the SE. All the Afghans proper are Sunnite Mohammedans. Their language is an Aryan dialect known as Pushtu, or Pukhtu. Among the non- Afghan elements of the population are the Tajiks, who speak a dialect of Persian, and are found all over the country, zealous Sunnites ; the Kizil- bdshis, or ' Red Heads,' Persianised Turks, Shiite Mohamme- dans in religion ; the Hazareh, a people with a Mongol type of features, but speaking a Persian dialect, mostly nomadic, in- habiting the mountainous country W. and SW. of the Hindu- Kush, Shiites ; Aimaks, nomads living W. of the Hazareh, Sunnites. Uzbeg Turks appear to be the ruling race in the NE. , the region embracing Balkh, Kunduz, Badakshan, &c. (Afghan Turkistan). The govenunent is nominally mon- archical, but both in peace and war the sarddrs, or military chiefs, act much according to their own liking, and it is only by their mutual jealousies that the sovereign (Amir) can retain some control over them. Many small tribes are practically independent. The whole empire of A. has seldom been under one rule. Kabul (the present cap.), Herat, and Kandahar have each in turn been held by native rulers, or Tatar, Persian, or Indian invaders, and occasionally native rulers have extended the empire beyond its present limits. The relations of A. to Brit. India have more than once been disastrous to the British. In 1842 a British-Indian army was wholly destroyed on the march from Kdbul to the Khaibar P. In 1879 the British resident and his escort stationed at K4bul, in accordance with a treaty concluded at Gandamak in the same year, placing the foreign relations of A. under British influence, were massacred. The mas- sacre was subsequently avenged ; the Amir under whom it hap- pened deposed, and a new Amir set up in his place, but no new resident was sent to Kabul. Length of A. from the W. of the Herat Valley to the frontier of Brit. India, 600 m. ; to the NE. of Afghan Turkistan, 800 m. ; breadth from N. to S. , 520 m. Area, including territory claimed in the Pamirs, and up to the Indian frontier in the E. , about 260,000 sq. m. , excluding Pamir and eastern territory beyond the frontier of Brit. India proper, but now practically under British control, about 210,000 sq. m. P. about 4,000,000. See Major H. G. Raverty, Notes on A. and part of Baliichistan, London, 1881 ; Proc. R. G. S., 1885, pp. 39, &c., i6o, &c., 273, &c. (on N. frontier and neighbouring regions) ; H. W. Bellew, An Inquiry into the Ethnography of A., Woking, 1891. The best map is that of Col. Thuillier, 4 sheets, Calcutta, 1889 (i : 1,520,640). The greater part of A. is included in Curzon's map of Persia, in which the data of the previously mentioned map are utilised. See also refs. under Hludn-Knsb and Snl&lman Sits. Aflnn (or Aflnm) Kara Hlssar (' opium black castle '), tn., Asia Minor, on the Akkarsu, no m. E. by N. Alashehr, 184 m. E. Smyrna, built at the base of a lofty dark -coloured rock crowned with the ruins of a castle, in the midst of a plain in which opium is largely cultivated. Alt. 2950. P. 25,000. Afienz, vil. , Austria, Styria, 14 m. N. by E. Leoben. P. 2000. Afogadas, vil. , Brazil, a short distance W. of Pernambuco. Afognac, isL, Alaska, adjoining Kadiak I. on the NE. Afon, 'water.' Se& Ab. Afonwen, stn., Wales, Carnarvonshire, S. ct. of Eifion div. , on the L. & NW. and Cambrian Rlys. , 8 m. W. by S. Portmadoc. Afonwen, place, Flintshire, 5 m. SW. by W. Holywell, close to Caerwys stn., P.O. Aflragola, tn. , Italy, prov. and 6 m. NNE. Naples. P. 6000. AfMca, the name applied since the time of the Romans to the continent lying to the S. of the Mediterranean ; by the ancient Greeks called AlBOt). Its coast-line is remarkable for its uni- formity. Its principal gulfs, G. of Guinea in the W., those of Cabes and Sidra in the N., are wide-mouthed. Minor indenta- tions are comparatively few. The superficial features contrast markedly with those of all other continents. Africa has no wide plains near the coast, but consists principally of plateaux, vary- ing from about 2000 to 9000 ft. in height, surmounted in many places by mountain peaks or chains, and generally sinking pretty rapidly to the coast, where the strips of lowland are comparatively narrow. The principal mountain ranges are those of the Atlas, which run parallel to the western half of the Mediterranean, and the Drakensberg or Quathlamba Mts., in the SE. The principal series of plateaux extends from N. to S. towards the E. side of the continent, and is broken only by the valley of the Zambezi. Within a few degrees of the equator these plateaux are surmounted by several old volcanic cones rising above the snow-line. The highest are Kilimanjaro (nearly 20,000 ft.), and Kenia (about 18,500 ft.), both S. of the equator, near the eastern border of the elevated region ; the next in height, Ruwenzori, just N. of the equator, about seven degrees to the W. of Motint Kenia. On these plateaux lie also a number of great fresh-water lakes, Victoria Nyanza, Tangan- yika, Bangweolo, Nyassa. In the E. this series of plateaux is traversed longitudinally from about 6° N. to at least 6° S. by a well-marked relative depression bounded by steep escarpments, and containing a series of lakes with no outlet, Ls. Rudolf, Baringo, Naivasha, and others. The principal rivers are the Nile, Niger, Congo, and Zambezi. All except the Nile belong wholly to the tropical portion of the continent. They are all great navigable streams, but all of them have their navigation interrupted in their lower course by falls and cataracts. In the Nile, however, these are high enough up to allow of nearly 800 m. of unimpeded navigation from the mouth. The rainfall over a great part of A. is very scanty. A. lies in latitudes where the atmosphere is always able to retain large quantities of vapour uncondensed, and, consisting mainly of plateaux with bordering mountains, its interior is in most parts reached only by winds that have been deprived of the greater part of their moisture. Hence the only regions with abundant rainfall are the western part of the equatorial area and narrow strips on the S. and SE. coasts. Three regions of exceptional drought occur, the Sahara in the N. , the eastern horn (Somali-land, &c.), and the Kalahari in the S. To the S. of the Sahara is a large region of inland drainage connected with L. Chad, to the N. of the Kalahari a similar region connected writh L. Ngami. Except in the moister parts of the equatorial regions, where dense liana-bound forests occur, the prevailing Tegetatlon, where there is any vegetation at all, consists of treeless, or nearly treeless, grassy steppes. Euphorbias and, in the S. , heaths are characteristic. In the desert thorny shrubs and scattered tufts of coarse grass form the principal vegetation. Among palms the most characteristic are the date in N. , the deleb and doum further S. Among animals the quad- rupeds that most abound are herbivora — antelopes, giraffes, zebras, quaggas, &c. The single-humped camel is found solely as a domesticated animal. A. possesses a peculiar species of elephant, whose tusks furnish most of the ivory of commerce. Monkeys and apies (chimpanzee and gorilla), rhinoceroses, hippopotamuses, and crocodiles are all likewise abundant, besides lions, hyaenas, and other beasts of prey. Among large birds must be mentioned the ostrich, and among small birds the sun- birds, which answer to the humming-birds of tropical America. The animals just mentioned are specially characteristic of the part of the continent S. of the tropic of Cancer, that part forming, along with Madagascar, the Ethiopian Region in the great zoogeogra- phical divisions of Wallace. The northern portion of the conti- nent is referred to the Mediterranean subregion of the Paloearctic Region [Europe]. In some respects the most important member of the African insect-world is the tsetse-fly (^.w.), whose bite is fatal to some of the more important domestic animals. The Inhabitants of the N. and NE. of Africa, including the Abyssinians (a Semitic people), Egyptians, and Berbers, as well as the Asiatic settlers, the Arabs and Jews, are all markedly different from those of the S. and the SW. , among whom the negro features are more or less prominent [Bantu]. The Jews are settled in considerable numbers in the Atlas States, and the Arabs are more widely diffused, being settled in large numbers in the N. and E. , and having the command of the trade (largely a slave-trade) of a great part of E. and Central Africa. The Mohammedan religion has been introduced by the Arabs into all N. Africa, E. Africa as far as the Zanzibar coast, and into the Sudan States between the Nile and the Niger basin ; and in Central Africa Mohammedanism is constantly gaining ground. Ancient Christian sects survive in Abyssinia and Egypt (in the latter country called Copts). The rest of Africa is heathen, except where there are European settlers (chiefly English and 13 A F R I AGH N Dutch colonists in the S). Misgovernment, internal wars, and the practice of slavery keep down the density of the pop. almost everywhere in the interior. See €outineuts, and also, besides the names of the principal countries, Sahara, Sudan; Seuegambia, Niger Basin, Guinea (Upper and Irower), Blssagus, Sierra Leone, Gold Coast, Slave Coast, French Congo Terr., Congo Free State, Damara Land, Brit. E. and Brit. S. Afirlca, German E. and German W. AfMca, Portuguese E. and Portuguese W. Africa, Eritrea. Africa, cape, Tunis, on the E. ct. , in 35° 30' N. Af^la, small isl. , Asiatic Turkey, in the Sea of Marmora, 30 m. S. Rodosto. Aftou, tn., U.S., Iowa, Union co., 50 m. SW. Des Moines. P. voc, par.. Ire., SW. Queen's co. , bar, Clarmallagh, iiim. SW. Maryborough, P.O. (Aghavoe); 18,715 ac. P. <25oc. Aghabog, par.. Ire., W. co. Monaghan, bar. Dartree, 9 m. SW. by S. Monaghan, P.O.; 11,545 ac. P. <30oo. Aghabulloge, par. , Ire. , W. co. Cork, bar. Muskerry E. , 6^ m. NE. by E. Macrowne, P.O. (Aghabullogue) ; 18,733 ^'^• P. < 2500. Aghacrcw, par. , Ire. , co. Tipperary, bar. Lower Kilnamanagh, 2 m. W. Dundrum stn.; 1230 ac. P. <250. Aghada, par. and ct. vil. , Ire. , SE. co. Cork, bar. Imokilly, 3J m. ESE. Queenstown. Par. 2458 ac. , P. la-CbapeUe (the French name, and the name most familiar in England ; in German, Aachen ; the ancient Civitas Aguensis), a city of Rhenish Prussia, cap. govt. Aachen, 40 m. WSW. Cologne. It has a cathedral founded 796, a town-hall on the site of the palace of Charlemagne, who is believed to have been born here (742); celebrated mineral baths, temp, iii" to 143° Fahr. Situated between two small but productive coal- fields, the Worm basin on the N. and the Inde basin on the S. , it now carries on various manufacturing industries on a large scale, the principal being those connected with iron and steel (needles a specialty) and textile industries, above all that in wool. Treaties of peace were concluded here — (i) in 1688, between France and Spain, by which France secured possession of Flan- ders ; (2) in 1748, which terminated the war of succession in Austria. A European congress was held here in 1818, which resulted in the withdrawal of the allied troops from France. Alt. 581 ft.; mean temp., yr. 50.2° F. , Jan. 36.3°, July 65.7°. P. in 1815, when the town came into the possession of Prussia, about 30,000 ; (1871)74,000; (1890)101,800; (comm.) 103,500. Alx-les-Balus, tn., France, dep. Savoie, arr. and 8 m. N. Chamb^ry, on the Lac du Bourget, with noted hot springs, the Aqua Gratiance of the Romans, now much frequented. It is proposed to construct a rly. up Mont Revard (5145 ft.), which adjoins on the E. and commands magnificent views, including Mont Blanc. Alt. 700 ft. P. < 4000. AJacelo, fortified tn. and seapt. , cap. of Corsica, on the W. ct. , on the N. side of the Gulf of A., with sardine fisheries and tr^ide in coral and the products of the isls. ; birthplace of Napoleon I. (1769). Mean temp., yr. 62° F., Jan. 51°, Aug. 77.2°. P. 17,200. AJalgarb, native state and fort. Central India, 105 m. WSW. Allahabdd. Alt. of fort, 1744 ft. ; estimated area of state, 802 sq. m. P. 80,000. Ajalon, place named in O. T. See Y&lo. Ajjampur, tn., India, Mysore, 102 m. NE. byE. Mangalore. Ajan, a name formerly applied to the E. ct. of Africa from Cape Guardafui to the Zanzibar coast. AJanta, vil. and ravine, India, Haidardbid, 50 m. NE. by N. Aurangabad, noted for its Buddhist cave-temples and monas- teries hewn out of the solid rock, belonging to the period from about 200 B.c to 600 A.D. AJello, comm. , Italy, Calabrie, prov. Cosenza, 27 m. NW. by W. Catanzaro. P. 3000. AJemor, a plain, Africa, in the W. of the Sahara, between the Muydir and Tademait plateaus, crossed by 27° N. 4° E. AJer, or Adzer, tribe, Sahara. See Azjer. AJeta, comm., Italy, Calabrie, prov. Cosenza, 48 m. S. Pot- enza. P. 3000. AJl-cliai, riv. , in the NW. of Persia, flows W. into Lake Urumia, passing close to, and N. of, Tabriz. AJl&n, vil., Palestine, Eglon in the O. T. , 31° 34' N. , 34° 43' E. , 16 m. E. by N. Ghuzzeh (ancient Gaza). Ajniere, city, Brit. India, cap. Ajmere-Merwara, 78 m. WSW. Jaipur, situated on the lower slopes of Tdragarh hill, which rises to the height of 2855 '^^- above sea-level, 1300-1400 ft. above the plain lying at its base between ridges of the Aravalli hills, and is crowned by a strong fortress commanding every part of the city. Among its more noteworthy buildings are the Daulat Bdgh, or Garden of Splendour, now the residence of the Chief- Commissioner of A.-Merwdra; and a fine Mohammedan mosque, originally a Jain temple, on the Tdragarh hill. On the S. of the city is the Dargah, the burial-place of a saint of the 13th century, a place sacred both to Mohammedans and Hindus. The city has two institutions for the higher education — A. College, affili- ated to Calcutta University, and Mayo College, for the education of the sons of Rajput nobles. Alt. 1611 ft.; mean temp., yr. 74° F. , Jan. 58°, May 89° ; rainfall, yr. 22.5 in. , June-Sept. 20.1 in., July-Aug. 14.2 in. P. (1881) 49,000; (1891) 69,000. AJmere-SIer'trdrd, an isolated Brit. Indian prov. occupying the crest of the water-parting of Rajputdna, traversed by the Ari- valli hills, with an area equal to rather more than 2^ times that of the English co. of Durham. It is not naturally fertile, but has been made productive by the construction of numerous tanks made by damming up the small streams in the head of their gorges. Lead, copper, and iron abound in the Tdrdgarh hill LAJmere], and lead mines were worked till 1846. Ajmere pro- 'per was ceded in 1818 to the British, who two years later con- quered the dist. of Merwara, which lies to the S. and forms somewhat less than a fourth of the whole prov. Before this conquest, Merwdra was inhabited only by savage predatory hill tribes (Mers = 'hillmen'), but under British rule it has been made peaceful and productive through the construction of tanks similar to those of Ajmere. The climate is said to be healthy, but fever is endemic in Ajmere city, and epidemics of cholera are frequent. Ophthalmia and guinea-worm are also common. See Riljpntiina and India. AJnerlganJ, vil., Brit. India, Assam, dist. and 33 m. NW. by W. Sylhet. AJnod, vil.. Central India, 18 m. NNW. Indore. AJodliya, an ancient tn., Brit. India, Oudh, dist. Faizdbad, on the r. bk. of the Gogra, 77 m. E. Lucknow, adjacent to the tn. of Faizabdd ; at a remote period one of the largest and most magnificent of Indian cities, the glories of which are recounted in the Rdmdyana [Ondb]. Of this only ruins survive. The modern town is a small place, but is the scene of the great annual fair of Rdmndmi, which is attended by about 500,000 people. P. 12,000. AJ08, vil., Paraguay, 73 m. E. Asuncion. P. <:20oo. AJnrnoca, tn. , Brazil, Minas Geraes, 100 m. NE. Rio de Janeiro. P. 17,000. Ak, Turkish, ' white." Akabab ('steep slope,' Egli), Gulf of, the north-eastern arm of the Red Sea, Arabia. See /our. R. G. S., 1879, p. i; map, ab. i : 1,000,000. Akabab-l-Holwan ('the defile of Holwan'), a pass often called 'the Gates of Zagros,' to the NW. of Kirind, in the W. of Persia, prov. Ardilan, on the road from Bagdad to Kirman- shah. Alt. 4630 ft. Akalbl, tn. , Africa, in the oasis of Tuat, Sahara, in 26° 24' N. , 1° 35' E. Akalgarb, tn., Brit. India, Punjab, dist. Gujranwala, 60 m. NW. by N. Lahore. P. < 5000. AkaUiot, tn. , India, cap. native state of A. in Bombay, 56 m. NE. by N. Bijipur. P. 6000. Akamagasekl, or Sblmonosekl, tn., Japan, 108 m. NE. by N. Nagasaki ; considerable shipping centre. P. 33,700. Akaples, vil., W. Africa, Upper Guinea, near the mouth oi the Akba, on the Ivory Coast, in about 3° 32' W. Akarknf, ruins, Asiatic Turkey, 12 m. WNW. Bagdad. Akaruanla and AltoUa. See Acarnania and Greece. Akaroa, seapt. and bor., New Zealand, South I., A. co. (which is formed by Banks Penin.), on the E. side of A. harb. , 23 m. SE. Christchurch. P. Seral, riv., Afghan Turkistan, collects several headwaters from the Hindu Kush, and joins L bk. of Amu-daria in about 68° 20' E. Aksha, dist. tn. , E. Siberia, prov, Transbaikalia, 170 m. E. Chita, on Onon R. P. 1000. Akstaehr, tn., Asia Minor. 70 m. NW. by W. Konia, a few miles to the S. of Lake A. (salt) ; with celebrated carpet manu- factures. P. 15,000. Akstafa, dist. tn. , Transcaucasia. See Kazakh. Ak-8U (Turkish, 'white water'), the name of several rivers in Asia. 1. In Asia Minor, flowing S. into the Gulf of Adalia, passing about 15 m. to the E. of Adalia. 8. In N. Syria, flow- ing W. into the Jihan, which it joins to the SW. of Merash, in about 37^° N. See also towns A. Ak-sn, vil, Russian Central Asia, prov. Semiryechensk, 230 m. NE. Khokand, on the A. River, which flows N. to the Chu. A K-S U A LAP Ak-sn, tn., Eastern Turkistan, centre of an oasis, on the A. IWv. (1. bk. trib. of Tarim), in about 41° 10' N. , 80° 40' E. ; an important centre of trade, the foreign traders (about 100) mostly Russian subjects. Alt. about 3500 ft. P. of circle about 180,000. In the town 4000 houses. Akareiri. See Akreyrl. Aknrlkc, or Aknuakiiiia, vil. , Brit. W. Africa, on the 1. bk. of Cross R. , in 8° 10' E. , 5° 43' N. Aknslia, vil., Ciscaucasia, Daghestan, 62 m. NW. Derbent, dist. Darghinsk. Alt. 4600 ft. P. 6000. Akutau, one of the Aleutian Is. , crossed by 165^° VV. Ak-wamn, Akwaplni. See Aquanibo, Aquaplm. Akyiib, tn. and seapt., Burma, cap. of A. dist. andof Arakan div. , at the mouth of the Kuladan R. , in 20° 7' N. It has a good harb., protected from the SW. monsoon. The dist. has a malarious climate, with a very heavy rainfall. See Burma. Alt. 20 ft. ; mean temp. , yr. 79° F. , Jan. 69°, May 84° ; rainfall, yr. 195.7 in.. May to Oct. 188 '8 in., June-July 102.6 in. P. of tn. (1881) 34,000 ; (1891) 38,000. Akyad el Ciliato^vlre, vil., Egypt, 25 m. WNW. Ismailia. Al, or El, Arabic definite article. Ala, Turkish, •variegated,' as in .\Ia-tau, a name applied to several mt. ranges in which the snow is seen in patches (Egli). Ala, tn. , Africa, Bornu, to the S. of L. Chad, in about 12° 13' N. (Overweg). Ala, tn., Austria, Tyrol, 23 m. SSW. Trent, on the 1. bk. of the Adige. P. < 5000. Ala-arctaa, Russian Central Asia. See Plshpek. Alabama, riv. , U.S., in the state of A., formed by the confl. of the Coosa and Tallapoosa a little above Montgomery ; winds tortuously W. and SW. till it unites with the Tombigbee to form the Mobile R. (50 m. long), which flows S. into the head of Mobile B. Just above its confl. with the Tombigbee it gives oft' the Tensaw arm or bayou, which also flows S. into Mobile B. It is 312 m. long, navigable for vessels of 6 ft. to Claiborne (60 m. above the confl. with the Tombigbee), and for smaller vessels to its head. Its volume is, however, very variable. Alabama, one of the U.S. , to the E. of Mississippi and N. of Florida, with a coast-line of 60 m. on the Gulf of Mexico between these two states ; cap. Montgomery (since 1847) ; other chief tns. , Mobile (the only seapt.), Birmingham, Anniston, Selina, Huntsville, Florence, Pratt Mine, Gadsden, Bessemer. The surface is highest in the NE. , where the last ranges of the Ap- palachian system enter the state. To the S. these are followed by extensive plains, which in the extreme S., in some places for 60 m. inland, are little above sea-level. Montgomery is only 160 ft. above the sea; Birmingham, just to the S. of the Appala- chians, about 600 ft.; Fort Payne, in an Appalachian val. in the NE. , nearly 900 ft. The chief rivers besides those named under A. Riv. are the Tennessee, which traverses the N. of the state from E. to W. , the Black Warrior, and the Chattahoochee. The climate tow ards the S. is sub-tropical ; malaria prevailsalongthe Gulf coast and the rivers, and all the low-lying tracts are subject to intermittent and congestive fevers. [Montgomery, Mobile.] The state is divided into four regions : the cereal region in the N. producing grains as well as cotton and fruits ; the mineral region, including all the mountainous and hilly tracts in the NE. ; the cotton or cane-brake region, or black belt, extending from about 33° to 31° 40', in which negroes predominate, and large quantities of cotton are grown in very rich soil ; and the timber region, in which low sandy plains are covered with forests of yellow- and pitch-pine, yielding turpentine and rosin as well as lumber. Cotton is the staple agricultural product of the state ; among others of importance are maize, oats, tobacco, hay, and rice. Since the civil war of 1861-5 the agricultural production of A. is declined, in consequence partly of exhaustion of the soil, partly of the indolence of the freed negroes. The mineral re- gion of the state, of which Birmingham is the centre, is that which is now being most rapidly developed. It includes 5500 sq. m. of rich coal-measures (the principal coalfields being the Warrior, Cahaba, and Coosa), along with vast deposits of easily accessible iron ore and limestone. The Red Mountain vein of iron ore ex- tends for more than 100 m. across the state, with a width of half a mile, and includes throughout a stratum of red hematite 2-8 ft. thick. Brown hematites also abound in Bibb, Shelby, Jefferson, and other COS. In 1870 no regular coal-mining was carried on m the state, buttwenty years later A. produced upwards of 3,000,000 tons, and within the same period it had risen to be the third state in the production of pig iron. Among other minerals are beauti- ful white as well as coloured marble (near Talladega), various other stones, besides gold, graphite, lead, and copper, which, however, are of little or no economic importance. Manufac- tures have grown with the coal and iron production. The chief are ironworks of various kinds ; next in importance, cotton. Education is backward. The number of illiterates is very large. There is a state university at Tuscaloosa. A. was first visited by Europeans under the Spanish cavalier De Soto in 1540. The present site of Mobile was occupied in 1711 by the French, who ceded A. , with the rest of their possessions E. of the Mississippi, to the English in 1763. .'^fter the constitution of the U.S. it belonged first to Georgia, then to Mississippi, till it was admitted as a state in 1819. For various statistics see United States, table. Alabara, ct. vil., W. Africa, on the Bight of Benin, 18 m. E. Lagos, in 3° 4' E. Alabuga, two vils. , Russia, govt, and 90 m. SE. Tambov, dist. Borisoglyebsk, near Vorona R. P. 3000 and 5000. Alacapo, vil., Roumania, in the Dobruja. prov. and 12^ m, W. by N. Kustenje. Alacbna, co., U.S., Florida, S. of 30° N., and W. of 82° W. P. 17,000. Alacraues ('scorpion islands,' Egli), group of small isls. or reefs in the Gulf of Mexico, 80 m. N. of the ct. of Yucatan, affording a good anchorage on their S. side. Alada, or AUada, tn., W. Africa, Dahome, in about 6° 35' N. , 2° 10' E. , 25 m. inland from Whydah. Alaejos, tn., Spain, Leon, 34 m. SW. Valladolid. P. <4ooo. Alagbir, viL and silver-mine, Cis-Caucasia, 25 m. W. by S. Vladikavkaz. Alt. 2050 ft.; mean rainfall (10 yrs.), 37J inches ; rainiest months. May to .August. P. <5ooo. Alagboz, mts., Transcaucasia, run W. to E. , crossed by highway from Tifiis to Erivan at the height of 7837 ft. Mount A. of this ridge, 30 m. NW. Ararat, an extinct volcano, 13.454 ft- Alagoas, state, Brazil, on tiie Atlantic Ocean, to the S. of Pernambuco. See Brazil. Alagoas, or Villa da Hagdalena, tn., prov. A., 140 m. SW. by S. Pernambuco ; exports sugar, cotton, hides, Brazil wood, and rosewood. P. 5000. Alagoinbas, vil., Brazil, Bahia, 63 m. N. by E. Sao Salvador. Aiagon, tn., Spain, prov. and 15 m. NW. by W. Saragossa, near the mouth of the Jalon on the Imperial Canal. P. <4ooo. Aiagon, riv., Spain, Leon and Estremadura, flows SW. between the Sierra de Gata and the Sierra de Gredos, and joins the Tagus a few miles above Alcantara. Alagna, German-speaking comm. , N. Italy, prov. Pavia, on the Sesia. P. <2ooo. Alai, range of mts., Russian Central Asia, partly on the N. frontier of Bokhara, stretching 160 m. E. and W. , in about 39^ "-40° N., 71° 73° 40' E. ; average height about 16,000 ft., peaks 18,000-19,000 ft. On the S. the longitudinal val. of the Kizil-Su separates it from the Trans-.-\lai Mts. [Pamirs]. On the N. numerous streams flow transversely towards the Syr Daria. Alais, industrial tn. , France, dep. Gard, 24 m. NW. by N. Nimes, in the middle of a considerable coalfield, and possessing a great variety of other mineral wealth, iron, zinc, lead, copper, &c. Alt. 550 ft. P. 23,700. Alaise, vil., France, dep. Doubs. 16 m. S. Besan9on, regarded by some as the Alesia taken by Julius Caesar. P. <2000. Alajuela, tn., Costa Rica, cap. of prov. A., 11^ m. WNW. San Jos6. -Alt. 3000 ft. P. 10,000. Ala-kul, the largest of a group of lakes, Russian Turkistan, to the E, of Lake Balkhash (q.v.), NE. of the Dzungarian Alatau. A narrow isthmus separates it from Lake Sasyk-kul. Alamance, co. , U.S., N. Carolina, E. of 8o°W. , and crossed by 36° N. Alameda, settlement, Canada, dist. Assiniboia, 135 m. SE. by E. Regina, on the Souris branch of the C. P. R. Alameda, city, U.S., California, A. co. , on San Francisco Bay, 10 m. SE. San Francisco. P. 11,200. Alameda, vil., U.S., New Mexico, Bernalillo co. , 48 m. SW. Santa F6. P. < 1500. Alamos, tn., Mexico, Sonora, 140 m. ESE. Guaymas ; with gold and silver mines. P. 6000. Alamos de Catorce, vil. , Mexico, state of and 106 m. N. San Luis Potosi. Alamparai, vil., Brit. India, Madras, dist. Chengalpat, on E. ct. , 27 m. S. Chengalpat, the scene of several events of im- portance in the struggle between the French and the English in India. Alampur, tn., India, on theS. frontier of Haidarabad, on R. Kistna, 95 m. ENE. Bellary. Alan, or Camel, riv., Eng. See Camel. Aland, riv., Ger., in the Prussian prov. of Magdeburg, flows N. then NW. into the Elbe, 1. bk., at Schnackenburg in the extreme E. of prov. Hanover ; navigable from Seehausen. Aland Is., a group of numerous small isls., nearly 300 in number, many of them mere rocks and skerries, in the mouth of the Gulf of Bothnia, belonging to Finland. The chief isl., A.t formerly contained the fortress of Bomarsund. Alanje* vil., Colombia, Panama, 144 m. W. Panama. Ala'otra, or Alautra, lake, Madagascar, in about 17° 9'-3S' S., 48° 4o'-49° 4' E., 37 m. long, formerly larger ; drained NE. into the Indian Ocean. Alapakam, vil. , Brit. India, Madras, dist. South .Arcot, near the E. ct. , 8 m. SSW. Cuddalore. Alaply, tn., Asia Minor, on the N. ct., 115 m. NW. Angora, 7 in. S. by W. Eregli. Alapur, tn., Brit. India, NW. Provs., dist. Budaun, 31 m. SSW. Bareillv. P. 6000. 21 ALAP — ALBA Alapayevsk, iron and copper works, Russia, govt. Perm, on the Neiva, 80 m. NNE. Ekaterinburcr. p. (1890) 8400. Alara, tn. , Asiatic Turkey, 95 m. SSW. Konia. Alas, strait, Eastern Archipelago. See Alias. Alastaan, the southern part of the desert of Gobi, Mongolia, inhabited by the Oliits. Alashehr, the ancient Philadelphia, tn. , in the W. of Asia Minor, 74 m. E. Smyrna, with which it is connected by rail ; seat of a Greek archbishop ; a place held sacred by the Turks, with whom it is a favourite place of burial. Alt. 950 ft. P. 22,000. Alaska, a territory of the U.S., forming the north-western portion of the continent of N. America, extending inland to 141° W. , as far S. as the point where that meridian touches the sum- mit of the ct. mts., and thence to the summit line of these mts., but at a distance of not more than 30 m. from ct. to the point where a line beginning at 54° 30' N., and ascending Portland Channel, touches the mts. It was acquired by the U.S. from Russia by purchase in 1867. The Coast Range of N. America ex- tends through the southern portion of Alaska and the penin. of Alaska, and is continued in the Aleutian Is., which also belong to the territory. It contains some of the highest summits of the chain (Mount St. Elias, Mount Fairweather, Mount Crillon), several of which are voles. There are also some detached peaks further inland, including the still active Mount Wrangel, at the distance of 120 m. from the ct. Large glaciers (Muir, Guyot, &c.) descend at different places to the ct. The chief riv. is the Yukon, rising in the Rocky Mountains of the British possessions, and flowing in a westerly course through the centre of the terri- tory to its delta, on the ct. of Bering Sea. The territory may be divided into three distinct dists., differing in climate, agricultural capacity, and physical character: — (i.) The northern or Yukon dist., between the riv. and the Arctic Ocean, with rolling or rocky hills and broad marshy plains, without roads, except an occasional trail, with a soil always frozen at a depth of 3 or 4 ft. , and with an excessive climate. Summer temperature (at Fort Yukon) 59°, winter 23° Fahr. (2.) The Aleutian or middle dist., comprising the Aleutian isls., with a generally warmer and moist climate ; the average of the snow-line is 3510 ft. above the sea, the interior covered with forests, though in the Aleutian isls. there is no wood larger than a shrub, whilst grasses are luxuriant. The average temperature of this dist. is from 36° to 40° Fahr. (3.) The Sitkan dist., from the southern boundary of the territory to the Alaskan penin., is rugged and mountainous, and covered with forest. The fisheries of Alaska extend over the banks from the ice limit in Bering Sea southward. Codfish are most abundant and valuable, besides which are the halibut, herring, and mullet. The herring fishery is carried on princi- pally at Killisnoo, on the small isl. of Kenesaw, and for the sake of the oil and manure furnished by the fish. The fresh waters of Alaska abound in salmon, white fish, turbot, and pike. More than 3,000,000 salmon have been taken in one year at Karluk, where the largest salmon cannery in the world is situated. The pursuit of the whale, seal, and walrus is another source of revenue. The fur trade is the most important business of the territory, and has been fully developed. Among the more im- portant fur-bearing animals are the sea-otter, now greatly reduced in numbers ; the fur seal, which appears on all the isls. of the coast from June to October, but chiefly on the Pribylov group; the fox, martin, mink, beaver, otter, musk-rat, and bear (both black and brown), in the interior lands. The pro- ductive mineral deposits are those of gold, silver, and lignite. There are now several quartz-crushing gold-mines, the principal being the Treadwell Mine on Douglas I., and gold is obtained in the form of dust in the Yukon region. The production of silver is insignificant. Lignite is worked at Herendeen B., on the N. side of the Alaskan penin., and on the Shumagin Is., to the S. of that penin. Copper, cinnabar, and galena are known to exist, but have not yet been worked with success. Ice is largely exported to San Francisco. Forests cover the ct. regions as far west as Kadiak I. , and about one-fourth of the interior is esti- mated to bear forests where not higher than 1000 ft. above sea- level ; but the valuable forest trees (yellow cedar, pine, and hemlock) are found only in scattered clumps amidst vast areas of stunted Sitka spruce. Exportation of forest products is at present forbidden by the govt. Cap. Sitka, on Baranoff I. Area, 577,390 sq. ni. P. (1890) 31,795, of whom 23,274 were Indians, 2287 Mongolians (chiefly Chinese, engaged for the summer as labourers in the salmon-canning establishments, &c.). See Elliot, An Arctic Province, London, 1886; Allen, Report of an Expedition in the Territory of Alaska, Washington, 1887; Proc. R. G. S., 1887, p. 269, with map (about 1:2,950,000) of the S. coast from Kadiak Island to Sitka; U.S. Census Bulletin, No. 39 (1891). Alasslo, fishing-tn., Italy, Liguria, prov. Genoa, 24 m. NE. by E. San Remo. P. < 5000. Alata, tn. , Asiatic Turkey, on the S. ct., 57 m. SW. by W. Adana. Alatan, several chains of mts. in Central Asia and Siberia. 1. Trans-Ill A. [Zailiiskiy A.), between L. Issyk-kul and the 22 val. of Hi R. , 180 m. long, 8000 to 12,000 ft. high, snow-clad ;; highest peak, Talgarnyn, 14,000 ft. Consists of two parallel chains, of which the southern has the name oi Kungei A. 'i. Terskel A., on the S. shore of same lake, joins the Muz-art group of peaks in the E., 200 m. long, 11,000 to 18,000 ft. high (chief peak Alexandrovskiy). 3. Dzungarlnn A. or Semi- ryeclienskly A., on the border of high plateau in SE. of Lake Balkhash, nearly 270 m. long, alt. 11,000 to 13,000 ft., snow-clad,, few passes. 4. Knznetskly A., a complicated Alpine region on the frontier between Tomsk and Yeniseisk, 400 m. long, 100 m. wide, joins Sayan in S., 6000 to 7000 ft. high ; gold-bearing. Alatoz, comm., Spain, prov. and 20 ni. ENE. Albacete. P. < 2000. Alatrl, tn., Italy, prov. Rome, on R. Cosa, 32 m. SE. by E. Tivoli ; with remarkable remains of Cyclopean walls. P. 14,000. Alatsata, tn., in the W. of Asia Minor, 42 m. W. by S. Smyrna. Alatyr, dist. tn., Russia, Simbirsk, on the 1. bk. Sura, at confluence of riv. A., 115 m. SW. by W. Kazan. P. 14,100. Alannsk Plateau, name once given to the W. portion of the plateau running from the S. ot the Baltic to the Ural Mts. See Valdai. Alausl, tn., Ecuador, 65 m. E. Guayaquil ; with hot springs. P. 4000. A'lava, prov. , Spain. See Basque Provs., and Spain, table. AlaM', small riv. , Wales, Anglesey, rises in the N. and flows SW. into St. George's Channel. A14walpnr, tn., Brit. India, Punjab, dist. and 47 m. E. by .S. Amritsar. P. 4000. Alaya, tn. , Asiatic Turkey, on the Gulf of Adalia, 95 m. S. by W. Konieh, close by the old fortress of Castello Lombardo. P. 2000. Alaykan, tn.. Upper Burma, on the 1. bk. of the Irawadi, 53 m. N. Prome. Alazan, riv., Trans-Caucasia, flows SE. then S. to the Kur, which it joins to the NE. of Elizavetpol, there called Yora. Alazeya, riv.. En. Siberia, flowing N. into the Arctic Ocean in about 156° E. , between the rivs. Indighirka and Kolyma. Alb. See Jura, German. Alba, tn., Italy, Piedmont, prov. Cuneo, on the Tanaro, 27 m. E. by N. Saluzzo ; with numerous remains of the ancient A. Pompeia. P. 6000. Albacete, tn. , Spain, prov. A., 85 m. WSW. Valencia. Alt. 2251 ft.; mean temp., yr. 56.6° F. , Jan. 40.6°, Aug. 76.4°; rainfall (14 yrs.), 12.91 in. P. 20,700. For the prov., see Spain, table, and Blurcla. Alba de Tormes, tn., Spain, prov. Salamanca, 14 m. SE. Salamanca ; scene of a victory of the French over the Spaniards, November 26, 1809. P. < 3000. Albdlda, tn., Spain, prov. Valencia, 45 m. S. by W. Valencia. P. <:4000. Albak, bay, Denmark, on the E. ct., in the N. of Jutland. Albnnl, or Lazlall, Monti, a group of volcanic mountains, Italy, 13-20 m. SE. Rome. In ancient times their highest sum- mit was crowned by the temple of Jupiter Latialis or Latiaris. Alt. 2535 ft. Albania, a region in the W. of European Turkey, having no fixed limits, but inhabited by a people usually called Albanians, but called by themselves Sbklpetnrs, or Sklpetars (their land Shkiperia), and by the Turks Aruauts. Their land extends from Montenegro in the N. to the Gulf of Arta in the S., and from the Adriatic eastwards to the Shar Dagh and the mts. running S. from that range, and thus embraces the Turkish vilayets of Skodra (Scutari) and Yania (Yanina), with portions of those of Kossovo and Monastir. It is mainly occupied by mts. and high plains. The principal rivs. are the Boyana and Drin in the N. , Shkumbi, Semeni, and Viosa in the middle, and the Artino in the S. ; the principal lakes, Scutari, Okhrida, and Yanina. The Albanian is an Aryan language of the Thraco-Hellenic family, and is divided into two chief dialects : the Gegh, spoken by the people to the N. of the Shkumbi, and the Tosk, to the S. of that riv. The Albanians are partly Mohammedan, partly Christian, the Gegh Christians adhering to the Latin rite, the Tosk Chris- tians to the Greek rite. They are not confined to A., but are found also in many parts of Greece, and also in Lower Italy, Sicily, Montenegro, Bulgaria, Slavonia, and Dalmatia. Their total number is estimated at < 2,000,000. Alba'no, comm., Italy, prov. and 15 m. SE. by S. Rome, on the SW. side of Lake A., a small crater lake, 970 ft. above sea- level. The Pope's villa of Castel Gandolfo is among tiiose which surround this lake. The duct which the Romans pierced through the solid rock to drain off the surplus waters of the lake during the siege of Veil (396 B.C.) is still to be seen. P. <7000. Albano, tn., Italy, Venetia, prov. and 5 m. SW. by W. Padua. P. <:5oc)0. Albano dl Lucanla, tn., Italy, Basilicata, prov. and i2§ m. E. by S. Potenza. P. < 3000. Albany, riv., Canada, forming part of the NW. frontier of Ontario, issues from L. St. Joseph, and flows E. then NE. into James B. ; length, 400-500 m. ; navigable up to Martin's Fall, ALBA — A L BE in about 86§° W. ; receives from the S. the Kenogaml, in about 84° 40' W. , which is navigable about 70 m. up. Albany, dist. in the E. of Cape Colony, bounded N. and E. by the Great Fish R., cap. Grahamstown. Albany, co., Queensland, crossed in the middle by 22° S. and in the W. by 146° E. Albany, tn. , U.S., Georgia, Dougherty co., on r. bk. of Flint R., 86 m, N. by E. Tallahassee, Fla. P.vlth A. . Aldabra, or Aldebra, a group of small isls. in the Indian Ocean, in the N. of Mozambique Channel, 9° 24' S., 46° 22' E.; comprising A. (the largest, 20 m. long, ' a solid madreporic mass'), Astove, Cosmoledo, and Assumption, dependencies of Mauritius, with no permanent inhabitants, but visited for turtle- fishing. See Colonial Office Report, No. 40. Aldaniph, vil., Scot., W. Aberdeenshire, on the Don, 8 m. N. Crathie. Aldan, navigable riv. , Siberia, Yakutsk, rises in A. Mts., part of Stanovoi, winds NE. then W. into the Lena, which it joins in 63^° N., 70 m. below Yakutsk ; 1370 m. long. Aldansk, vil.. En. Siberia, on the Aldan, and on the route from Yakutsk to Okhotsk. Aldborongh, Nctt Glasgow, or .Airey, vil. , Canada, Ontario, Elgin CO. , on Lake Erie, 40 m. SW. by S. London. Aldborougta, par., Eng., Norfolk, N. div., 6 m. SSW. Cromer, 4 m. N. Aylsham stn., PMT.O. P. <:500. Aldborongh, par., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, div. and 7 m. SE. by E. Ripon, i m. SE. Boioughbridge stn., P.O. P.<75o. Aldborongb Hatcb, part of eccles. par. , Eng. , Essex, Rom- ford div., 2 m. NE. by N. Great Ilford stn., 9I m. NE. by E. St. Paul's, London. See Ilford, Great. Aldbouru, par. and vil., Eng., Wilts., Devizes div., 9 m. SE. by E. Swindon, 4^ m. E. Ogbourne stn., PM.O. ; 8490 ac. P. < 1500. Aldbrongb, par., Eng., Yorkshire, E. Riding, Holderness div., on Lambwath Str. , 11 m. NE. by E. Hull, 4^ m. E. by S. Burton Constable stn., PM.O. ; 4904 ac. P. <75o; eccles. par. Grashevskol, tn., Russia, prov. Don, 27 m. NE. Novocherkask. Important coal-mine. P. 13,200. Alexandrovka, name of many tns. and vils. in Russia. 1 . Tn. , govt, and 100 m. SE. of Voronezh, on Oserda R. P. 6000. 3. Vil. , govt. , and 35 m. ESE. Ekaterinoslav. P. 4000. Alexandrovo (Polish Aleksandrowo), tn. and important custom-house, Russian Poland, govt. Kalisz, on railway from Warsaw to Thorn, 140 m. WN W. of Warsaw. Alexandrovsk, tn., Russia, on the 1. bk. of the Dnieper, 172 m. from the mouth of the riv., just below the rapids, govt, and 56 m. S. Ekaterinoslav ; with ironworks and considerable river trade. P. 6700. Alexandrovsk, Novo, tn., Russia, govt. Kovno, 15 m. SW. Diinaburg. P. 7300. Alexandre vskaya, vil., Siberia, govt. Tobolsk, 30 m. E. Tyumen. Alexandrovskaya Mannfactura, vil. , Russia, suburb 7 m. E. of St. Petersburg. Important cotton-mills, glass and china wares, and manufactures of playing cards of the Crown. P. about 10,000. Alexandrovskaya Sloboda, tn. , Ciscaucasia, govt, and 57 m. SE. of Stavropol, on Upper Kalaus R. P. 8800. Alexandrovskly Fort, Russia, Transcaspian terr., dist. Manghishlak, at W. extremity of Manghishlak penin. Alexandrovskly Zavod, two iron-works, Russia. 1. Govt. Olonets, subvirb of Petrozavodsk ; supplies Russian artillery. P. <5ooo. 2. Govt, and 120 m. N. of Perm, dist. Solikamsk, on Lytva R. P. 2000. Alexandrovskly Zavod, crown works and central prison, Eastern Siberia, govt, and 53 m. NW. Irkutsk. P. <4000. Alexandrovskoye, vil., Ciscaucasia, govt, and E. Stavropol, on Buivol R. P. 5500. Alexeyevka, tn., Russia, govt, and 74 m. SSW. Voronezh. P. 14,100. Alexeyevskoye, vil. , Russia, govt, and 45 m. SSE. Kharkov ; considerable trade in corn. P. 3500. 27 ALEX ALGE Alexin, tn., Russia, govt. Tula, 90 m. S. by W. Moscow. Alexlnatz. See Alekslnac. Alexton, par., Eng. , Leicestershire, Melton div. , 6 m. SW. by S. Oakham, 2 m. E. of East Norton stn. P. <;25o. Alfaques, Puerto de los. See Ebro. Alfaro, tn., Spain, prov. Logrono, 40 m. ESE. Logrono, near the r. bit. of the Ebro. P. 5000. Alfedena, comm., Italy, Abruzzi e Molise, prov. Aquila, 44 m. NE. by N. Gaeta. P. <;20oo. Alt'eld, tn., Ger. , Prussia, prov. Hanover, 28 ni. S. by E. Hanover, on the Leine. P. <:5c>oo. Alfen, vil., Holland, prov. S. Holland, on the Old Rhine, 8 m. ESE. Leiden. P. < 5000. Alfen, vil., Holland, N. Brabant, 11 m. SE. Breda. P. < 2000. Alfenas, tn., Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes, 185 m. N. Santos. AlferoTka (Olferovka), tn., Russia, govt. Kharkov, on Khoper R. , 95 m. S. Tambov Fairs. P. 4500. Alflngton, eccles. par., Eng., Devonshire, Ottery St. Mary par. P. < 250. Alfiild. See Hungary. Alfold, par. and vil. , Eng. , Surrey, div. and 10 ni. S. by E. Guildford, partly in the Horsham div. of Sussex, 2^ m. WSW. Baynards stn. , PM. O. P. <:75o. Alfonslne, tn., Italy, Emilia, prov. and 9 m. NW. by W. Ravenna. P. 9000. Alfonso Duodecimo (XII.), tn. , Cuba, 53 m. ESE. Havana. Alford, par. and market-tn. , Eng. , Lincolnshire, S. Lindsey or Horncastle div., 11 m. SE. Louth, on the G. N. R., and on the route of the Lancashire, Derbyshire, and East Coast Rly., PMT.O. Market-day, Tu. P. < 3000; eccles. par. (A. wl'tb Blgsby) P. <3000. Alford, par. and vil., Eng., Somerset, E. div., on the Brue, 8 m. SE. by E. Glastonbury, P.O. P. <25o; eccles par. (A. fvltb Hornblotton) P. <:25o. Alford, par. and vil., Scot., W. Aberdeenshire, 15 m. S. by E. Huntly, on the G. N. of S. R., PMT.O. Par. 9102 ac, P. < 1 500; vil. P. <:75o. Alfi*ed, CO., S. Australia, on the E. frontier, bounded on the N. by the Murray. Alfred, tn., U.S., Maine, York co., 26 m. SW. by W. Port- land. P. < 1500. Alfired Centre, vil., U.S., New York, Allegany co. , 64 m. S. by W. Rochester. P. < 1500. Alfredton, settlement, New Zealand, North L, Wairarapa North CO. , 72 m. NE. by E. Wellington. Alfreton, par. and market-tn., Eng., Derbyshire, Mid div., 7^ m. ESE. Matlock, on the M. R., with coal-mines and blast furnaces. Market-day, M. Par. 4626 ac, P. 15,400. Alfrick, par., Eng., Worcestershire, Bewdley div., 6J m. W. by S. Worcester, i^ m. S. Knightwick stn. P. Abbes, Tlemsen.] The Algerian Sahara consists of two distinct regions— the Lower Sahara, a vast depression of clay and sand, with a store of underground water, stretching on E. as far as frontier of Tunis ; and the Upper Sahara, a rocky plateau, frequently high, extending on W. to the border of Morocco. Southward it is not, as v^'as supposed, a sterile desert, but a vast archipelago of oases, each of which pre- sents an animated group of towns and villages, surrounded by date-palms, olives, figs, &c. Throughout the Tell, potatoes, barley, wheat, millet (sorghum), legumes, and tobacco are cultivated. The vine thrives on the hill slopes from 1000 up to about 2600 ft. , and wine is becoming every year a more im- portant product. Almost the sole economic product of the plateau is alfa, but another fibre-plant, called diss {Ampelodesmos tenax), also promises to be of importance as a paper-making material. Among domestic animals the most important is the sheep. Among wild animals are the lion, panther, jackal, and antelope. The harvests are sometimes ravaged by locusts. Coral and sponge are fished on the coasts. The industry of the natives, which formerly consisted chiefly of weaving and the pre- paration of morocco leather, is, since the French domination, nearly confined to mining. The rising exports of the country are wine, sheep, and wool, and early potatoes ; among others of importance are alfa, or esparto, under which name are included several grasses, especially Stipa ienacissima (the ' Hulfa ' of the Arabs) and Lygeum sparteum (the esparto of the Spaniards), nearly all of which is exported to England. Grapes and other fruit, tobacco, olive-oil, salt, and ' Numidian ' marbles. Various metallic ores are known to exist, but the only ones of economic importance are those of iron. Iron ores of excellent quality are worked both in the E. (at Ain Mokra, near Bona) and in the W. (at Benisaf, 50 m. W. of Oran). Civilisation is making rapid progress in the state under French rule. Roads have been made, telegraphic communications established, bridges built, colleges and schools instituted, and trees planted. A line of railway has been completed throughout nearly the whole ALG E A LI N length of the country from the frontier of Tunis to the region W. of Oran, and several rlys. run S. into the interior for the conveyance of alfa, one of these running from Oran to the Great Atlas Mts. Irrigation works have been constructed, and for these great numbers of artesian wells have been sunk, especially in the neighbourhood of the Wad Rhirh, to the S, of the Shot Melrhirh. (For statistics, see Appendix, pp. 3-5. ) The country, originally inhabited by the Numidians (Berbers), was after- wards under the power of the Romans and Vandals. In the i6th century it was invaded by Spain, but Barbarossa expelled the Spanish, and founded under the sovereignty of Turkey the state of Algiers, which became redoubtable on account of its corsairs, and compelled many of the European states to pay tribute for the protection of their merchant vessels. Repeated attempts were made by the different European powers to subdue this nest of pirates, without effect, until 1816, when the city of Algiers was bombarded by the British under I^ord Exmouth, after which they continued comparatively quiet until 1827, when the French govt., to revenge an insult to their consul, resolved to send an expedition on a great scale to take possession of the country. This was accomplished in 1830. Algersdorf, vil., Austria, Styria, 2 m. NW. by W. Graz, on the r. bk. of tlie Mur. P. 3000. Algbero, tn., on the W. ct. of Sardinia, prov. and 17 m. SW. Sassari. P. 10,000. Algiers [Al-jezair, 'the islands'; French, Alger), a city and seapt. of Africa, cap. of the French territory of Algeria, built in the form of an amphitheatre, on the W. side of a bay of same name, in the Mediterranean. Lat. of lighthouse, 36° 4/ 20" N. , long. 3° 4' 32" E. The city, situated on a slope facing the sea, and crowned by a citadel, is 2 m. in circumfer- ence, and strongly walled ; since 1830 the French have greatly extended its defences and improved its port, and the streets have been widened. It has palaces, synagogues, mosques, good shops, bazaars, markets, hotels, libraries, museums, club-houses, and in the suburbs on both sides and on the slopes of the Buza- rea (1350 ft.), the hill overlooking the town, crowds of villas amidst olive, orange, pomegranate, and fig-trees, palms, cactuses, and American aloes. Several forts and outworks protect it on the land side ; by sea it has in front two rocky isls. (whence its name) connected with the mainland by a mole ; this and another mole, both furnished with batteries, enclose the harb. It has extensive quays, two govt, dry-docks (one 455 by 86J ft., with a depth of 30 ft. on the sill, the other 248 by 73^ ft. and 22J ft. deep on the sill) ; regular steam communication with Marseilles, Toulon, and Cette in France, and most of the ports in Africa. Submarine cables connect it with Marseilles. Mean temp., yr. 64.3° F., Jan. 54°, Aug. 78.1°; rainfall (5 yrs.), 26.72 in. P. (1862)58,000; (1886)71,000; (1891)81,800(38,000 French). Algiers, the former name of a vil., U.S., Louisiana, on r. bk. Mississippi, opposite New Orleans, with which it is now incor- porated. Algoa Bay, SE. ct. of Africa, Cape Colony, between Capes Recife and Padron, 425 m. E. Cape of Good Hope. The Baa- ken R. flows into the bay, and at its mouth (W. side) is Port Elizabeth. Fort Frederick is on a hill adjacent. Lat. of St. Croix isl. , in the bay, 33° 47' 6" S. , long. 25° 49' 7" E. Algodor, riv., Spain, flows NE. then NW. to the Tagus, which it joins about 12 m. E. Toledo. Algodouar, tn., Cuba, 220 m. SE. by E. Havana, 30 m. ESE. Trinidad. Algoma, a large co. , Canada, comprising the whole of W. Ontario, N. of Lakes Huron and Superior. It is well watered, and has numerous large and small lakes ; the largest, L. Nepi- gon. It is ill adapted by its climate for agriculture, but is rich in minerals, including iron ores (near Sault St. Mary and near Port Arthur), silver (near Port Arthur), nickel, platinum, and copper (all near Sudbury). Area, 43,132 sq. ra. P. (1871) 7000; (1881)24,000; (1891)41,856. Algoma, vil., Canada, prov. Ontario, A. co. , a few miles to the N. of the N. Channel of Lake Huron, on the Sault St. Mary line of the C. P. R., 539 m. by rail W. Montreal. P. < 1500. Algoma, vil., U.S., Idaho, Kootenai co., on the N. P. R. , 124 m. N. by E. Levviston. Alt. 2214 ft. (R. R.). Algona, city, U.S., Iowa, Kossuth co. , on Des Moines R., no m. NNW. Des Moines. P. <3ooo. Algonklns, or Algouqnlns, a tribe of N. American Indians, formerly numerous, inhabiting the country on both sides of the St. Lawrence and to the N. and NW. of the great lakes, now mostly confined to the regions near L. Michigan and L. Superior and the Canadian NW. Algnada (Portuguese name), a reef in the Bay of Bengal, opposite the mouth of the Bassein R. , in 15° 42' N., 94° 12' E., with lighthouse visible 18 m. Altaama (from the Arabic, ' warm waters'), tn., Spain, prov. and 25 m. WSW. Granada ; with warm sulphur springs. Suffered greatly from an earthquake, Dec. 25, 1884. P. 8000. Alhama, tn. , Spain, Murcia, at the base of the Sierra de Espuna, 19 m. WSW. Murcia; with warm sulphur springs. P. 7000. Alliama de Almerla, or Alliama la Seca, tn., prov. and 3 m. NNW. Almeria, with warm springs. P. ¥U, vil., U.S., Ohio, Fayette co., 42 m, SW. Columbus. P. er8ton. Allerston Moor, an upland tract to the N. of A., between the Dalby Beck and the Derwent, 8 m. W. Scarborough. Allertborp, par., Eng., Yorkshire, E. Riding, Howdenshire div., 12 ni. E. by S. York, li ni. WSW. Pocklington stn., P.O. P. <25o. See Thornton. Allerthorpe, par. , Eng. , Yorkshire, N. Riding. See Sivaiuby. AUertou, par., Eng., Lancashire, Widnes div., 5 m. SE. Liverpool, on the L. & NW. R. P. < 1000. Allerton, par., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, in co. bor. Bradford, PMT.O. P. < 4000. See also WUsden. Allerton, vil., U.S., Iowa, Wayne co., 120 m. W. Burling- ton. P. < 1500. Allerton -By water, par., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, Osgoldcross div., 7 m. NE. by E. Wakefield, 2 m. N. Castle- ford stn., P.O. P.<2i^OO. Allerton Cbapcl, par., Eng., Somerset, Wells div., 8J m. SE. by S. Weston-super-Mare, P.O. (Allerton). P. <5oo. Allerton Chapel, par., Eng., Yorkshire, in the N. of the CO. bor. of Leeds, PMT.O. P. <:4Soo. Allerton Nauleverer with Hopperton, par. , Eng. , York- shire, W. Riding, Ripon div., 4 m. E. by N. Knares borough, ij m. NE. Allerton stn. P. <2So. Allerton, Point, cape, U.S., in the E. of Massachusetts, Plymouth co., in 42° 18' N. Allesley, par., Eng., Warwickshire, Nuneaton div., 3 ni. NW. by W. Coventry, P.O.; 4257 ac. P. "tiooo; eccles par. (A. with Eastern Green) P. < 1000. Allestree, par., Eng., Derbyshire, S. div., 2 m. N. by W. Derby, P.O. P.<75o. AUevard, tn. , France, dep. Isere, arr. Grenoble, 15 m. SE. by S. ChamWry. P. <;2ooo. Allexton, Eng. , Leicestershire. See Alextou. Alley, settlement. New South Wales, Parry co., 25 m. SE. Tamworth. All Hallows, par., Eng., Cumberland, Penrith div., ci m. SW. by S. Wigton. P. < 1000. All Hallows, par., Eng., Kent, Medway div., 5 m. WNW. Sheerness, 3^ m. NE. by E. Sharnal Street stn., P.O. P. div., 2 m. S. Exeter, PMT.O. P. < 1500. Alptaonse Islands, two small isls. in Indian Ocean, sur- rounded by reefs, S. of the Amirante Is., in 6° 59' S., 52° 41' E. Alpine, CO., U.S., California, on E. frontier, N. of 38° N., and crossed bv 120° W.; has rich silver mines. Alpine, tn.', U.S., Colorado, Chaffee co., 98 m. SW. Denver, and 40 m. S. Leadville. P. <:i5oo. Alplngton, par., Eng., Norfolk, S. div., 6 m. SE. Norwich. P. <25o. See Yelverton. C ALPI — ALPS Alplrsbach, tn. , Ger. , Wiirtemberg, circle Schwarzwald, on the Kinzig, close by the mineral springs of Krahenbad. P. <2C)Oo. Alpnach, vil., Switzd., cant. Unterwalden, 4 m. W. by S. Stanz. P. < 2000. Alport Helgbts, hill, Eng., Derbyshire, 5 m. S. Matlock; height, 1018 ft. Alport Hoor, an upland tract, Eng., in the NE. of the High Peak div. of Derbyshire, about 5 ni. ESE. Glossop. Alpowa, vil., U.S., Washington, Garfield co. , 57 m. ENE. Walla Walla. P. 30. Alprabam, par., Eng., Cheshire, Eddisburv div., 8 m. WNW. Crewe, i m. WNW. Calveley stn., PMT.'O. P.<5oo. Alps (from Celtic, alp, 'high,' in a special sense 'a high summer pasture," EgU), the gfreat mt. system of Central Europe, enclosing the great plain of N. Italy on the N. , W. , and SW. In the SW. they are connected with the Apennines, the limit between the two systems being fixed here by some at one place by others at another. The lowest pass in this region is that of the Col deir Altare (1600 ft. ), which is often on that account taken as the limit. In the E. the true Alpine chains gradually merge in hills and mts. , having no Alpine character in the W. of the Austrian dominions. The total length of the system is about 680 m.; the least width, between Mondoviand theGulf of Genoa, about 30 m. ; the greatest width, about the meridian of Verona, about 160 m. ; the area covered by the system, about 80,000 sq. m. Divisions. — Vertically the A. are divided into Fore A. {German, Voralpen), up to a height of about 5300 ft. ; the middle region (German, Mittelgebirge), about 5300-9000 ft.; and the High A. (German, Hochalpen), from 9000 ft. upwards. The last region is almost entirely above the snow-line. By the brothers Von Schlagintweit the average height of the snow-line was determined to lie, in about 46^° N., at about 8900 ft. on S. slopes, 9200 ft. on N. slopes. In the higher valleys 2X^ glaciers, the longest of which, the Aletsch, descends to about 4400 ft. The Boden glacier (lower end of the Gomer) descends to about 5250 ft. The size and extent of glaciers fluctuate with the sea- son, and to a greater extent in long periods of years. Within the last 300 years they have advanced, according to E. Richter, at periods separated by intervals of 20-45 years, on the average just 35 years. (See Geschichte der Schwankungen der Alpen- gUtscher, in Zeitschrift d. Deut. und oester. Alpenvereins, 1891 ; but com p. F. A. Forel in Jakrbuch d. Schweiz. Alpenclubs, xxv. and xxvi.) With regard X.o geological sti~ucture , an import- ant division of the A. into zones is made. The Central Zone, containing most of the highest peaks, is composed mainly of hard crystalline rocks (granite, gneiss, mica-schist, and clay- slate). The Outer Zone, or zone farthest from the Italian plain, and the Inner Zone, where it exists, are composed mainly of limestones and dolomites. The outer zone is found throughout the whole length of the system. A longitudinal division of the system by Mojsisovich has been based partly on this division into zones, partly on surface features. According to him, the A. form only two great divisions, the Western A. and the Eastern A., the line of demarcation being formed by the valley of the Rhine from the L. of Constance, the valley of the Hinter Rhine, the Bernardino P., the Val Mesocco, the lower part of the valley of the Ticino, and the Lago Maggiore. In the Western A., according to this division, there is no inner zone, and in the outer zone limestones and dolomites are decidedly the most prevalent rocks. In the Extern A. an inner {ox southern) zone exists throughout, and in the outer (or north- ern) zone, sandstones and slates are largely intermixed with the limestones and dolomites. In another mode of longitudinal division only situation and surface features are regarded. Three great divisions are then recognised : — I. The Western A., the part of the system stretching mainly from N. to S. , between France and Italy, from Mont Blanc to the Col dell' Altare. II. The Middle A., from the pass of the Great St. Bernard (E. of Mont Blanc) and the L. of Geneva, to a well-marked series of valleys, beginning in the S. with the valley of the Adige, and continued northwards by the Eisack valley, the Brenner Pass, the Wipp-thal joining the valley of the Inn at Innsbruck, and below that town the Inn valley. III. The Eastern A., the remainder of the system. Subdivisions. — This threefold division is adopted in the following enumeration of the sub- divisions : — I. The Western Alps. A. Central Zone. 1. The Maritime A., from the Col dell' Altare to the valley of the Stura (Italy) and the valley of the Durance basin (France), com- municating with the head of that valley; highest peak, the Punta Argentera (11,140 ft.) 2. The Cottlan A., extending northwards to the Mont Cenis Pass and the valleys of the Dora Riparia (Italy) and Arc (France) ; with the Monte Viso (12,605 ft.), at the source of the Po, and the Roccia Melone (11,600 ft.) N, of the Dora Riparia. 3. The Ciratan A., stretching N. to the Col de la Seigne, S. of Mont Blanc ; with La Levanna (11,870 ft.) on the Franco-Italian frontier, and Gran Paradiso (13,320 ft.) in Italy to the S. of Aosta. 4. Mont Blanc (15,775 ft). B. Outer Zone. To the SW. and W. of these extending to the Rhone. In the midst of this zone rises the great Massif d'Olsans, to the W. of the Cottian A. , with Mont Pelvoux (a 34 mass of granite and gneiss), the highest peak of which belongs to the Barre des Ecrins (13,460 ft.). Further N. are the \. of Savoy, which include the Chablais, extending to the L. of Geneva; highest peak, the Dent du Midi (10,690 ft. ), on the 1. bk. of the Rhone. II. Middle Alps. A. Central Zone. 1. Pen* nine A. From the Great St. Bernard Pass to the Simplon, the chain on the border of Switzd. and Italy, to the S. of that part of the Rhone valley in which the river flows most nearly from E. to W. In this chain, in the order from W. to E. , are Mont Velan (12,070 ft.), the Grand Combin (14,160 ft.), Mont Blanc de Seilan (12,695 ft-)- Tfite Blanche (12,300 ft.). Dent d'H^rens (13,710 ft.). Grand Cornier (13,020 ft.), to the N. of the Dent d' H6rens ; the Matterhorn, or Mont Cervin (14,775 ^0- Breithom (13,680 ft.), Monte Rosa, highest peak Dufourspitze (15,215 ft.), Strahlhorn (13,745 ft.), and to the N. of the last, between the Niklaus-thal and the Saas-thal, the Mischabelhorner, with the Dom (14,935 ^^■)> the Taschhorn (14,755 ft.), and the AUalin- (or Fee-) horn (13,230 ft.) and glacier. To the N. of Monte Rosa is the Gomer Glacier, separated by the Gomer Grat from the Findelen Glacier, both descending W. to the head of the Niklaus-thal. 8. The Lepontlne A., from the Simplon to the Bernardino P., with the St. Gothard mass between the upper parts of the valleys of the Reuss and Ticino, highest peak the Piz Centrale (9850 ft.), and the Adula group, at the source of the Hinter-Rhine ; highest peaks, the Rheinwaldhorn (11,045 ft.), and the Guferhom (11,130 ft.). 3. The Rhaetlan A., from the Bernardino P. and the Hinter-Rhine valley to the E. limit of the Middle A., and from the Klosterthal and the Stanzerthal (the valleys running E. and W. through Vorarlberg and the NW. of the Tirol in the N. to the valley of the Adda and its connection with the Etsch (Stelvio P. ) in the S. To this group belong (aj the Rhaetikon chain in the NW., with Scesaplana (9740 ft.); {b) the Silvretta group, to the N. of the Lower Engadine, with the large Silvretta glacier and the Piz Linard (11,205 ^'O '< (^) ^^ Albula group, to the NW. of the Upper Engadine, with the Piz Kesch (11,210 ft.) ; and [d) the Bernina group, to the S. of the Upper Engadine, with the Piz Bernina (13,290 ft. ), and to the N. the Morteratsch peak (12.315 ft.), not the next in height, but very conspicuous from the valley. 4. The Oetztkal and Stubat A., with the Samthal A. to the SE., all enclosed by the valleys between the Inn, Etsch (Adige), and Eisack, and those which connect the latter with the Inn ; highest peak, the Wildspitze (12,365 ft.), in the Oetzthal group. B. Outer Zone. 1. The Bernese A., from the Lake of Geneva to the head of the Aar valley, between the cants, of Bern and Valais, the highest peaks occurring in the Bernese Oberland and the eastern part of Valais, namely, to the E. of the Simmenthal and the valley of Sierre. To the W. of this limit the highest peaks are the Diableret (10,645 ft-) and the Wildhorn (10,720 ft.); to the E., in the order from W. to E., the Wildstrubel (10,710 ft.), theBalmhorn (12,170 ft.), the Tschingelhom (11,745 f^.), the Aletschhom (Valais, 13,770 ft.) ; to the N. of the Aletschhom, in close suc- cession on or near the Bern-Valais border, the Breithom (12,410 ft.), the Jungffrau (13,670 ft.), the Monch ('Monk,' 13,460 ft.), the Viescherhomer (Gross V.-horn, 13,280 ft.; Hinter- V., 13,185 ft.; Klein V., 12,810ft.), Finsteraarhom (14,020 ft.); and to the N. in Bern, the Eiger (13,040 ft.), Schreckhorn (13,380 ft.), and Lauteraarhorn (13,260 ft.). To the SW. of the Aletschhom is the Upper (Ober), and to the SE. the Great Aletsch Glacier, about 12 m. long. 2. A. of the Four Forest Cantons, between the Aar and the Reuss valleys; highest peaks all in the SE. ; Titlis (10,625 ft.), and farther S. the Dammastock (11,915 ft.), and Galenstock (11,800 ft.). 3. A. of Glarus, Schwyz, and St. Ciall, with Tbdi (11,885 f'- )• '" the extreme S. of Glarus, and the Mythenstock (6240 ft.) in Schwyz. 4. The Algiiuer A., round the head of the lUer basin, followed to the E. by the N. Tlrolese A., with the Zugspitze (9710 ft.), near the head of the Loisach valley. C. Inner, or S. Zone. 1. The Bergamese A., from the Lago Maggiore to Lake Como and the lower part of the Oglio valley, including a well-marked chain to the S. of the Valtellina, in which is Monte Redorta (9970 ft.). 2. The Ortler and Adamello groups, and to the E. of these the Trldentlne A., extending eastwards to the valley of the Adige ; Ortlerspitze (12,810 ft.), above the Stelvio P., to the S. Monte Adamello (11,655 ft.). m. The Eastern A. A. Central Zone. I. The : Holie Tauem, including in the W. the Zillerthaler A., from | the Brenner P. to the Arlscharte, the pass connecting the basins j of the Salzach and Drave, in about 13° 20' E. ; with the Gross j Venediger (12,045 ^^t.) on the SW. frontier of Salzburg, and the i Gross Glockner (12,455 ft. ), at the point of junction of Carinthia, | Salzburg, and the Tirol. 8. The Styrlan, or Norle A., includ- j ing the Niedere Tauern. B. Outer or N. Zone. 1. A. of the [ Salzkamniergut, between the Inn and the Enns. 2. A. of 1 Upper and Lower Austria. C. Inner, or S. Zone. 1. The I Dolomite A. of S. Tyrol and Venetla, between the Adige and the Piave (including the Ampezzo A. in the NE. ; with the Marmolate (11,460 ft.) on the Austro- Italian frontier be- tween the Fassa-thal and the Val Agordo. 2. The Camlan, and, to the S., the Venetian A., between the upper waters of the Piave and Tagliamento, the former a chain to the S. of the ALPS ALS A Gail-thal. 3. The Karawankeu, between the valleys of the Drave and Save. 4. The Julian. A., to the S. of the Save, between the Tagliamento and the Laibach R. (r. bk. trib. of the Save) ; with Triglav or Terglou (9395 ft.). Passes and Railways. — In the following enumeration all those crossed by carriage-roads are printed in thick type. I. From Turin:— (i) The Col dell' Altare (1600 ft.), by Mondovi to Savona ; a rly. now follows nearly the same route as the road. (2) Col dl Tenda (6260 ft. ), by Cuneo to Ventimiglia. (3) Col della Maddalena (6545 ft.), de Larche (a place on the French side), or d'Argentl^re (the French name of a place on the Italian side), by Cuneo and the Stura valley to the Ubaye valley (Dur- ance basin). (4) Col de Louget (8900 ft.) ; and (5) Col d'Agnello (9000 ft.), both by Saluzzo and the Varaita into higher parts of the Durance basin. (6) The Col de la Traversette (9675 ft.), by Saluzzo and the Po into the Durance basin N. of Monte Viso. (7) The Col dl denevra, or de Cienivre (6080 ft.), by the Dora Riparia, then SW. to the valley of the Durance ; a pass also reached by Pinerolo, the valley of the Chisone, and the Col de Sestriferes (6630 ft.). (8) Col des Echelles (5870 ft.), a little to the N. of the Col de Genfevre, much less used. (9) Mont Cenls (6835 ft.), by the Dora Riparia, and then from Susa NW. to the Arc valley (Is6re basin), the pass most used at the time when the traffic was mainly diverted to the rly. through the Mont Cenis tunnel (opened in 1871, length 7.59 m., highest point 4380 ft.), about midway between this pass and the Col de Genfevre. (10) Little St. Bernard (7170 ft.), by the Dora Baltea and Aosta to the Isere valley, a little to the S. of Mont Blanc. (11) Great St. Bernard (8110 ft.), to the E. of Mont Blanc, by Aosta to Martigny in the Rhone valley. H. From drenoble: — ^The Col 4le Balme (7220 ft.), NW. of Mont Blanc by Chamonix to Martigny. III. From Milan : — (i) The Matterjoch, St. Th6odule P., or Col du Cervin (10,895 ft.), always covered with snow, connecting the Val Tournanche in Piedmont with Zermatt in the Niklaus-thal. (2) The Weissthor (11,520 ft.), the highest glacier pass, connecting Macugnaga in the Val d'Anzasca with Zermatt. (3) The Mondelli P. (9320 ft.), connecting Macugnaga with the Saasthal. (4) The Slmp- lon P. (6595 ft.), on the road leading NW. by the W. side of the Lago Maggiore by the R. Toce and the Val di Vedro to Brieg in the Rhone valley. Across this pass was laid (1800-1806), by order of Napoleon, the first well-made carriage road across the Alps, and a rly. tunnel by this route is now projected. (S) The St. Gotbard P. (6935 ft.), on the road following the E. side of the Lago Maggiore and the Ticino to the upper Reuss valley and the Bay of Uri ; now largely superseded by a rly. tunnel, the longest in the world (opened for traffic in 1882 ; length 9.28 m. ; height of summit, 3785 ft.). (6) The Lukmanler P. (6290 ft.), on the road leading N. by the Ticino, then farther N. , then NW. by the Breno, and finally into the head of the Mittel-Rhine valley. (7) The Bernardino P. (6765 ft.), by the Ticino and the Val Mesocco (ascending NNE.) to the valley of the Hinter-Rhine. (8) The Spliigeu P. (6945 ft.), on the road leading NE. to Lecco, then N. by the E. side of Lake Como to the valley of the Hinter-Rhine. (9) The Septimer P. (7580 ft.), on the same route as far as Chiavenna, then E. up the Val Bre- gagha, thence N. into the Rhine valley by Oberhalbstein and the Albula valley. (10) The Maloja P. (5940 ft.), on the same route, then leading from the Val Bregaglia into the head of the Inn valley (the Engadine). The next five {loa)-(ioe) all lead from the Engadine or Swiss portion of the Inn valley. (loa) The Julier P. (7500 ft.), then from the Upper Engadine into Oberhalbstein and the Rhine vallev. hob) The Albnla P. (7585 ft-)> NW. to the head of the Albula R. {loc) The Flttela ^« (783s ft. ), N. into the Davos valley, (lod) The Bernlna P. (7640 ft.), SE. through Poschiavo to the Adda valley. (loe) Ofeuberg P. (7070 ft.), SE. into the valley of the upper Etsch at Glurns. The Inn valley may be followed to its mouth, but the shortest road to Augsburg and Munich leads by (iq/') the Fern P. (4100 ft. ), across the outer zone of the A. to the head of the valley of the Loisach. (11) The Stelvlo P. (in German, Stilf^er Jocb, 9040 ft.), on the road from the N. end of Lake Como E. then NE. up the Valtellina (valley of the Adda), into the upper Etsch (Adige) valley. (12) Tonale P. (6145 ft.), on the road branching off eastwards from the upper part of the Valtellina, and proceeding by the Val Corteno and Val Camon- ica to the Val di Sole, and finally joining the valley of the Adige above Trent. IV. From Yenice (Mantua, Verona) up the valley of the Adige to its head, thence by (i) the Reschenscbetd- eck (4890 ft.) down to the Inn valley above the place where the road branches off to the Fern P. (see above, m. 10/), thence westwards up the Stanzerthal across (la) the Arlberg P. into the Klosterthal and the Rhine valley ; or up the Adige and its trib. the Eisack to its head, thence by (2) the Brenner P. (4470 ft.) to Innsbruck on the Inn at the mouth of the Wipp- thal. Thence the shortest wav to Augsburg or Munich leads first a short way up the Inn valley, then NW. by (20) the See- feld P. (3860 ft.) across the outer zone of the A.' to the sources of the Isar and Loisach. The Brenner and Arlberg passes are now superseded by rly. tunnels, the Brenner tunnels, 27 in number, the longest being a little more than half a mile long ; opened in 1867; the Arlberg tunnel, 6.37 m. long, summit 4300 ft. ; opened in September 1884. It may be noticed that to reach the Lake of Lucerne from Milan only one pass has to be crossed (St. Gothard), and that there is likewise only one pass crossed in reaching the Rhine valley by the Lukmanier, Ber- nardino, Spltigen, or Septimer routes, only one also in reaching the valleys of the Inn and Adige, and that there are only two passes on the route from Milan to Augsburg and Munich (by the Inn valley Stnd the Fern P.), and only two from Venice to Augs- burg and Munich (by the Brenner and Seefeld passes) or the Rhine valley (by the Brenner and Arlberg passes). In the East- em A., to which the remaining roads leading from Venice belong, at least three passes have to be crossed on any route crossing the whole system. (3) By the valley of the Piave and the Ampezzo Road there is easy communication with the Puster-thal, whence one may proceed westwards to the valley of the Adige, or eastwards by the Drave valley to Klagenfurt, the whole valley being now traversed by rly. From Klagenfurt one proceeds N. into the Mur valley by (3a') the Neumarkt Saddle (3300 ft.), following a route traversed for the most part by rivs. of the Drave basin, and now wholly by a rly. Proceeding still farther N. , one may pass from near the source of the Mur across the Niedere Tauern range by (3^) the Radstiidter Tauern P. (5700 ft.) into the head of the Enns valley, and lower down into the same valley by (3^) the Scbober P. (2785 ft.), now also a rly. route; still lower, by (3^) the Prebiibel P. (4025 ft); or one may ascend the Miirz-thal northwards and cross into Lower Austria by (35) the Semmering P. (3215 ft.) or rly. (2970 ft.). There are several easy communications between Venice and the Drave basin by riv. valleys of the Tagliamento basin, the easiest being that by the Fella valley, leading to (4) the Saifluitz P. (2625 ft.), also followed by a rly. V. From Trieste, up the Isonzo valley to the Predll or Raibl P. (3810 ft.), across the Julier A., communicating with the Drave basin. VI. From Laibaeb, the Loibl P. (449S ft.), leading from the Save valley across the Karawanken into the valley of the Drave (Klagen- furt). VII. From tbe bead of tbe Rbone valley (a) north- wards by ^i) the Grimsel P. (7195 ft.) into the Hasle-thal (upper Aar valley), and then farther N. from near a point above the head oftheLakeofBrienzacross(2) theBrttnigP. (3275 ft.), leading to the valley of the Aa and the Lake of Lucerne ; U>) ENE. (con- tinuing the lineof the Upper Rhone valley) across (i) theFurka P. (7990 ft.) into the upper Reuss valley, and (2) across the Ober> Alp P. (6730 ft. ) into the valley of the Vorder-Rhine. See also above, II. and m. (t)-(4). Alpstein, mt. -chain of the Alps, Switzd., cant. Appenzell ; highest peak, Santis (8215 ft.). Alpujarras, Las (from Arabic, a/ Busherat, ' the place of grass'), a region of mts. and high valleys, Spain. See Anda- Incia. Alresford (arls'ford), par., Eng., Essex, Colchester div., on the N. shore of the estuary of the Colne, 4^ m. SE. by E. Colchester, on the G. E. R., P.O. P. <25o. Alresford, market-tn. and par. (New A.), Eng., Hampshire Petersfield div., 6^ m. E. by N. Winchester, on the L. & SW. R. Market-day, Th. PMT.O. P. < 1500. Alresford, Old, par., i ra. N. Alresford. P. <5oo. Alrewas (awl're-was), par. and vil. , Eng. , Staffordshire, Lich- field div., 4^ m. NE. Lichfield, on the Trent and Mersev Canal and the L. & NW. R., PMT.O. ; 6115 ac. P.<2ooo ;' eccles. par. (A. -witb Fradley) P. <2ooo. Alsace-Lorraine, Ger. Elsass-Lotbringen, imperial terr. [Reichsland) in the SW. of Germany, bounded E. by the Rhine, which separates it from the grand-duchy of Baden, and on the W. and SW. by France, the W. frontier being formed by the water- parting of the Vosges (q.v.), from the Elsasser-Belchen in 47° 49' N. to 48 J° N., divided into the districts [Bezirke] of Upper Alsace [Oberelsass, corresponding nearly to the old French dep. of Haut-Rhin), Lower Alsace [Unterelsass, Bas- Rhin), and Lorraine [Lothringen, made up of parts of the former deps. of Meurthe and Moselle). These are subdivided into twenty- two circles. The Vosges Mts. occupy the whole of the W. of Alsace, the northern portions belonging partly to Lorraine. The extreme S. of Alsace is an undulating tract, but N. of Miilhausen the E. half belongs entirely to the plain of the middle Rhine [Germany]. Lorraine, the NW. part of the terr., is entirely un- dulating, without any prominent physical features. Nearly the whole terr. belongs to the Rhine basin, the principal tribs. of that river in Alsace being the 111 and Moder ; in Lorraine, the Saar and Mosel (Moselle). Railway communication from theAlsatian plains westward is interrupted by the Vosges over a distance of 75 m. [Vosges, mts. J. The Marne and Rhine Canal crosses the Vosges towards the N. ; the Rhone and Rhine Canal passes through the undulating country in the S. of the prov. The agricultural pro- ducts are those of SW. Germany generally, those requiring a warm climate being more abundant in Alsace, where the vine occupies about 3 per cent, of the surface, than in Lorraine, where it occupies only about i per cent. Forests cover the greater part of the Vosges, but in the N. are confined to the 35 ALSA — ALTC Lorraine side. In the plain of Alsace there is also a large forest to the N. of Hagenau in the N., and between the Rhine and the 111 in the SE. Altogether forests cover about 35 per cent, of the surface. The principal mineral product is iron ore, which occurs abundantly in Jurassic oolites in the Diedenhofen circle in the NW. of Lorraine ; and there also are the principal blast- furnaces of the terr. Coal is also produced, the Saar coalfield extending from the Rhine prov, across the Lorraine border; and there is a small detached coalfield at St. Pilt, in Alsace. Large salt deposits at Chateau Salins (Lorraine). Upp^r Alsace is the seat of some of the most important textile industries, especi- ally cotton, in Ger. ; centres, Miilhausen and Kolmar. Glass and porcelain manufactures are largely carried on in Lorraine, near the Vosges, and at no great distance from the Saar coalfield. German is the language of Alsace, with the excep- tion of some small districts, and the boundary between the French and German languages runs from NW. to SE. nearly through the middle of Lorraine. The terr. of A.-L., which is under the direct administration of the empire, was acquired in 1871 from France. In early times Alsace was a part of the older German empire, and in the twelfth century was formed into the two counties of Upper and Lower Alsace, which had varying fortunes until in 1648 the greater part of Alsace was ceded by the Peace of Westphalia to France, which in 1681 seized Strassburg and the terrs. subject to that town. Area 5602 sq. m. P. (1890) 1,603,506. See Ciermany, table, and Nordgau, Sundgau, and liOrraine. Alsager(awrsa-ger), par., Eng., Cheshire, Crewe div., 5m. E. Crewe, with a stn. on the N. StEuffordshire Rly., and 2 m. NW. A. Bd. stn. , PMT. O. P. <:2ooo. Alsager Bank, vil., Eng., Staffordshire, NW. div., 3 m. NW. by W. Newcastle-under-Lyme, ^ m. SE. Halmer End stn. Alsasna, comm. , Spain, prov. Pamplona, 25 m. E. Vitoria. P. <:3C)oo. Alsdorf, vil., Ger., Prussia, Rhine Prov., 8 m. NNE. Aix-la- Chajjelle, with iron-mines and smelting-fvu-naces. P. <:3000. Alseu, isL, Prussia, in the Baltic, govt, of and separated from Schleswig by a narrow channel, called at its N. or wider end the A. Folirde (firth), and at its S. end the A. Snnd (sound). At the S. end of the A. Sund is a bar, over which there is only a depth of 23 ft. Principal exported product, fruit. Chief towns, Norburg and Sonderburg. Area, 130 sq. m. P. 25,000. Alsfeld, tn., Ger., grand-duchy Hesse-Darmstadt, cap. circle A., 31 m. ENE. Giessen. P. <4000. Alsfeldt, vil. , Canada, Ontario, Grey co. , 50 m. SW. by W. Collingwood. Alsli, Locb, a channel, Scot., Ross-shire, on the SW. between the mainland and the I. of Skye. AlslebeB, tn., Ger., Prussia, prov. Saxony, on the 1. bk. of the Saale, 13 m. NNE. Eisleben. P. <3000. Alsd, Hungarian, ' Under,' ' Lower.' For some places having this prefix, see under the second part of the name. Alson, hamlet, Eng., Dorsetshire, W. div., 6J m. NNW. Lyme Regis, z\ ra. N. Axminster stn. Alsop, par., Eng., Derbyshire, W. div., 9J m. WSW. Mat- lock, 5 m. N. by E. Ashbourne stn. ; eccles. par. (A.-le-Dale) P. <25o. See Eaton. Alstaden, vil. , Prussia, Rhine Prov. , on the Ruhr, 7 m. W. Essen ; has coal-mines. P. 5700. Alstahong, maritime vil., Norway, prov. Nordland, on the shore of Alsten I., in 65° 55' N., the most northern bishopric in Europe. P. < 2000. Alsten, isl., Norway, off the coast of Nordland, with seven snow-capped mountain peaks (the ' Seven Sisters '). Alster, riv., Prussia, prov. Holstein, rises about 20 m. N. Hamburg (q.v.), through which it passes to the Elbe. Alsterweiler. See Haikanuner-A. Alston, par. and market-tn., Eng., Cumberland, in the E. of the Penrith div., on the S. Tyne, 16 m. NE, Penrith, on the N. E. R., with zinc, lead, and umber mines. Market-day, S. 36,968 ac. P. <35oo, A. Common or Moor is an upland tract to the S., with a coal-mine. Eccles. par. (A. Moor with Garrlglll) P. <:25oo. Alston, par., Eng., Lancashire, Blackpool div., 4 m. NE. by E. Preston. P. <20oo. Alstonby, vil., Eng., Cumberland, Eskdale div., 6^ m. N. Carlisle, 2 m. E. by N. Lyneside stn. Alstone, par., Eng., Gloucestershire. Tewkesbury div., 5 m. E. Tewkesbury, 2^ m. S. Beckford stn. P."<25o. See Overbnry. Alstonefleld, par. and vil., Eng., Staffordshire, Leek div., 9 m. E. Leek, PM.O. P.<500. Alstonrllle, tn.. New South Wales, Rous co., 75 m. NE. by N. Grafton. P. < 1000. Alt, German, ' old.' For some places having this prefix, see under the second part of the name Alt. Alt, riv. , Transylvania and Roumania. See Alnta. Alta, tn., S. America, Peru, dep. Lima, 8 m. from the W. ct., 120 m. SE. by S. Lima. 36 Alt-agrncla, tn., Venezuela, Zulia, on the E. side of the entrance to the Gulf of Maracaibo. Altai, extensive highlands of Siberia, covering an area three times as large as Switzerland (53,000 sq. m.), in SE. Tomskand on the Chinese frontier, in 47°-52° N. lat. and 8o°-90° E. long., join the Sayan highlands in NE. , and separated from the Tar- bargatai and Tian Shan Mts. by the broad depression of the upper Irtysh. The name of Great A., or Altain Nauru, is also given to the border ridge (600 m. long) of NW. Mongolia, which faces the above depression, continued by that of the Urungu, and runs WNW. to ESE. from the A. proper to the desert of Gobi. The Kuzneiskiy Alatau [Alatan] is also often reckoned as belonging to the .■\. system. The highest ridge of the A. is the Sailughem, a border ridge of the high plateau which runs .SW. to NE. along the frontier of China. Its peaks are snow-clad, and the passes across it reach altitudes over 10,000 ft. It is accompanied on the NW. by the 7000 to 8200 ft. high tabular highlands of Ukek, Chuya, and Juvlu kul, as well as by a series of shorter, partly snow-clad chains (Korgon, Uibinsk, Kholzun, Azaluk, and Katunsk), of which the Ka- tunskiye Byelki is the highest (Kuitun, 12,000 ft.; Byelukka, 11,000 ft,;' Izhik tu, 10,200 ft. — all surrounded b) mighty glaciers). They are intersected by deep valleys (Bukhtarma, 200 m. long ; Uba, Ulba), the lower parts of which are covered with a rich vegetation, and offer great facilities for agriculture. Several picturesque Alpine lakes (Teletskoye, the largest) are met with in the highlands. The A. is built up of granite, porphyry, and crystalline slates, covered with Silurian, Devonian, and coal-bearing Jurassic deposits. Climate characterised by ex- tremes of heat and cold [Barnaul]. Gold (3600 to 4300 lbs. in 1860-72, 2500 to 2900 lbs. since), silver (16,500 to to 23,750 lbs. yearly, 36,000 lbs. previously), copper (about 10,000 cwt. ), coal 117,000 to 20,000 tons), lead (20,000 to 33,000 cwt.), some iron (3000 tons), and decorative stones are extracted. "The popula- tion, which is increasing by immigration, is estimated at about 700,000 Russians and 45,000 indigenes (Altayans, Telenghites, Kalmucks, and Tartars, mostly Shamanists). Chief occupation, agriculture (3,000,000 acres under culture), cattle breeding, bee- culture (400,000 hives), mining, gathering of cedar-nuts (3000 to 10,000 cwts. yearly), and hunting. Active trade with Khobdo, in China, and NW. Mongolia, in cattle and furs. Most of the A. region, including the mining region of the Kuznetskiy Alatau (chief town Kuznetsk), covering an area of nearly 170,000 sq. m., forms, under the name of Altai Mining District, a domain of the Imperial family. Its chief town is Barnaul. Altamaba Sound, a bay, U.S., Georgia, between Macintosh CO. and Glynn co. , 54 m. S. Savannah. Alta Sllra, tn., isl. of Hayti, repub. of Santo Domingo, 106 m. NW. by N. Santo Domingo. Altamlrano, settlement, Argentine Republic, Buenos Aires, 51 m. SSE. Buenos Aires. Altamont, tn. , U.S., Illinois, Effingham co. , 83 m. EXE. St, Louis, Mo. P. < 1500. Altamont, settlement, U.S., Kansas, La Bette co., 138 ra. S. by W. Kansas City. Altamullan, hamlet. Ire. , W. co. Tyrone, bar. West Omagh, 14 m. SW. Strabane. P. <:25o. Altamura, tn., Italy, Apulia, prov. Ban, 25 m. SW. by S. Bari. Alt. 1420-1550 ft. P. 18,000. Altamuskln, place. Ire., co. Tyrone, 3 m. from Sixmile- cross, P.O. Altan, Lough, inlet, Ire., in the NW, of co. Donegal, 30 m. W. by N. of Londonderry. Altano, or Giordano, Capo, a cape, Italy, Sardinia, in the SW., in 39° 14' N. Altar, or CoUares, volcano, Ecuador, 100 m. ENE. Guaya- quil. Alt. 17,710 ft. Altare, Coll dell', Alpine pass, N. Italy, on the route from Savona to Turin. Alt. 1600 ft. See Alps, Passes, I. (i), and beginning of article. Altarnon, par., Eng., Cornwall, div, and 7 m. WSW.' Launceston, P.O. 15,017 ac. P. Danun, tn., Ger., Prussia, prov. Pomerania, at the head of the Dammscher See, 4 m. ESE. Stettin. P. 5200. Altdorf, tu., Ger., kgd. Bavaria, govt. Middle Franconia, 12 m. ESE. Nuremberg. P. <:3000. Altdorf, market-tn., Switzd. , cant. Uri, 10 m. S. by W. Schvvvz ; with a monument to William Tell. Alt. 1635-1785 ft.; mean rainfall (20 years), 52.5 in. P. <:3000. Altea, seapt., Spain, prov. Alicante, 30 m. NE. by E. Ali- cante. P. 6qoo. Alteu, or Altengaard, seapt. , Norway, Finmark, in 69° 55' N., 105 ni. E. by N. Tromso, at the head or S. end of the Alten-fjord, where it receives from the S. the Alten-elf, a rapid mountain-stream about 100 m. long. On the neighbouring shores of the fjord, even to the N. of the 70th parallel, barley is grown, this being the highest latitude at which cereal cultivation is regularly carried on. On the shores of the fjord are raised beaches. Mean temp., yr. 32.8° Fahr., Feb. 17°, July 53.9°; rainfall (9 years), 10.55 '"• P- <2ooo. Altcna, tn., Ger., Prussia, prov. Westphalia, 17 m. SE. by S. Dortmund ; manufactures iron wares and especially articles in iron wire. P. 10,500. Altenan, tn., Ger,, Prussia, prov. Hanover, 29 m. NE. Gottingen; with smelting furnaces. P. <30oo. Altenbeken, vil. , Ger. , Prussia, 35 m. SSW. Minden ; with iron foundries. P. < scoo. Alteuberg, tn., Ger., kgd. Saxony ■ 20 m. S. Dresden. The Kahlenberg, with a meteorological observatory at a height of 3050 ft. above sea-level, is in the neighbourhood. P. 2000. Altenberg, comm., in the neutral territory on the E. frontier of Belgium, prov. Liege, 5 m. SW. by S. Aix-la-Chapelle. See Moresnet. Altenbcrge, vil., Prussia, prov. Westphalia, 8 m. NW, by W. Miinster. P. <30oo. Altcnbochnm. See Buchnui. Altenbrucli, par., Prussia, prov. Hanover, 21 m. NNE. Bremerhaven, near the mouth of the Elbe. P. <;3000, Altenburg, tn. , Ger. , cap. duchy Saxe-Altenburg, 24 m. S. Leipzig, 18 m. N. by W. Zwickau ; has various manufactures and important horse-markets. Alt. 580 ft. P. (1871)20,000; (1890) 31,400. .llteuburg, I'Ugarlsch-, Hungarian Magyar-OTar, market- tn., Hungary, cap. prov. Wieselburg (Mosony), 16 m. S. by E. Pressburg, P. <40oo. Alteudorf, vil., Austria, prov. Moravia, 30 m. W. by N. Troppau ; with paper factories. P. < 5000. Altendorf, vil., Ger., kgd. Saxony, near Chemnitz. P. <40oo. Altendorf, vil. , Prussia, Rhine Prov. , ij m. W. Essen ; with a colony of artisans belonging to Krupp's steel factory. P. 17,800; comra. , including the adjacent vils. (Bauern- schaften) of Holsterhausen (9600) and Frohnhausen (4500). P. 32,000. Altendorf, vil., Prussia, prov. Silesia, near Ratibor. P. <4000. Alteudorf, tn., Prussia, prov. West ph aha, 5^ m. SE, by E. Essen. P. < 3000. Alten-elf. See Alteu. Alteuessen, vil., Ger., Prussia, Rhine Prov., i^ m. N. Essen, with manufactures of machinery. P. 12,300. Altenfiord. See Alteu. Altengaard. See Alteu. Alteuhageu, vil. , Ger. See Eckesey. Altenhetm, comm., Ger., Baden, circle Middle Rhine, 7 m. W. Offenburg. P. < 3000. Alteu Hnudem, vil., Ger., Prussia, prov. Westphalia, 40 m. E. by S. Barmen. P. <2ooo. Alt«ukessel, col. , Ger. See Fiittliugeu. Alteukircheu, place, Ger., Prussia, Rhine Prov., in A. circle, 24 m. E. by S. Bonn ; iron and lead mines. P. <2ooo. Altenmarkt, vil., Austria, Styria, 25 m. SSW. Graz, with important coal deposits. P. <20oo. Alteustadt, vil., Ger., Wiirtemberg, Danube circle, dist. Geislingen. P. < 3000. Alteusteig, tn., Ger., kgd. Wiirtemberg, 28 m. WSW. Stuttgart, on the Nagold R. P. <;3ooo. AlteuM'ald, hamlet, Ger. See Snlzbach. Alteuweddlugen, vil., Ger., Prussia, prov. Saxony, 10 m. SW. by S. Magdeburg, with lignite mines. P. <30oo. -llteuMerder, vil., Prussia, prov. Hanover, on the Elbe, near Harburg. P. < 2000. Alter-do-CMo, tn., Portugal, prov. Alemtejo, 14 m. SW. Portalegre. It has an old castle and fortifications. P. <30oo. Alternon, par., Eng., Cornwall. See Altamon. Alt-Georgs>valde, tn., .'\ustria, Bohemia, 26 m. N\^^ Reichenberg, 3 m. NNE. Rumburg, with mineral springs. P. 5800. Altgersdorf, weaving vil, in the E. of kgd. Saxony, 10 m. NW. Zittau. P.<4ooo. Altbaldeuslebeu, vil., Ger., Prussia, prov. Saxony, 15 m. NW. Magdeburg. P. < 4000. Althani, par., Eng., Lancashire, Accrington div. , 4 m. W. Burnley, i m. S. Simonstone stn. P. <5oo. Aitlianuuer, vil., Austria, Silesia, 36 ni, SE. by S. Troppau, and 3 m. SSE. Friedland. P. <5ooo. Althorue, par., Eng., Essex, SE. div., 6 m. SE. by S. Maldon, on the G. E. R., P.O. P. Lublo, tn., Hungary, co. Szepes, 48 m. NW. by N. Kaschau. P. <300o. Altmark, a dist., Ger., Prussia, in the N. of the prov. Saxony, corresponding pretty nearly with the circles of Oster- burg, Salzwedel, Stendal, and Gardeleben ; formerly a prov. of the electorate of Brandenburg. Altuilttwelda, vil, kgd. Saxony. See Mlttwelda. Altmover, place, Ire., co. Londonderry, bar. Keenaght, 14 m. E. by S. Londonderry, P.O. Altmiilil, riv. , Bavaria, flows on the whole SE. to the Danube, which it joins at Kelheim, a few miles above Regens- burg ; canalised in its lower course, which is connected with the Main by the Lud wig's Canal. Altuabreac, stn., Scot., Caithness-shire, on the H. R., 15J m. SSW. Thurso, P.O. Altnabarra, hamlet, Scot., Sutherland, 13 m. NE. by E. of the head of Loch Shin, P.O. Altnamackau, tnld. , Ire., co. Armagh, bar. Upper Fews, near Newtown Hamilton, P.O. (Altnamachln). P. <2SO. Altuapaste, tnld.. Ire., S. co. Donegal, bar. Raphoe, South, on the Finn, 16 m. W. Lifford. P.<25o. Alto, vil., Argentine Republic, Catamarca, 105 m. S. by W. Tucuman, 26 m. E. by N. Catamarca. P. <20oo. Altofts, par. , Eng. , Yorkshire.W. Riding, Normanton div. , 3^ m. NE. bv E. Wakefield, with a stn. (Altofts and lYUtwood) on the M.'R., PMT.O. P.<4000. Altolka, settlement. New South Wales, Yantara co., 125 m, NNW. Wilcannia. Altonionte, comm., Italy, Calabria, prov. Cosenza, 60 m. NNW. Catanzaro, with iron and silver mines. P. <4ooo. Alton, vil., Canada, Ontario, Peel co., 39 m. WNW. Toronto. P. < 1500. Alton, par., Eng., Derbyshire, Chesterfield div., 4J m. NE. Matlock, 3 m. W. Clay Cross stn. See Idrldgehay. Alton, P.O., Eng., Dorsetshire. See Alton Pancrag. Alton, par. and market-tn., Eng., Hampshire, Petersfield div., 9^ m. SE. by S. Basingstoke, on the L. & SW. R., PMT.O. Market-day, Tu. P. <5ooo ; eccles. par. (A. ivltb Tbedden) P. <30oo. Alton, par., Eng., Staffordshire, Leek div., io| m. SE. by S. Leek, on the N. Staffordshire Rly., PMT.O. P. < 1500. Alton, settlement, Queensland, Elgin co., 230 m. W. by S. Brisbane. Alton, city and river-port, U.S. , Illinois, Madison co., on 1. bk. of Mississippi R. , a few miles above confluence of the Missouri ; coal and limestone obtained near. P. 10,300. Altona, tn. , Ger., Prussia, prov. Schleswig-Holstein, govt. Holstein, on the r. bk. of the Elbe, adjoining Hamburg on the NW. It arose in the sixteenth century, when numerous inhabi- tants of Hamburg, driven out of that city on account of their religion, settled here. In its business and shipping relations it is now one with Hamburg. It possesses an observatory. Mean rainfall (14 years), 25.65 in. P. (1871)74,000; (1880) 91,000; (1890) 139,500; comm., 143,000. Altona, vil., U.S., Illinois, Knox co., 93 m. N. by W. Springfield. P. < 1500. Alton Barnes, par. , Eng. , Wilts. , Devizes div. , 14 m. S. by W. Swindon, 2 m. N. Woodborough stn., P.O. P. <25o; eccles. par. (A. B. or Bemers) P. <25o. Alton Bay, tn. , U.S., New Hampshire, Belknap co., S. shore of Winnipiseogee Lake, 24 m. NE. Concord. P. arla. A'M AK — AM B A'makaru", riv., on the NW. frontier of Brit. Guiana, navig- able to its first falls in about 8° N., 60° 7' W. Proc. R, G. S., 1892, p. 672. Amaknsa, isl., Japan, to the S. and W. of Kiushiu. Am&I, tn., Sweden, prov. Elfsborg, on the W. side of Lake Wener, 46 m. E. by S. Fredrikshald. P. < 3000. Amalliptirani, tn., Brit. India, Madras, dist. Goddvari, 64 m. ENE. Masulipatam. P. <9300. Amalfl, tn., Colombia, 50 m. NNE. Medellin/ P. <7000. Amalfl, tn., Italy, Campania, prov. and 8 m. WSW. Salerno, on the Gulf of Salerno, with old walls and bastions. In the eleventh century the centre of commerce for the Levant. Birth- place of Flavio Gioja, one of the improvers of the mariner's compass. P. < 8000. AmallapoUs, Greece. See Nea Mlntsela. Amallas, tn., Greece, in the demos of Elis, in the SW. of nomos Achaia and Elis. P. < 5000. AmaUenstein, viL, Cape Colony, dist. Oudtshoorn, 75 m. NE. byE. Swellendam. Alt. 1493 ft. ; mean rainfall (16 years), 13.74 in. P. < 1500. Amalner, tn., Brit. India, Bombay, dist. Khdndesh, 125 m. SSW. Indore. P. 8000. AmalyAra, tn., India, Gujarat, 32 ENE. Ahmaddbdd. Amambay, Amambaya, or Amambahy, a plateau or range of mts. on the E. frontier of Paraguay, N. of 24° S., forming the water-parting between the rivers Paraguay and Parana. Amandelboom, vil., Cape Colony, dist. Fraserburg, 68 m. E. by N. Calvinia. P. de-Di08. Amaraniba, Lake, S. Africa. See Lnjenda K., also Proc. R. G. S.. 1888, p. 31. Amaranth, rly. stn., Canada, Ontario, Dufferin co., 49 m. NW. by W. Toronto. Amardpnra (' the city of the gods '), tn. , Upper Burma, on the r. bk. of the Irdwadi, in 21° 5/ N., a few miles below Man- dalay, founded in 1783, cap. of Burmese empire till 1822, and again from 1838 to about i860, with a celebrated temple con- taining a colossal bronze statue of Buddha. The town suffered greatly from an earthquake in 1839. It is connected by a steam ferry with the terminus of the Mu Valley Rly. P. estimated in 1810 at 170,000, (i89i)<5ooo. Amaravatl, tn., India. See AmrAotl. Amargo, vil., U.S., New Mexico, Rio Arriba co., 105 m. NW. by N. Santa F6; with coal mines. Alt. 6987 ft. (R.R.). P. < 1500. Amargnlllo, riv., Spain, in the SE. of prov. Toledo, r. bk. trib. of the Giguela. C5n the nth and 12th of September 1891 this river overflowed its banks, causing a disastrous flood. See Consuegra. Amargura, the northernmost of the Tonga Is., in the Pacific Ocean, with active volcanoes. Amarkantak, vil.. Central India, in the extreme S. of the state of Rewd, in the Mdikal Range, close to the source of the Narbadd, and also to those of feeders of the Son and Mahdnadf. Amaro, Monte, mt., Italy, in the Apennines, 20 m. S. Chieti. Alt. 9170 ft. Amarosa, riv., U.S., rising in Nye co. , Nevada, and flowing first S. and then NW. through Inyo co. , California, into Death Valley Sink. Amaru-Mayn, riv. See Madre de Dlos. Amasla, tn., Asiatic Turkey, 105 m. SSE. Sinope, cap. of sanjak, with several Jewish high schools. P. (once 200,000) now about 8000. Amassera, Amasra, or Amasreh, tn. , Asia Minor, on the N. ct. , 126 m. N. by W. Angora. P. 4000. Aniat Forest, Scot., Ross-shire, on the 1. bk. of the Carron, about 12 m. SW. by S. of the foot of Loch Shin. Amatlllo, vil., Central America, on the S. frontier Oi Honduras, 75 m. S. Tegucigalpa. Amatlqne, bay, Guatemala and Brit. Honduras, at the head of the bay of Honduras. Amatltlan, tn. , Central America, state and 12 ni. SW. by S. Guatemala, cap. A. dep. P. 9500. Amatltlan, tn. , Mexico, Jalisco, 32 m. W. Guadalajara. Amatola, a short mtn. range, Cape Colony, to the SE. of the Little Winterberg, N. of King Williamstown, with government forests. Alt. 6500 ft. Amatouga. See Tonga Land. Amatrlce, tn., Italy, Abruzzi e Molise, prov. Aquila, on riv. Tronto, 32 m. E. by N. Terni. Alt. 3130 ft. P. 7000. Amay, comm., Belgium, prov. Liige, on the Meuse, 13 m. WSW. Liege, 3I m. ENE. Huy. P. < 5000. Amazon, Maralion, or SoltmSes, the chief river of S. America, and the largest in the world, in regard to its volume and extent of basin. The name Rio de las Amazonas, was first applied by the Spanish expedition under Orellana, which de- scended the river in 1541, and the members of which thought they saw female warriors among the tribes on its banks. In S. America this name is applied only to the lower course of the river. The middle part of the river (above the mouth of the Rio Negro) is called the Rio dos SolimOes (after a once numerous and powerful Indian tribe), and the name Maranon, originally applied (as early as 1499) to the estuary of the A., discovered by Pinzon, is now confined to what is usually regarded as the head- stream of the A., and is called by the Indians the Tunguragua. This headstream, which rises in about io|° S., 76° 40' W,, is far from being the largest, but it is that which enables one in ascending to continue a westerly course furthest. The longest headstream is the Ucayali, the principal headstream of which, the Apurimac, originates about 15° 20' S., 72° W. Both rivers have a course at first northward ; the Maranon, near lat. 6° S. , bends, and after receiving the Huallaga from the S. , joins the Ucayali about 4° 30' S. , 73° 25' W. Here the stream has depth sufficient for any class of ships. Thenceforth the Amazon flows generally E., through the Brazilian terr. to the Atlantic, which it enters nearly under the equator, and between 48° and 50° W. Its estuary widens until it is 180 m. across. Its length from the source of the Maranon is estimated at 3050 m. ; and from the head of the Apurimac at 3415 m. ; for great part of which (viz., from the ocean to Pongo de Manseriche, in 4° 29' S., 77° 33' W. , where the Marafion issues from the Andes) it is navig- able and uninterrupted by any rapid or cataract. At least twenty rivers, navigable to near their sources, pour their waters into it, besides numerous less important streams. Chief tributaries the Napo, Putumayo, Yapura, and Rio Negro from the N. ; the Yavari, Jutai, Jurua, Coari, Purus, Madeira, Tapajos, and Xingu from the S. By the Casiquiare {^.v. ), a branch of the Rio Negro, the Amazon has a direct and remarkable connection with the Orinoco. The Amazon and its tributaries afford an immense inland navigation, estimated at 50,000 m. ; and the extent of its basin (excluding that of the Tocantins) has been computed at about 2,320,000 sq. m. Its depth is great ; at Nauta, to which steamers of 1000 tons can ascend (2000 m. from the mouth), it is 7 fms. ; at Tabaiinga, 11 ; and on the average 27 fms. below Manaos. At Obidos the depth is 40 fms. The velocity is at the average rate of 3J m. an hour below Tabatinga, and its waters remain distinguishable from those of the ocean 400 or 500 m. from its mouth. Tides ascend for more than 500 m. from the Atlantic, and near full moon occasion a formidable bore (locally called pororoca), when the water rushes into the channel, with waves of about 5, or very rarely 15 ft. in height. The tropical rains swell the river annually to 40 or 50 ft. above its ordinary level. The Marafion attains its greatest height in January, the SolimQes in February, the Amazon in the middle of March. In the lower part of its course the Amazon abounds with islands, and in its estuary are the large islands Marajo and Caviana. A pecuhar feature of the A. river is presented by the igarapes or paranamerins, natural channels running through the dark forest parallel to the main stream, and connecting the different tribs., making it possible to go in a canoe for at least 1000 m. above Santarem without once entering the main stream. The A. has no true delta, the islands at its mouth having to a large extent a rocky basis ; but in the sea to the E. of the mouth extensive shallows have been caused by the deposition of river sediment. The main exit of the A. has not yet been surveyed, and no route is known up the river from that exit, so that Atlantic steamers ascending the river pass from the town of Para to the A. by a number of channels (furos), so narrow that the steamers almost graze the bushes on each side. The most im- portant trade is in india-rubber, derived from forests on the banks of its tribs., in cacao, and in pirarucu, or the codfish of the A., which forms the principal food of the natives. See Para (R.). Amazonas, a vast state in the W. of Brazil, bordering on Guiana, Venezuela, Colombia, Peru, and Bolivia, traversed by the Rio Negro, Yapura, Amazon, Jurua, Purus, and Madeira, the last of which partly separates it from the prov. of Matto Grosso ; principal product india-nibber. See Brazil. Amazonas, terr. in the SW. of Venezuela, the southern part of which belongs to the basin of the Amazon. See Venezuela. Amb, an estate {jdgir), consisting of mountainous terr. in the NW. of the Hazdra dist., Punjab, India, the owner of which is also feudal superior of Tandwal, between Hazdra dist. and the Indus, and chief of the independent state of A., with village of A. on the r. bk. of the Indus. 39 AMB A AM EL Ambaea, Ambaka, or Pamba, tn. , Portuguese W. Africa, 150 m. E. by S. Loanda, in 9° 14' S., 15° E. Alt. 2340 ft. Ambabto, tn., Brit. India, NW. Pro v., dist. Sahiranpur, 50 m. SE. Ambala, P. 6000. Ambahy, tn. , Madagascar, on the E. ct. , in about 22° 50' S. Amb&la, or Vmballa, city, Brit. India, Punjab, cap. dist. A., in A. div. [Punjab], 54 m. SSW. Simla, starting-point of the branch line to K41ka. on the route to Simla. There is a cantonment 4 m. SE. Alt. 900 ft. ; mean rainfall, yr. 35.4 in., June-Sept. 28.3 in. P. (1872) 51,000; (1891) including canton- ment, 79,300; Hindus, 40,300; Moham. 30,500. Ambalema, tn. , Colombia, Tolima, on 1. bk. Magdalena, 50 m. W. by N. Bogota ; e.xcellent tobacco grown. P. 6000. Aiuban Ashkan Da wan, pass, central Asia. See Colam- bas Honntalns. Ambarab, tn., eastern Sudan, 37 m. SE. by E. Kassala. AmbaraTa, tn. , Java, 18 m. S. by W. Samarang, with fort Willem I. at alt. 1650 ft. AinbiUamlkdrain, tn. , Brit. India, Madras, dist. and 16 m. W. Tinnevelli. P. 9900. Ambas Bay, bay, Ger. W. Africa, Kamerun terr., in 4° N., 9° 10' E. Anibaston, vil. , Eng. , Derbyshire, S. div., 54 m. SE. by E. Derby, on the Derwent, i m. W. by S. Draycott stn. Ambatala, settlement, Queensland, McKinlay co., 360 m. WSW. Rockhampton. Ambatlkl, one of the Fiji Is. , in the S. Pacific, in 17° 4/ S. , 179° 11' W. Ambato, tn. , Ecuador, cap. prov. Tunguragua, situated in a sheltered hollow 78 m. S. by W. Quito. Alt. 8500 ft. P. 13,000. Ambato, Sierra de, mt. range, Argentine Republic, on the W. side of the valley of Catamarca. Highest peak above 8000 ft. (Moussy, in Latzina). Anibelakla, Greece. See Ampelakla. Amber, a small isl. off the NE. ct. of Mauritius. Amber, tn., India, Rajputdna, 5 m. NNE. Jaipur, pic- turesquely situated at the mouth of a mountain gorge, formerly cap. of state of Jaipur, but now decayed. P. 5000. Amber, cape, the most northerly point of Madagascar. Amberg, tn., Ger., kgd. Bavaria, govt. Upper Palatinate, 34 m. E. Nuremberg, with royal gun factory and various other manufactories. P. 19,000. Amberg, a rocky ridge about 6 m. long on the E. shore of Lake Wettern, Sweden ; limestone and slate quarries, with many fossils. Ambergate, vil.^ Eng., Derbyshire, Mid div., 9J ra. N. Derby, on the M. R., PMT.O. Ambergris Cay, or Key, isl., Brit. Honduras, off the N. f)art of the coast, separated by a very narrow strait from the SE. of Yucatan ; named from the ambergris found on its shores. Amber Hill, par., Eng., Lincolnshire, N. Kesteven div., 6 m. WNW. Boston, 2 m. WSW. Langrick stn., P.O. ; 5439 ac. P. <750. Amb^rlen-en-Bugey, tn., France, dep. Ain, arr. Belley, 30 m. ENE. Lyons. P. < 2000. Amberley, eccles. par. , Eng. , Gloucestershire, Stroud div. , 8 m. NE. Wotton-under-Edge. P. < 1500. Amberley, eccles. par., Eng., Herefordshire, Ross div., 6 m. NNE. Hereford, 3I m. NE. by E. Moreton stn. P. <25o. Amberley, par. and vil., Eng., Sussex, Chichester div., 4 m. NNE. Arundel, on the L. B. & S. C. R., PM.O. P.<75o; eccles. par. (A. wltb Houghton) P. < 1000. Amberley, tn.. New Zealand, South I., Ashley co., 24 m. N. E. by Christchurch, on a rly. P. < 1500. Ambemo, riv., Dutch New Guinea, flows N. into the Pacific in about 147° 45' E. , navigable by small steamers about 60 m. up. Ambersham, North and South, two adjoining pars. , Eng. , Sussex, Horsham div., 10 m. NNE. Chichester, 2 m. E. Mid- hurst stn. A., North, P. <25o; A., South, P. <25o. Ambert, tn. , France, dep. Puy de Dome, arr. A. , on the Dore, 33 m. W. by N. St. Etienne. Alt. 1740 ft. P. <:4000. Amblka, riv. , India, flows W. into the Arabian Sea about mid- way between Surat and Damin, navigable for about 11 m. up for boats of 50 tons, bar at mouth, with 2 or 3 ft. of water at low tide. Ambln, mt. , in the Western Alps, on the border of France and Italy, 39 m. W. by N. Turin. Alt. 11,095 ft. Amble, hamlet, Eng., Cornwall, Launceston div., 7 m. NW. by N. Bodmin. A3mble, par., Eng., Northumberland, Wansbeck div., on Warkworth barb., 7 m. SE. Alnwick, on the N. E. R.; P.MT.O. P. <3ooo ; eccles. par. (A. with Hanxley) P. <45oo. Amblecote, hamlet and par., Eng., Staffordshire, suburb of Stourbridge, with coal and iron-stone. P. <30oo. Ambler Thorn, hamlet, Eng., Yorkshire, Shipley div., 2jm. N. Halifax, P.O. Ambler, bor. , U.S. , Pennsylvania, Montgomery co. P. < 1500. Ambles, Val de, Spain. See AdaJa, K. Ambleside, par., Eng., Westmorland, in the SW. of the Appleby div., i m. from the N. end of Windermere Lake, iij 40 m. NW. Kendal, 4^^ m. NNW. Windermere stn. ; with slate quarries. Market-days, W. and S. Noted tourist resort. Par. 4384 ac. P. <25oo. Ambleston, par. and place, Wales, Pembrokeshire, 7 m. SSE. Fishgward, P.O. ; 4072 ac. P. <500. Ambleteuse, fishing vil. and watering-place, France, dep. Pas de Calais, on the coast, 7 m. N. Boulogne ; a fort and excel- lent port when in the hands of the English, but which lost its importance thfough the silting up of its harbour. James II. disembarked here after his flight from England in 1689. The harbour is believed to be the Portus Citerior of the Romans. P. <: 2000. Ambl^ve, riv., Belgium, prov. Li^ge, flows NW. and W.,and joins the Ourthe, 12 m. to the S, of Lifege. Length about 52 m. , of which only about 5 m. are navigable. Ambohimandroso, tn., Madagascar, Betsileoprov., in about 21° 48' S. , 46° 57' E. Ambohimanga, tn. , Madagascar, 14 m. NNE. Antananarivo. P. about 5000. Jour. R. G. S., 1875, p. 144. Ambohlpeno, tn., Madagascar, on the E. ct., in about 22° 23' S. Amboina, or Amboyna, in Malay, Ambon, one of the Molucca Is., lying to the S. of the W. end of Ceram. It is one of the smaller islands, but one of the most important of the group ; surface hilly but fertile, producing great quantities of cloves, along with cassia, coffee, &c. The town of A. , situated on a long bay indenting the S. side, is the cap. of the Moluccas {q-vX Mean temp., Jan., 80.5 ; July, 77.1 ; year, 79.2. Area of island, 264 sq. m. P. 238,000 (2100 Europeans) ; tn. 7800 (700 Europeans). Ambolse, tn., France, dep. Indre-et-Loire, on the 1. bk. of the Loire, 14 m. E. Tours, commanded by a castle built by Charles VII. (who made it a royal residence) and Louis XII., and in which Charles VIII. was born and died. The town has long been noted for its excellent steel wares and files ; birthplace of Cardinal d'A., one of the ministers of Louis XII. P. <:5ooo. Ambolo, a beautiful valley in the SE. of Madagascar, in 24° 15' S., with town of the same name. Ambosltra, tn. , Madagascar, iiom. S. by W. Antananarivo. Amboy, city, U.S., Illinois, Lee co., 87 m. SE. Dubuquea I. P. < 3000. Amboyna Cay, uninhabited sandbank in the middle of the S. China Sea, NW. of Labuan, annexed by the British in 1877, and leased for the collection of guano. Ambras, or Amras, castle and vil., Austria, Tirol, on the Inn near Innsbruck, with the health resort of Egerbach in its vicinity. P. <20oo. Ambrl6res, tn. , France, dep. Mayenne, on the Mayenne, 25 m. NNE. Laval, 8 m. N. Mayenne. P. <2ooo. Ambrlm, or Ambrym, isl. in the Pacific, one of the New Hebrides, south of 16° S. , crossed in the W. by 168° E. , with active volcano. Ambrlz, tn. and seapt., Portuguese Lower Guinea, at the mouih of the Loje, in about 7° 50' S. , cap. of dist. A. Chief export, coffee. Exports also ivory, copal, &c. Large deposits of copper at Bemble near A. Ambrlzette, seapt. , W. Africa, Portuguese Lower Guinea, at the mouth of the M'Brije, in 7° 14' S. Ambrosden, par. and vil., Eng., Oxfordshire, Woodstock div., 10 m. E. Woodstock, 2 m. SSE. Bicester, P.O. P. <25o; eccles. par. (A. with Arncot and Blackthorn) P. <75o. Ambrozetown, par.. Ire., co. Wexford, bar. Bargy, near Taghmon ; 2197 ac. P. <500. Ambukol, place. Eastern Sudan, on the L bk. of the Nile, in about 18° N. , starting-p>oint for caravans crossing the Bayuda Steppe. Ambur, tn., Brit. India, Madras, dist. N. Arcot, on PAldr R., 28 m. W. by S. Vellore, with fort on the almost inaccessible A Dnig, commanding an important pass into the Carnatic. P. 10,600. Amby Downs, settlement, Queensland, Kennedy co. , 280 m. SW. by S. Rockhampton. Amcotts, par., Eng., Lincolnshire, W. Lindsey div. , on I. bk. Trent, 9 m. SE. Goole, 4^ m. ENE. Crowle stn., P.O. P.<5oo. Amden, comm. , Switzd. , cant. St. Gall, 8^ m. NE. by N. Glarus. P. <20oo. Amdo, prov. , Tibet, bordering on Western China. Ameca, tn., Mexico, Jalisco, 65 m. WSW. Guadalajara. P. 10,000. .Imecameea, plateau, Mexico, situated to the SW. of the capital. Amelde, vil. , Holland, prov. S. Holland, on the Lek, 10 m. SW. Utrecht. P. <;20oo. Ameland, isl., Holland, in the North Sea, included in the prov. of Friesland, 13 m. long by 2-3 m. broad, separated from the I. of Terschelling (prov. N. Holland) by the channel called A. Cat ( • gate ' ). P. < 3000. Amelia, tn., Italy, Umbria, prov. Perugia, 12 m. W. Terni. P. <900o. i AMEL — AMER Amelia, co., U.S., Virginia, N. of 37° N., and crossed by 78° W. Ani^lle-les-Baliis, watering-place, France, dep. Pyr^n^es- Orient, in the valley of the Tech, 20 m. SW. Perpignan ; with sulphurous saline mineral springs, 7i°-i72° F. P. <20oo. Amendolara, tn., Italy, Calabria, prov. Cosenza, 49 m. SW. by S. Taranto. P. < 2000. Ajnenl, the largest of the Laccadive Is. America, or the Jiew World, the great division of the globe between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, along with the adjacent islands and Greenland. It was discovered by Norsemen about 1000 A.D., and various parts of the coast, to which they gave the names of Helluland or Stone-land, Markland or Wood-land, Vinland or Vine-land, and Hvitramannaland or White Men's Land, were settled by them, but they were driven out by the Skrolinger (Eskimo), and the knowledge then gained became only a Norse tradition. The continent was subsequently dis- covered and forgotten on other occasions (see /our. R. G. S. , 1873, p. 156), and was finally made known to Europe by the voyage of Columbus, who landed on Watling I., Bahamas, on the I2th of October 1492. Its southern part was in large part explored in 1501-2 by the Florentine Amerigo Vespucci, and the continent was named after him by Waltzemiiller or Waldsee- muUer (Hylacomylus) in his Cosmographice Introductio (1507). Long after that it continued to be known in the Pyrenean Penin. as the West Indies, the continent having been at first believed to be tlie eastern part of Asia. The Isthmus of Panama divides the continent into two great sub-divisions, North A. and South A. The name Central A. is applied in a political sense to the five republics of North A. to the S. of Mexico, and usually in a geographical sense to the region occupied by these republics, but it is also applied by some in the latter sense to the land extending from the Isthmus of Tehuantepec to that of Panama. The prevailing feature of the continent, in respect of which it contrasts in a marked manner with the Old World, consists in the fact that the great mountain ranges have a more or less southerly trend. Such ranges are nearly continuous on the W. side of the continent from N. to S. , and stretch over a great length on the E. side also, both in North and South A. , vast plains being interposed between. The only notable excep- tion to this character is found in the highlands in the N. of South A. The original natives of A., known as American Indians, are believed to be all of one stock. They now form less than one-fourth of the entire population, and are most numerous in South A. The remaining inhabitants are mainly de- scendants of European immigrants, and of African negroes originally introduced as slaves, with a smaller admixture of Chinese and other immigrants. The entire population is com- paratively small [Continents], and A. has no considerable extent of territory with a population comparable in density to Europe, China, or India in the Old World, even though there are large tracts fitted by nature for the maintenance of a dense population. The explanation of this contrast is to be found in the history of the continent. Compared with the Old World, A., before its discovery by Europeans at the close of the fifteenth century, was very poorly furnished with the cultivated plants and domestic animals that favour the growth of civilisa- tion. A. had only one kind of cultivated grain, maize, to take the place of wheat, oats, rice, and other grains of the Old World; and it had no animal that could be used for the labours of the field, no animal except the reindeer of the far north yielding milk, and North A. had not even any beast of burden. Hence civilisation was little developed among the natives, and indeed only two important civilised nations existed before the advent of Europeans, one on the tableland of Mexico and the other on that of Peru. America, Central, is the long and narrow region between 8° (Gulf of Darien) and 21° 30' N., 'jj" and 94° W., connecting the continents of North and South A. In a more limited sense the term is applied to the following five Spanish-speaking republics, together with Brit. Honduras, between 7° and 18° 30' N., 82° 30' and 92° 30' W. : — States. Area in sq. in. Pop. Capitals. Guatemala . Salvador . Honduras . Nicaragua . Brit. Honduras . Costa Rica . Total . 48,301 8.13s 46,262 47.857 7.562 23,001 1,452,000 777,900 381,900 282,800 31.500 243,200 Guatemala. San Salvador. Tegucigalpa. Managua. Belize. San Jose. 181, n8 3,169,300 Geographically, the state of Panama is a part of Central A., but politically it belongs to the republic of Colombia. The greatest length from SE. to NW. is about 300 m. ; breadth varying from 70 to 310 m. In the narrowest part to the S. (Costa Rica) mountains extend from sea to sea. In the broader part further N. mountains stretch almost continuously from NW. to SE., with a steep slope towards the Pacific, while on the E. a tableland, with a very varied surface, however, slopes gradually towards the Atlantic, beginning in the W. with an elevation of upwards of 2000 ft. Two well-marked features vary the surface in this northern portion. One is a series of valleys and lake-filled hollows stretching SE. from the Gulf of Fonseca to the W. of the Pacific slope of the mountains ending to the S. of the Gulf of Nicaragua. The other is a line of valleys stretching from sea to sea due N. from the Gulf of Fonseca, traversed in the S. by the river Goascoran, in the N. by the river Humuya. Here grassy savannahs interrupt the forests, otherwise continuous on the Atlantic slope. Throughout Central A. volcanoes are numerous and earthquakes frequent. Columbus discovered this region in 1502 ; in 1527 it was made a Spanish capt. -generalship, and it belonged to Spain until 1821, when Guatemala first declared its independence. The several states subsequently formed a confederation, which was dissolved in 1839. See also Sontb America, fanna. America, North. The coast-line of this continent is most varied in the northern half. The W. coast is for the most part steep. The long Gulf of California here forms a very con- spicuous feature, but apart from that the coast S, of 48° N. is broken only here and there by small rocky bays and gulfs, which, however, in many cases form excellent natural harbours. The islands on the W. coast of British Columbia and Alaska guard an inner channel, with very sheltered navigation stretch- ing through about 12° of latitude. On the E. side the estu- ary of the St. Lawrence, the mouth of the Hudson, Delaware Bay, and Chesapeake Bay, form important inlets in middle latitudes. South of Delaware Bay the E. and S. coasts are generally low, and in many places double, A series of natural levees, formed of alluvial sand by the mutual action of river- currents and sea-waves, run parallel to the mainland coast, from which they are .separated by quiet lagoons and sounds. Surface. — A great plain stretches down the middle of the continent from the Arctic Ocean to the Gulf of Mexico, sloping gradually up to the Rocky Mountains in the W., and the Appalachian Mountains and other highlands in the E. In the S. of the United States this plain spreads eastwards to the Atlantia Almost the entire area W. of the Rocky Mountains is at a high elevation, and so also is the greater part of the surface in the S. of the United States, the principal plains and lowlands in the latter area being in the penin. of Yucatan, and the E. of the penin. belonging to Honduras and Nicaragua. The highest mountains are volcanic peaks in the NW. of the continent (Mount Logan, about 19,500 ft.), and in Mexico (Popocatapetl and Orizaba, both about 18,000 ft. in height). There are two areas below sea-level, both in the S. of California — the Death Valley, 225 ft., and the San Felipe Sink, 300 ft. The principal rivers are the Mississippi and its tribs,, and the St. Lawrence, belonging to the Atlantic basin, the Columbia and the Yukon belonging to the Pacific basin, and the Mackenzie and other rivers of the Arctic basin [Canada]. The great fresh-water lakes belonging to the basin of the St. Lawrence are without a parallel elsewhere. The largest of them is the largest body of fresh-water in the world, and there is no other chain of lakes to be compared with them in importance. [Warren Lake.] The following table furnishes the most important particulars regarding them : — Water Drainage Height above Greatest Discharge Name. Surface. Area. Depth. cubic ft. sq. m. sq. m. ft. ft. L. Superior , 31,200 51,600 601.8 1008 86,000 L. Michigan , 22,450 37,700 581.3 870 -) Huron and \ 225,000 Georgian Bay 23,800 31,700 581.3 702 J L. St. Clair . 410 3.400 L. Erie . 9,960 22,700 572.9 210 265,000 L. Ontario . 7,240 21,600 246.6 738 300,000 i To the N. and NW. are numerous lakes, large and small, often very irregular in outline, presenting a marked correspondence to the lakes of Finland. Of the larger of these lakes, however (Great Bear Lake, Great Slave Lake, Athabasca, Winnipeg), even the smallest greatly exceeds in size the largest of those of Finland. In accordance with the general correspondence be- tween North A. and Eurasia, the climate of the W. of the former continent answers to that of western Europe, that of the E. to that of eastern Asia ; but the climate of the K of North A. is not so severe as that of eastern Asia, while, in consequence of the superior warming effect of the Gulf Stream Drift as com- pared with the Kuro Siwo Drift, the W. coast is not so mild as in corresponding latitudes of Europe. Hence the most populous (warm temperate) regions of the E. in A. are somewhat farther 41 AMER — AMHE N. than the corresponding regions of eastern Asia, those of the W. of North A. somewhat farther S. than the corresponding regions of Europe. Important differences in climate are due to the direction of the mountain chains. The Rocky Mountains, shutting off the moisture from the Pacific, cause a large part of the interior of the United States to be too dry for agriculture without irrigation, and the open plain between these mountains and the Appalachians allows even the most southerly points of the United States, as well as the E. coast of Mexico, to be swept from time to time by icy winds from the N., so that ice forms at the mouth of the Mississippi, in lat. 30° N. ; and even in the extreme S. of Texas (lat. 26° N., about the same latitude as that of Patna, in Bengal), as much as nine degrees of frost has some- times been experienced. [Canada, United States, Mexico.] As regards fanna, almost the whole of North A. , exclusive of Central A. and the lowlands of Mexico, is referred by Wallace to the Nearctic zoogeographical region, the most abundant animals in which are in many cases closely allied to those of the Palaearctic region of Asia and Europe (the once abundant but now nearly extinct bison or ' buffalo' had a congener in the European bison of western Russia), but distinguished by the possession of three peculiar genera of moles, including the highly remarkable star- nosed mole ; of the raccoons, a peculiar family of carnivora ; of peculiar rodents, including pouched rats and the prairie-dog ; and of the opossum, and a few other peculiar mammalian forms, and by the absence of hedgehogs, wild pigs, and dormice. Information as to the Yegetatlon will be found in the articles on the principal countries, but a few general facts may be mentioned here. The northern limit of forests runs from about 69^° N. in the N. of Alaska SE. to about Fort Churchill on Hudson Bay, from about the middle of the E. side of Hudson Bay to the middle of the W. side of Ungava Bay, and then runs SE. , leaving a strip of about 50 to 80 m. treeless on the coast of Labrador. There are large areas treeless, except along the river banks, or with no more than 20 per cent, of the surface occupied by trees, over a large part of the drier parts of the interior (the ' plains ' and ' prairies '), the area of this character extending in Athabasca, in about ii7°-ii8° W., nearly to the 6oth parallel of latitude. But the absence of trees over a large part of this area is not due to the insufficiency of rain, but appears to be chiefly attributable to the prevalence of prairie fires, and forests are spreading in certain places as settlement advances. The prevailing forest-trees in the N. and W. are conifers, the forests of the western mountains being remarkable for their giant conifers (Douglas fir, sequoias, &c.). (See the ninth vol. of the Census Report of the U.S. for 1880, with the accompanying maps, and Petermann's Mitteil., 1886, Plate 12.) Among the most noteworthy ficts with regard to the consti- tuents of the North American flora are the prevalence of Compositae (asters, golden-rods, &c.) in the prairie flora; the prevalence in modern times of European invaders over a large part of the continent ; and the close resemblance between the native temperate flora of the eastern parts of the continent, and that of the eastern parts of Asia, including Japan, a resemblance not found to exist between that flora and the flora of Europe on the western parts of the North American continent. This last fact was explained by Prof. Asa Gray as due to a flora origin- ally flourishing in Arctic regions in a warm period being driven southwards by the oncoming of a colder chmate, and the survival of similar forms in regions that correspond with one another in climate. See Appendix, p. 2, and the articles on the countries there enumerated. America, South. The coast-line of this continent is almost as uniform as that of Africa, except in the southern part on the W. side, where, from the island of Chiloe southwards, there is a long chain of islands, backed by a coast broken by numerous fiords similar to the Alaskan and British Columbian coast in the W. of North A. The channel on the inner side of these islands is much used by ocean steamers on account of the shelter which the islands afford. The W. coast generally is rocky, like that of North A., but, except in the part just mentioned, presents hardly any inlets, however small, forming good natural harbours. Within the tropics the eastern coasts are generally low, and for hundreds of miles bordered by mangrove swamps. In certain places, especially in southern Brazil, there is a double coast-line similar to that described under North A. Surface. — The Andes Mountains stretch along the whole of the W. of the continent [Andes]. In the E. there is a region of tablelands and mountains, the highest ranges of which (Serra da Mantequeira, &c. ) face the Brazilian coast S. of the Tropic of Capricorn. In the N. there is another highland region, with ranges having a more or less E. and W. trend in the S. of Venezuela and Guiana. Elsewhere the surface consists mainly of vast plains. The principal rivers are the Amazon, Parana, and Paraguay, Orinoco, Araguaya, and Tocantins, and the San Francisco. The principal lakes lie on the great elevated area of inland drainage in the Andes, and at the base of the Andes in Pata- gonia [Andes, D., E., F.]. The climate of South America is greatly affected by the chain of the Andes, the two sides of 42 which present striking contrasts as regards rainfall and vege- tation everywhere except in the extreme N. In the N. copious rains, with a rich tropical vegetation, occur on both sides. The contrast of climate begins about 4° S. Thence to about 30° S. the E. (trade) winds, which blow from the Atlantic for the greater part of the year, deluge the eastern slopes of the Andes with rain, and cover them with dense forests as high as trees can reach. Dense tropical forests (selvas) like- wise occupy the valley of the Amazon to its mouth. South of the Amazon, however, the Brazilian coast-mountains deprive the Atlantic winds of much of their moisture, so that the table- lands and plains intervening between them and the Andes have only a scanty rainfall. On the W. of the Andes, between the latitudes mentioned, no rain whatever falls except high up on the mountain sides, and moisture appears on the low grounds only in the form of mist {garua). Vegetation is consequently scanty except beside the rivers, and for six or seven degrees north of 28° S. the strip of coast is a desolate wilderness. South of latitude 30° S., the contrast is opposite to that just described. There the prevailing winds are from the NW., and bring plenteous rains from equatorial seas to the western slopes of the Andes, and still farther S. to the lowlands at their base ; while on the eastern side the plains (the treeless pampas of the Argentine Republic and the bleak steppes of Patagonia) get drier and drier as one goes southwards. In this southern part the western slopes of the Andes are as densely clothed with forests as the eastern slopes farther N. (See also Andes, snowline.) As regards its fanna. South A., including Central A. and the lowlands of Mexico, together with the West Indies, forms the neotropical zoogeographical region, characterised by the possession of prehensile tailed monkeys, marmosets, blood- sucking bats, coatimundis, peccaries, llamas, and alpacas, chinchillas, agoutis, capybaras, sloths, armadillos, and ant- eaters, and by the absence of sheep, oxen, and antelopes. Among its best-known vegetable forms may be mentioned the cinchona tree, the Brazilian rubber tree, manioc, castor-oil, and a great variety of cabinet woods. See Appendix, p. 2, and the articles in the countries there enumerated. American Fork, tn., U.S., Utah, Utah co., 27 m. S. by E. Salt Lake City, on the N. of L. Utah. P. < 1000. American River, U.S., California, formed by two head- streams, the N. and S. Forks, flows through a gold-mining region SW. then W. into the Sacramento just below Sacra- mento City. Amerlcns, city, U.S., Georgia, Sumter co., 65 m. SW. by S. Macon. P. 6400. Amerongen, vil., Holland, prov. Utrecht, on the Lower Rhine, 15 m. ESE. Utrecht. P. <3ooo. Amersfoort, tn. , Holland, prov. Utrecht, on the Eem, 12 m. ENE. Utrecht. P. 15,500. Amersliam, par. and tn., Eng., Buckinghamshire, Wycombe div., xz\ m. N. Windsor, on the Aylesbury branch of the Metropolitan Rly. Par. 6119 ac. , P. < 3000; eccles. par. (A. ■with Coleshlll) P. <35oo. Ames, comm., Spain, prov. Corufia, dist. Negreira. P. 7000. Ames, city, U.S., Iowa, Story co., on Skunk R., 30 m. N. Des Moines. P. < 1500. Ameslmry, par. and tn., Eng., Wilts., Wilton div., on the Avon, 7 J m. N. Salisbury, 4 m. NNW. Porton stn., PMT.O. ; 5936 ac. P. < 1000. Amesltnry, tn., U.S., Massachusetts, Essex co., 4 m. NW. Newburyport. P. 9800. Amet, tn., India, Rdjputdna, 86 m. SE. Jodhpur. Ametlii Dnngar, tn., Brit. India, Oudh, dist. and 18 m. SE. by E. Lucknow. P. 6000. Amethyst, mt. , U.S., Wyoming, Uintah co., 18 m. N. by E. of the outlet of Yellowstone Lake. Alt. 9423 ft. (Hayden). Amga, riv. , Eastern Siberia, flows NE. and NNE. to the Aldan. Amgid, oasis in the Sahara in the Wady Igharghar, in about 26° 20' N. , 5° 20' E. Alt. 1950 ft. Amginskaya, vil. , Eastern Siberia, on the Amga to the E. of Yakutsk, on the road to Okhotsk. Amherst, small tn. and seapt., Burma, A. dist. [Tenas- serlm], near the mouth of the Wdkani, 30 m. S. MAulmain, on a healthy elevated site. P. 3000. Amherst, seapt.-tn., Canada, Nova Scotia, Cumberland co., 74 m. W. by N. Pictou. P. <4000. Amherst, seapt. , Canada, Quebec. See Magdalen Islands. Amherst, tn., U.S., Massachusetts, Hampshire co. , 12J m. NNE. Holyoke. P. < 5000. Amherst, tn., U.S., New Hampshire, Hillsborough co., 25 m. S. by W. Concord. P. < 1500. Amherst, co., U.S., Virginia, N. of 37° N., crossed in the E. by 79° W., bounded on the SW. and SE. by the James R. Amherst, vil., U.S., Wisconsin, Portage co., 62 m. W. of the head of Green Bay. P. < 1500. Amherst, vil., Victoria, Talbot co., 42 m. SW. Sandhurst. P. < 1500. Amherstbarg, port, Canada, Ontario, Essex co., on the Detroit R., 14 m. S, by W. Windsor. P. <:3000. AM H E AM R I Amherst Island, isl., Canada, Ontario, Addington co., at the E. end of L.ake Ontario. Amlierst, North, vil. and tp., U.S., Ohio, Lorain co., 28 m. WSW. , Cleveland. P. of tp, 3000. Amlata, Monte, mt., Italv, in the S. of Tuscany, 42 m. WSW. Perugia. Alt. 5690 ft.' Amldeh, vil., E. Sudan, 78 m. E. Kassala, formerly an Egyptian military station. Amiens, cap. , dep. Somme, France, 26 m. SE. by E. Abbe- ville, on the Somme, which here receives the Avre and Celle, and breaks up into eleven canals, on which account it has been called the ' Little Venice ' ; with a beautiful Gothic cathedral (built 1120-1288) and museum of paintings and antiquities, and numerous manufactures (velvet, cotton, and other textiles, machinery, &c. ). In ancient times it was the capital of the Ambiani. The peace of A. was signed in the town-hall (built by Henry IV.) in 1802. Birthplace of Peter the Hermit, the promoter of the first crusade, and of the scholar Ducange. Mean temp., yr. 51.2° F., Jan. 37.6°, Aug. 67°. P. (1872) 64,000; (1891)78,500. Amington (or Almington) and Stonydelph, par., Eng., Warwickshire, div. and 2 m. ENE. Tamworth {g.v.), P.O. P. <:75o. Amlrante, or Aerwortlt) P. <5oo. Anderleclit, tn. , Belgium, prov. Brabant, on the Senne, 2 m. W. by S. Brussels. P. 32,200. Anderlues, tn., Belgium, prov. Hainaut, 7jm. W. Charleroi. P. 7100. Andenuatt, vil. , Switzd. , cant. Uri, 17 m. S. by W. Altdorf, in the Urseren Valley. Alt. 4735-4840 ft. P. 6 (18.6 to 19.2 in.), the unit of weight the picul, varying in different provs. from about 137 to 139 lbs. The people are mainly of Mongolic stock, speak- ing an isolating language like the Chinese. The Annamese proper are confined to the coast-plains and the lowlands. Some of the towns contain also considerable numbers of Chinese. The inhabitants of the hill-tracts and mts., known collectively as Mois, differ considerably in physical appearance from the lowlanders, being generally taller and of lighter complexion. Government. — The intervention of France in A. arose out of a dynastic war in A. before the close of the eighteenth century. In 1790 the Emperor Gia-long was victorious over a usurper with the aid of the French, who stipulated that they should receive in recompense a settlement in A. For the purpose of enforcing the fulfilment of this promise, various expeditions were sent out in 1858 to 1861, and in 1862 the three provs. of Cochin-China north of the Mekong delta were ceded to France. In 1867 the three provs. S. of that delta were also occupied by the same power. In 1874 a treaty was concluded by which the Emperor of A. engaged to regulate all the foreign relations of the state only in agreement with France. Subsequently French expedi- tions, sent to put down the piratical 'black-flags,' led to the renewal of war with A., at the conclusion of which, in June 1884, the treaty now regulating the relations of France and A. was concluded. According to this the French protectorate extends over the whole of A., including Tongking, but the Emperor of A. retains the internal administration over the whole terr., from the N. limit of French Cochin-China to the S. frontier of the Tongking prov. of Ninh-binh. France, however, has the control of the customs and public works. The ports of Kwi-nhon, Turan, and Xuan-day were opened to foreign trade, and that of Thuan-an, on the coast in front of Hu6, was ceded to France. Hu6 is the residence of the French resident-general 51 ANNA AN ST for A. and Tongking. Area roughly estimated at about 46,000 sq. m., including the terr. acquired by France from Siam in 1893, 100,000 sq. m. P. probably about 5,000,000. See also Indo-China. Annanioe, place. Ire., E. co. Wicklow, bar. Ballinacor North, 9 m. WNW. Wicklow, PMT.O. Annamnka, or Namuka, one of the Tonga Is. P. 2000. Annan, par., pari, and royal burgh, Scot., Dumfriesshire, on the 1. bk. of the river A., about 2 m. from its mouth, 15 m. ESE. Dumfries, on the C. R. and the G. & SW. R. Par. 10,915 ac. , P.5,941; pari, burgh, P. <;35oo; royal burgh, P. <:5000. Annanes, isl. , Greece. See Klinia. Annapolis, co., Canada, Nova Scotia, on the Bay of Fundy, crossed in the N. by 45° N. Annapolis, seapt.-tn., Canada, Nova Scotia, A. co. , on the I. bk. of the river A., 100 m. W. Halifax. P. <3000. Annapolis, city, U.S., Maryland, Anne Arundel co., on Chesapeake Bay, 28 m. E. by N. Washington, with U.S. Naval Academy (established here 1845) and an observatory. The city was originally called Providence, but named Annapolis in 1708 in honour of Queen Anne. P. 7600. Annapolis Rlrer, Canada, Nova Scotia, rises in King's co., and flows SW. into A. Basin, an inlet of the Bay of Fundy. Ann Arbor, city, U.S., Michigan, Washtenaw co., on Huron R. , 36 m. W. Detroit ; seat of Michigan University, and with an observatory in 83° 43' 48" W. , 42° 16' 48" N. Alt. 771 ft. (R. R.). P. 9400. Annaszorg, vil., on the coast of Dutch Guiana, in 54° 55' W., 20 m. NE. by E. Paramaribo. Aunat, hamlet, Scot., Ross-shire, at the head of Loch Torri- don, 7i m. WNW. Achnashellach stn. Anuatoni. See Ancltlnm. Annbank, mining vil., Scot., S. Ayrshire, 4 m. E. bv N. Ayr, on the G. & SW. R., PM.O. P. < 1500. Anne Arundel, co., U.S., Maryland, bounded on the E. by Chesapeake Bay, crossed by 39° N. Annecy, tn. , France, cap. of dep. Haute-Savoie, at the NW. extremity of lake of same name, 22 m. S. Geneva, with blast- furnaces, iron, cotton, paper, and other works. The Lake of A. is 9 m. by 2, 1511 ft. above the sea. At NW. end it empties by the Ficran into the Rhone. The vil., A. le Vleux, 2J m. NE. of A., has many Roman remains. P. (of A.) 11,000. Annefleld, place. Ire., co. Mavo, bar. Kilmaine, 8 m. S. Clare, P.O. Anneniasse, tn., France, dep. Haute-Savoie, arr. St. Julien, on the Arve, 4 m. E. by S. Geneva. P. <:2ooc. Annen-Wnllen, vil. , Ger. , Prussia, Westphalia, near Arlberg, with coal-mines and iron and steel foundries. P. 8300. Annenzovo, vil., Russia, govt. Simbirsk, dist. Korsufi, 48 m. SW. Simbirsk. P. 2000. Annesley, par. and hamlet, Eng., Nottinghamshire, Mans- field div., 6 m. SSW. Mansfield, i m. SW. Anneslev stn. , on the G. N. R., PM.O. P. < 1500. Annesley Bay, Ghnbbct Daknu, or Znla Bay, a bay run- ning 30 m. S. on the W. side of the Red Sea, a little to the S. of Massaua. Several easy passes [Hadas, Nebkagaddy] lead up from its shores to the Abyssinian tableland, and in ancient times under the Ptolemies the bay was the starting-point of a brisk trade carried on by Greeks with Axum. Annesley Woodhonse, hamlet, Eng., Nottinghamshire, Mansfield div., 5^ m. SW. bv S. Mansfield, with stn. (Annes- ley) on the G. N. and M. Rlys., PMT.O. Annestown, small seapt. vil.. Ire., co. and 10^ m. SSW. Waterford, bar. Middlethird, P.O. P. <25o. Annette Island, in S. of Alaska, crossed by 55° N. , 131^° W. Contains New Metlakahtla, a colony of Christianised Tsimsians. Annfleld, suburb of Leith, Scot., close to Leith stn. (C. R.). Annl, Russian Armenia. See Anl. Annleslaud, vil., Scot., in par. and co. Renfrew. P. <5oo. An-nlng, an impetuous, shallow, and unnavigable stream which flows from N. to S. through Kien-Chang dist., in the S. of the Chinese prov. of Siichwan, and unites with the Ta-chung a few miles above the confluence of the latter with Kin-sha- kiang. An-nlng-Chau, tn., China, Yiin-nan, 17 m. SW. b^ W. Yiin-nan-fu. Annls, riv., New Guinea, entering the Gulf of Papua in about 145° 25' E. Annlnskaya, vil., Russia, prov. Don Cossacks, 65 m. SE. Borisoglebsk ; coal-mines. P. 4500. Anniston, city, U.S., Alabama, Calhoun co. , 58 m. E. by N. Birmingham, picturesquely situated amidst wooded spurs of the Blue Ridge, and amidst vast fields of brown hematite ; hence a rapidly rising seat of the iron industry. P. (i88o)<:iooc; (1890) 10,000. Annlvlers, Ger., ElTlsch-thal, val., Switzd., cant. Valais, ascending S. by E. from Sierre. Anno, or Mango, dist., W. Africa, Upper Guinea, in about 7i° N.. 3° is'-3o' W. 52 Annobou, or Anuabuu, Spanish isL, W. Africa, in the Gulf of Guinea, in about 1° 24' S. and 5° 38' E., 4 m. long ; moun- tainous. Jour. R. G. S., 1832, pp. 276-278. Annouay, tn., France, dep. Ardeche, arr. Toumon, 20 m. SE. St. Etienne, noted for its paper manufactures, and also carrying on manufactures of cloth, hosiery, gloves, &c. ; birth- place of Montgolfier. P. 14,500. Annone, tn., Italy, prov. and 16 m. WSW. Alessandria, on the 1. bk. of the Tanaro. P. <300o. Anuotta Bay, Jamaica, in the N., in 76° 45'-48' W. Annsborongb, tn.. Ire., co. Down, bar. Upper Lecale, 9^ m. SW. Down Patrick, PM.O. P. <750. Annscroft, eccles. par. , Eng. , Shropshire, near Shrewsburv. P.<5oo. Aiuivllle, vil., U.S., Pennsylvania, Lebanon co. , 20 m. E. by N. Harrisburg. P. < 1500. Annweiler, tn. , Ger. , Bavarian Palatinate, on the Queich R. , 23 m. WSW. Spires. P. < 3000. Anoka, city, U.S., Minnesota, Anoka co., on 1. bk. of the Mississippi, 22 m. NNW. St. Paul. P. <5ooo. Alio Nnevo, small isl., U.S., on the coast of California, in, 37° 7' N. ; with lighthouse. Anor, tn., France, dep. Nord, arr. Avesnes, 19 m. W. by N. Rocroy. P. < 3000. Anory, fertile prov. and tn. in the extreme SE. of Madagas- car, noted for its magnificent limestone cHffs. Auptng-b.slen, or Nganplng-hslen, tn., China, Kweichou, 27 m. WSW. Kwei-yang-fu. See also Tainan (seapt. , Formosa^ Anrath, vil. , Ger., Prussia, Rhine Prov., 15 m. W. by N. Diisseldorf, with iron-mines and large peat-beds. P. < 3000. Ans, tn., Belgium, prov. Liege, 2 m. NW. bv W. Lifege. P. 6800. Ansa, tn., India, Haidardbid, 108 m. NE. by N. Bijapur. Ansbacta, tn., Ger., kgd. Bavaria, govt. Middle Franconia, 22 m. SW. by W. Fiirth, formerly cap. of a margraviate; birthplace of Baron von Stein. P. (1890) 14,200. Anse k Vean, tn., isl. and republic of Haiti, SW. ct. , 68 m, W. Port-au-Prince, in 73° 20' W. Anseba, or Alnseba, riv.. Eastern Africa, upper Nubia, flow- ing NNW. into the Barka. Anse d'Algnlllon. See Aigulllon, Anse d'. Ansegbem, comm., Belgium, prov. W. Flanders, 6 m. W. Oudenarde. P. < 4000. Anses d'Arlet, tn., W. Indies, on the SW. ct. of Martinique I. P. < 3000. Ansford. See Almsford. Anshnu>fti, or Ngansknn-fu, tn., China, Kweichou, 59 m. SW. by W. Kwei-yang-lu. Ansicbon, Mongolia. See Nganslchon. Anslet, isl, Greenland, off' the W. ct., on the S. side of Disko Bay, containing the small settlement of Egedesminde. P.<:500. Ausley, par. , Eng., Warwickshire, Nuneaton div. , 9 m. SE. by S. Tamworth, 2J m. WNW. Stockingford stn., P.O. P. enong), a volcanic isl,. Eastern Archipelago, in the Banda Sea, about no m. S. of Bum, and 180 m. SE. of Celebes, Apl, Gnnong, a lofty volcanic isL, Eastern Archipelago, in Flores Sound, off the NE. of Sumbawa I. Apia, tn. , with good harb, , about the middle of the N, ct. of Upolu I., Samoa group, with British, German, and U.S. con- sulates ; centre of trade with the Samoan Is. Plan of harb, in Scot. Geog, Mag., 1889, map, p, 280. Apice, comm., S. Italy, prov. and dist. Benevento. P. <:40oo. Aplerbeck, viL, Prussia, prov. Westphalia, 3^^ m. ESE. Dortmund, with coal and iron mines. P. 6200, Apley, par., Eng., Lincolnshire, E. Louth div., 9 m. E, by N. Lincoln, 2 m. W. Kingthorpe stn. P. <25o. ApUchan, or Apleechow, small isl. off S. ct. Hongkong, included in the colony. Apody, riv., Brazil, Rio Grande do Norte, flows on the whole NNE. into the Atlantic, which it enters by a barred mouth in 37° 7' ^V. Apobaqnl, vil., Canada, New Brunswick, King's co., 36 ni, NE. by N. St. John. P. < 1500, Apoinga, tn. , S. Australia, 86 m. N. by E. Adelaide. P. <: 1000. Apolda, tn., Ger., grand-duchy Saxe- Weimar, 8 m. ENE. Weimar, with woollen, especially hosiery manufactures. P. (1871) 10,500; (1890) 20,900, Apolllnarls Springs. See Abrweiler. Apollo, bor., U.S., Pennsylvania, Armstrong co., on Kiski- minetas R. , 26 m. E. by N. Pittsburgh. P. < 3000. Apollo Bay, Victoria, S. ct., between Capes Otway and Patton, 60 m. SW. of the entrance to Port Phillip. 56 ApoUonla, tn,, Greece, E. ct. Siphnos I. P. <20oo. Apolobaniba, tn., Bolivia, dep. El Beni, 150 m. N. by W. La Paz. P. <2ooo. Apooterie, British Guiana. See Rapnnunl River. Apostle Islands, a group of beautiful isls., U.S., Wisconsin, Ashland co. , in the W. of Lake Superior, in 90° 25' to 91° W. ; settled by the French in 1680 ; have several Jesuit missions. Appaiacb'ian Slonntatns {ach, like aich in 'catch'), the general name for the great mountain system in the E. of North America, extending with a general south-westerly trend over a length of 1320 m. from Maine and the SE. of Quebec in the NE., to Georgia and Alabama in the SW. A. It is divided in a marked manner into two unequal sections by the line of valleys affording direct communication between New York and Montreal, namely, the valley of the Hudson and that of the Richelieu, with L. Champlain, this breach separating the Green and Wblte Mts., the Hoosac and Taconic Mts. from all the rest of the system. To the W. of this breach the Adir> ondacks in the N. are isolated by the Mohawk Valley, in which lie the Erie Canal and the railway that carries most of the traffic from New York to the western states. B. The remainder of the system is more continuous, and is characterised by general topo- graphical features not belonging to the northern ranges and groups, and hence the name of A. Mts. is sometimes confined to mountains S. and SW. of the valleys mentioned. The main features in this part of the system are two series of nountain ranges running nearly parallel to one another, and separated in the N. at the widest section of the system by ranges of mountains known as the Middle Belt of the A., and further S. merely by a wide valley. I. Tbe Eastern Members of tbe System. The name of Blue Ridge is sometimes applied to the whole of the eastern series of mountains, but sometimes confined to the part in which the series is most continuous, from Virginia southwards. In Pennsylvania the mountains of this series are sometimes called the SouUi Mts. In its southern part (N. Carolina) the Blue Ridge spreads out laterally, having mountain ranges on the E. and W. connected by transverse ridges. The western ranges are here known as the Iron Mts., Great timo.vy Mts., and Unaka Mts. (in the order from N. to S.), the eastern ranges forming the Blue Ridge proper. To this latter part of the Blue Ridge, and in particular to the Black Mts., belong the highest peaks of the whole system. Here Clingman's Mountain, or the Black Dome, attains the height of 6707 ft. (Guyot), and several other peaks rise above 6500 ft. Immediately to the W, of the eastern seriesof mountains, a great longitudinal valley, sometimes known generally as the Great Valley, runs through the whole length of the southern section of the system. It begins in the extreme SE. of New York, where it communicates with the mouth of the Hudson valley. In New Jersey and Pennsylvania, where it is bounded on the W, by the Kittatinny Range, it is called the Kittatinny Valley, in Virginia the Great Valley (including the Shenandoah Valley), and in Tennessee also the Great Valley, or the Valley of E'. Tennessee, n. The Middle Belt of tbe A. can be traced in the S. of New York state, but in that state, in which the only striking topographical feature S. of the Mohawk Valley is the Catskill Mts., it has no importance. It attains its greatest extent in Pennsylvania, and is a prominent feature only in that state and Virginia, and a narrow tract in Maryland. In Tennessee it dies away, merging in the Great Valley, which there extends across the whole width between the eastern and western members of the system. Where well de- veloped, this belt is characterised by long, straight, or gently curving ridges, having the same general direction as the whole system (NE. to SW.), for the most part with narrow sharp crests of remarkably equable elevation, these ridges separated by narrow valleys, which in most cases are open at both ends, but in some instances are closed at one end by the meeting of two adjacent ridges, m. Tbe Western member of tbe system is for the most part not properly a mountain range, but only the eastern escarpment of a plateau which extends for a long distance westwards, gradually mergmg in the low plains of the Mississippi basin. In the northern section, Pennsylvania and on the E. frontier of W. Virginia, this escargment forms the Allegbany Mts.,^ according to the proper application of ' that name (sometimes used as equivalent to A. Mts. ) ; in the southern section, Tennessee and the E; frontier of KentHcky, it forms the Cumberland Plateau, or, seeing that in places, especially in Tennessee, it slopes somewhat abruptly to the W. as well as the E. , the Cumberland Mts. The plateau stretching to the W. of this escarpment is broadest in the N. ; narrowest, but at the same time loftiest, most rugged, and most sparsely peopled in the S. (Tennessee). C. It is the western member of the A. system S. of the Potomac that offers the principal barrier to communication. That river crosses the whole of the system except the western member, and an easy passage across this part of the system also is afforded for the railway that ascends the lower valley of the Potomac. The Chesapeake and Ohio Canal followed the same route. To the N. of the Potomac manyriver valleys (those of the Juniata, Susquehanna, Delaware, &c.) intersect the ranges of the Middle Belt, or both the Middle I APPA — APPL Belt and the E. member of the system. The Susquehanna crosses the entire system. The famous Delaware Water Gap is where the Delaware breaks through the Kittatinny Range on the border of Pennsylvania and New Jersey. These and other valleys allow of the passage of numerous railways. S. of the Potomac a transverse division of the A. Mts. is formed where the Great Kanawha R. , which crosses the western members of the system from SE. to NW. , approaches nearest to the James R., which crosses the eastern members of the system east- wards. At this division a railway crosses from Virginia into W. Virginia at the height of about 2000 ft., but there is no other railway across the western A. from Maryland to the Cniuberland Gap (1675 ^'O' ^^ ^^e meeting-place of the states of Virginia, Kentucky, and Tennessee, a distance of nearly 400 m. Through this gap, which long afforded the only practicable route westwards in this region, a railway was laid only about 1890. To the S. of this gap two railways have been laid for a longer period across the Cumberland Mts., one by a route running NW., another by a route running SW, from Clinton on the Clinch R., Tennessee ; but to the S. of that there is no other railway crossing till the Cumberland Mts. begin to die away to the NW. of the Tennessee R. , in the S. of the same state. This paucity of westerly railways makes the Great Valley of the A. system of special importance in the traffic between E. and W. Access to this valley from the E. is afforded even across the highest part of the A. system by a railway which crosses the Blue Ridge by the Sivanauoa Gap to the S. of the Black Dome, connecting the upper parts of the Catawba and French Broad valleys (N. Carolina and E. Tennessee). D. Archasan, Cam- brian, and Silurian rocks are found throughout the length of the system, the newer rocks following the older, SW. of the Hudson, in the order from E, to W. S. of the Mohawk Valley Devonian rocks prevail in the N., and can be traced in most cases to the W. of the Silurian strata, and further W. the great Carboniferous area of the U.S. is met with ; and produc- tive coal-measures are found from Pennsylvania to Alabama. Next to coal (including anthracite), iron ore is the most im- portant mineral, this being abimdant in Pennsylvania in the N. and Alabama in the S. All the A. highland was covered originally with a great forest of maple, oak, ash, chestnut, hickory, butternut, walnut, and other trees. Much woodland still remains, especially on the Cumberland Plateau and the southern Alleghanies. Appalaclilcola, tn. , U.S. See ApalacUcola. Appalaga, vil., U.S., Florida, Gadsden co., 38 m. WNW. Tallahassee. Appani, Gold Coast colony. See Apam. Appanoose, co., U.S., Iowa, onS. frontier, crossed by 93° W. Appelland, small sand isl. , Prussia, off W. ct. Schleswig, in 54°38'N., 8°44'E. Appeiuell, a cant, in the NE. of Switzerland, wholly sur- rounded by the cant. St. Gall. Is subdivided into the Outer Rhodes and Inner Rhodes. The former division is nearly all Protestant, and the latter Roman Catholic ; the inhabitants speak the German language. Surface mountainous in the S. , where Mount Sentis is 8232 ft., and the lowest part of the sur- face is 1300 ft. in elevation. Chief river the Sittern, which runs through its centre. Inner Rhodes is agricultural. In Outer Rhodes, cotton and linen weaving, embroidering and dyeing, are branches of industry. Cap. of Inner Rhodes, Appenzell ; of Outer Rhodes, Trogen ; Herisau is the only other town of importance. Government in both subdivisions is vested in a grand council, which meets the assembled population once a year for legislative business. Appenzell holds the thirteenth place in the Swiss confederacy. Area 162 sq. m. P. 67,000. See Switzerland. Appenzell, tn., Switzd., cap. of Inner Rhodes, cant. A., 7 m. S. by E. St. Gall. P. < 5000. Appenweier, market-tn., Ger., Baden, 10 m, ESE. Strass- burg, important junction of E. and W. and N. and S. rlys. P. < 2000. Apperknowl, vil., Eng., Derbyshire, NE. div., 4^ m. N. Chesterfield, i^ m. E. by S. Dronfield stn. Apperley, eccles. par., Eng., Gloucestershire, Tewkesbury div., on the 1. bk. of the Severn, 3^ m. SW, by S. Tewkesbury, P.O. See Deerhnrst. Apperley Bridge, vil, Eng. , Yorkshire, W. Riding, Shipley div., on the .A.ire, 3jm. NNE. Bradford ; with a stn. (Apperley and Ra-wdon) on the M. R., PMT.O. Applla-Yarrowle, tn., S. Australia, Frome co., 53 m. SE. Port .A^ugusta. P. < 1500. Appin, post vil., Canada, Ontario, Middlesex co,, 26 m. WSW. London. P. < 1500. Appln, tn. , New South Wales, Cumberland co. , 30 m. SW. Sydney. P. X'^exford. P. <25o. Ardcanny, par.. Ire., in co. and 8 m. W. Limerick, bar. Kenry ; 3029 ac. P. <5oo. Ardcam, par.. Ire., N. co. Roscommon, bar. Boyle, 6 m. WSW. Leitrim, on the Longford and Sligo Rly. ; 19,099 ac P. < 3500. Ardcath, par., Ire., co. Meath, bar. Duleek, Upper, '6 m. SW. Drogheda ; 4380 ac. P. <5oo. ArdcATan, par.. Ire., co. Wexford, bar. Shelmaliere E., 4 m. NE. Wexford ; 2457 ac. P. <75o. Ardctaattan and Mnckalm, par. , Scot. , Argyllshire, on the NW. shore of Loch Etive, 6^ m. NE. Oban, and 2 m. NEX Connel Ferry stn. ; 144,916 ac. P. <:2ooo. Ardcbyle, Scot. , W. Perthshire, on the r. bk. of the Dochart, 4 m. SW. of the head of L. Tay, close to Killin Junction. Ardclacb, par., Scot., Nairn, on R. Findhorn, 8^ m. SE. by S. Nairn, and 4^ m. WSW. Dunphail stn., P.O. ; 40,317 ac P. < 1000. .Ardclare, par.. Ire. See Cloonygarlnlcan. Ardcllnls, par.. Ire., co. Antrim, bar. Lower Glenarm, 13 m. NNW. Larne ; 15,699 ac. P. < 1500. Ardcolm, par., Ire., co. Wexford, bar. Shelmaliere E., 3 m. NE. Wexford ; 2232 ac. P. <:5oo. Ardcrony, par.. Ire., N. co. Tipperary, bar. Lower Ormond, 7 m. N. Nenagh, P.O. (Ardcroney) ; 6428 ac. P. <750. Ardderry, Lough, lake. Ire., NW. co. Galway, 23 m. NW. by W. Galway, drained S. into Camus Bay. Arddleen, or Arleen, rly. stn., Wales, Montgomeryshire, on the Cambrian Rly., 6 m. N. by E. Welshpool, P.O. Ardea, par.. Ire., Queen's co., bar. Portnahinch (containing part of Mount Mellick town) ; 7724 ac. P. <2soo. Ardebll, tn., Persia, prov. Azerbaijan, 97 m. NW. Resht, 30 m. W. of the Caspian Sea, in a mountain-enclosed plain at the height of 4480 ft. ; centre of trade on the routes to the Caspian port of Astara. P. 20,000. Ard^he, a dep. in the SE. of the Central Plateau of France, hounded on the E. by the Rhone, divided into three arrs., Privas, Largentiere, and Toumon, cap. Privas. A. is one of the most nigged and mountainous deps. of France, decreasing in I AR D E fertility as it recedes from the Rhone, the Cevennes, here called the Moms Vivarais, occupying the W. of the dep. The cal- careous rocks whicli border that river are succeeded by schistose rocks containing coal, then by granite, over all of which are spread immense fields of lava from volcanoes now extinct, by which most of the valleys originally descending to the Rhone across the granitic regions have been filled up. All the craters are situated in the granitic zone not far from the junction with the calcareous rocks. The chief natural curiosity among the many of this volcanic region is the Pont de la Beaume. The character of the surface causes the communications with the W. 10 be defective. The dep. is indeed traversed by excellent roads made at the time of the revolution, but the only railway across the mountains is in the narrow angle in the N., where a railway runs from the valley of the Rhone to that of the Loire (St. Etienne). Owing to the great differences in altitude and the shelter which the mountains afford to the valleys, there is great diversity in the vegetation of the dep. The olive flourishes as far N. as 44° 50' (about the middle of the dep.), the highest latitude which it reaches in France. The vine and mulberry grow throughout the lowlands of the dep. and attain higher altitudes than the olive. A. is the principal silk-producing dep. in France. Chestnuts abound, and besides being exported under the name of Lyons chestnuts, form a large part of the food of the people, especially in the districts where the production of grain is small. ' Skirting the more fertile districts is a region of treeless plateaux, ! snow-covered during six or eight months of the year, and pro- j ducing little but pasture grasses. Iron-mines are numerous, ! those of Lavoulte, Veyras, and Aubenas being the most con- siderable ; lignite, antimony, galena, and copper also occur, and silver ore was formerly mined [Largentl4re]. A. corre- sponds very nearly to the old prov. of Vivarais, which in former times belonged in turn wholly or partly to the duchy of Bur- gundy or the county of Toulouse, and part of which was united to the crown of France in 1271, the remainder in 1308. Area 2145 sq. m. P. (1891) 371,269. See France, table. Ardee, bar.. Ire., in the middle of co. Louth. See Louth. Anlce, par. and tn. , Ire., W. co. Louth, bar. Ardee, on R. Dee, 12 m. NW. Drogheda, 6 m. WNW. Dunleer stn., PMT.O. Par. 4884 ac, P. <:3ooo; tn. P. < 2500. Ardeer Iron Works, Scot., N. Ayrshire, 3 m. WNW. Irvine, close to Stevenston stn. Ardekau, or Ardekun, dist. and tn. , Persia, Fars, the town 46 m. NW. Yezd. Ardeley, long known under the corrupt form of Yardley, par., Eng., Hertfordshire, Hitchin div., 10 m. N. Hertford. P.<5oo. Artlelly Poiut, cape, Ire. , W. ct. , co. Mayo, W. side Blacksod Bay, with a coastguard station. Awlelve, vil., Scot., Ross-shire, at the head of Loch Alsh, 25 m. NE. Point of Sleat, PMT.O. Arden, settlement, Canada, prov. Manitoba, on the Manitoba and N W. Rly. , 52 m. by rail W. Portage La Prairie. Ardeu, settlement, Canada, Ontario, Frontenac co., 38 m. NNW. Kingston. Arden, the name once given to a large forest in England to the E. of the Severn. It survives in the name of Henley-in-Arden, and as name of part of the par. of Temple Grafton in Warwick- shire, supposed to be Shakespeare's Forest of A. See Ardenue. Arden, hamlet, Scot., NE. Lanarkshire, 3 m. NE. by E. Airdrie, I m. E. Whiterigg stn. P. <5oo. Ardendranght Bay, Scot. See Port Errol. Anlen irltli Ai-denslde, par., Eng., Yorkshire, N. Riding, in the N. of the Thirsk and Makon div., 17 J m. NE. by E. Ripon, 7^ m. NW. by W. Helmsley stn ; 4524 ac. P. <250. Ardenne, or Ardennes, the Silva or Saltus Arduenna of the Romans, a name undoubtedly of Celtic origin, probably meaning 'the forest' (ar dean), though by some connected with the root ard, ' high,' applied in ancient times to a vast forest extending from the Seine and Oise to the Rhine in the NE. of the ancient Gaul, now applied to a tract extending from the N. of France through the SE. of Belgium to Luxemburg and the Prussian Rhine prov. N. of the Moselle, and when used with most precision to a curved strip on the NW. of the slate plateau occupying this region, beginning in the NE. of the French dep. of Aisne and ending near Aix-la-Chapelle, and having a total length of about 140 m. with a width of 25-30 m. This strip is still wooded in places, marshy in others, but for the most part made up of uncultivated heaths and poor pastures. Ardennes, a dep. on the N. frontier of France, with a tongue of land advancing N. into Belgian terr. to enclose the platform on which stands the fortress of Givet ; formerly belonging mainly to the prov. of Champagne ; now divided into five arrs. M^zieres, Rethel, Rocroy, Sedan, and Vouziers, cap M^zieres. The eleva- tions of this dep. take the form rather of plateaux than of mts. The central tableland which parts the basin of the Meuse from that of the Aisne is a continuation of the wooded highlands of Argonne (dep. Meuse). The eastern region (Meuse basin) lies higher and presents more irregularities than the western (the fer- tile valley of the Aisne). The Canal des A., completed in 1832, A R D M connects the Meuse (midway between Sedan and M6zi6res) and Aisne (at Rethel). The NW. region is of schistose formation, covered with wood and moorland, with very important slate quarries, but the rest of the Meuse valley is more fertile, and fur- nishes the greater part of the cereals raised in the dep. To the SW. lies a chalky plain, on the pastures of which large flocks of sheep are reared, noted for excellent wool, which as far back as the end of the sixteenth century gave rise to an important woollen industry [Sedan]. Iron-mines are worked chiefly in the cantons of Grandpr6 and Buzancy, and the blast-furnaces of the dep., now numerous, date back to the same period. The arr. of M6zi^res produces nails, and in the neighbourhood of Givet are important copper-works. Area 2028 sq. m. P. (1891) 324,923. See France, table. Ardeutlnny, eccles. par. , Scot. , Argyllshire, on the W. shore of Loch Long, 7J m. WNW. Helensburgh, P.O. P. <250. Ardeoualg, hamlet, Scot., W. Perthshire, on the SE. shore of Loch Tav, 6 m. E. by N. of the head of Loch Tay, P.O. Arderra, par.. Ire., co. Kilkenny, bar. Iverk, 6^ m. ESE. Carrick-on-Suir ; 776 ac. P. <25o. Ardersler, par., Scot., Inverness-shire, 6 m. W. by S. Nairn, and 2 m. NNW. Fort George stn. , PMT.O. ; 3824 ac. P. <20oo. ArVoodklrk, or W, Ardsley^ on the G. N. R., P.O. P. < 4000. Ards, Lower and Upper, two bars.. Ire., co. Down, com- posing the penin. on the E. side of Strangford L. Ardsollus, vil., Ire., co. Clare, bar. Upper Bunratty, 4^ m. SE. by E. Ennis, on the Limerick and Ennis Rly., P.O. Ardstraw, par. and vil.. Ire., NW. co. Tyrone, bar. Lower Strabane, 6 m. S. Strabane, on the Derg, P.O. ; 51,699 ac. P. 9800. Ardtalla, place, Scot., Argyllshire, on the E. ct. of Islay I., in 55° 43' N. Ardtalualg, hamlet, Scot. , Perthshire, 15 m. NW. Crieff, P.O. Ardtoe, place, Scot., Argyllshire, at the mouth of Kentra Bay, 14 m. WNW. of the liead of Loch Sunart. Ardtornisb Point, cape, Scot., Argyllshire, on the S. ct. of the Morven Penin., in 5° 45' W. A. Bay, a small bay to the E. Ardtramont. See Artramont. Ardtrea, or Artrea, par.. Ire., cos. Tyrone and London- derry. See Artrea. ArdTar, or Ardvare, Locb, inlet, Scot., Sutherland, on the W. ct. , in 58° isl' N. Ardvar, Gleu, bounded on the W. bv Loch A. , about g\ m. E. by S. Storr Head. Ardvasar. See Ardavasar. Ardwall, Higb, place, Scot. , co. and jh m. WNW^. Kirk- cudbright. Ai'dwell, Higb and Low, hamlet, Scot., Wigtownshire, 7^ m. SE. Portpatrick, PMT.O. Ard-^vick, par., Eng., Lancashire, in the E. div. of the pari, bor. of Manchester, on the L. & NW. R. P. 35,000. Ardyutt Point, cape, Scot., Argyllshire, on the S. ct. , in 5° 3' W. , at the entrance to L. Striven. Areas, tn., Brazil, prov. SSo Paulo, 100 m. W. by N. Rio de Janeiro. P. 5000. Arecibo, tn., isl. of Porto Rico, N. ct., 41 m. W. San Juan, in 66° 41' W. P. 11,000. Areclfe, seapt.-tn., Canaries, Lanzarote, on the SE. ct. , the best port of the islands. P. <5ooo. Areg, or Erg, El, a region of sand-dunes, Sahara, to the S. of Algeria. Aregna, vil., Paraguay, 14 m. E. Asuncion. P. <20oo. Areley Kings, or Regis, par., Eng., Worcestershire, Bewd- ley div., on the r. bk. of the Severn, opposite Stourport, 4 m. SW. by S. Kidderminster. P. <75o. Arena, tn., Italy, Calabria, prov. and 31 m. SW. Catanzaro. P. < 3000. Arena, Point, cape, U.S., California, in 38° 53' N. Arenac, co., U.S., Michigan, on the NW. of Saginaw Bay. Arenas, the N. point of Sebastian Bay, on the E. ct. ot Tierra del Fuego, at the entrance to the Strait of Magellan. Arenas de San Pedro, comm., Spain, prov. Avila, 73 m. W. by S. Madrid, on the S. slope of the Sierra de GredoS; P. <4000. Arenas, Pnnta, cape, Chile, in about 21° 40' S. Arenas Clordas, Las, the vast sand-dunes on the S. ct. of Spain, in the lowlands between the lower Guadalquivir and Rio Tinto. Arenberg-meppen, formerly a portion of the bishopric of Miinster, annexed in 1814 to the kingdom of Hanover. Arendal. See Arudal. | Arendsee, tn., Ger., Prussia, prov. Saxony, 52 m. N. j by W. Magdeburg, on a small lake very deep and rich in fish. I P. < 3000. Areueitberg, or Arenaberg, seat, Switzd., cant. Thurgau, on the Lake of Constance, 6 m. W. Constance, at one time the residence of the ex-Queen of Holland, Hortense, and of her son Napoleon III. I AREN Areulg, stti. , Wales, Merionethshire, on the G. W. R. , 6 m. WNW. Bala. Arcuig Bach, mt., Wales, in the N. of Merionethshire, 17 m. E. by N. Portmadoc. Alt. 2264 ft. Areiiig Mawr, or Fawp, mt. , Wales, Merionethshire, to the W. of Bala, 16 m. E. Portmadoc. Alt. 2800 ft. Areultas, Panta, cape, Costa Rica, on the W. side of the Golfo Dulce, in 8° 32' N. , 83° 17' W. Areusbnrg (Esthonian Kurre-Saare), dist. tn., Russia, govt. Livonia, on SE. ct. of Oesel I. , 58° 15' N. , 22° 29' E. Roadstead open to S. winds. P. 3600. Arenys de Mar, seapt.-tn., Spain, prov. Barcelona, on the ct., 25 m. NE. by E. Barcelona. P. < 5000. Areiizano, vil. , Italy, Liguria, on the ct., prov. and 11 m. W. Genoa. P. < 4000. Areopolls, or Tlslmova, vil., Greece, prov. Laconia, near the E. shore of the Gulf of Messenia, 21 m. N. by W. of Cape Matapan. P. < 2000. Areqnlpa, a littoral dep. of Peru, extending along the Pacific, between 15° and 17° 20' S. , 70° 40' and 74° W. Chief ports, Islay and Chala. See Pern. Arequlpa, tn. , Peru, cap. dep. A., 50 m. NE. Mollendo, situated on the SW. slope of the volcano of Misti, and subject to earthquakes, almost entirely destroyed by one on August 13, 1868. Large deposit of sulphur near the town ; carries on a large trade with the port of Islay, on the Pacific, and with the interior of Peru. A line of railroad passes from Mollendo through Arequipa, and on to Puno, and is being continued on to Cuzco. The Arequipa-Puno section is one of the most remarkable railways in the world. It is 218 m. long, and its summit-level is 14,460 ft. above the sea. Seat of a high level observatory (alt. 16,275 ^'^■)- ^^- of tn. 7850 ft. P. 30,000. Arera, Monte, mt. , Italy, in the N. , in the Alps, 18 m. NNE. Bergamo. Alt. 8235 ft. Ares, seapt.-tn., W. ct. of Spain, prov. Corunna, on the bay (ria) of A. , 6 m. SSW. Ferrol. P. <400o. Areskiitan, an isolated mt. , Sweden, prov. of Jemttland. Height. 4919 ft. Aretaka Kaplds. See Essequibo. Ar^valo, tn., Spain, prov. Avila, 32 m. W. by N. Segovia. P. < 4000. Arezzo (the ancient Arretium), city, Italy, Tuscany, cap. prov. A., on a healthy elevated site overlooking the plain of Chiana, to the S. of the upper Arno, 34 m. NW. by N. Peru- gia ; see of a bishop, with cathedral of the thirteenth century, and numerous remains of antiquity. Arretium, one of the principal towns of the ancient Etruria, was famous for its terra- cotta vases. Birthplace of Mecaenas, Petrarch, Vasari, Guit- tone (Guido d'A. ), the inventor of musical notation, and the physiologist Redi. P. 11,000. Arezzo, prov., Italy. See TiLscaiiy. Arfak, mts., Dutch New Guinea, W. of the mouth of Geel- vink Bay. Arfon, N. pari, div., Carnarvonshire, Wales. P. (1891) 45,800. Argalastl, vil., Greece, prov. Larissa, 20 m. SE. Volo. P. < 3000. Argam, par., Eng. , Yorkshire, E. Riding, Bridlington Union. P. <250. Argamasilla de Alba, comm., Spain, prov. Ciudad Real, dist. AlcAzar de S. Juan. P. <:4ooo. Argaiuasilla de Calatrava, tn., Spain, prov. Ciudad Real, dist. Almod6var del Campo. P. <:4ooo. Argauda, tn., Spain, prov. Madrid, 15 m. ESE. Madrid. P. <400o. Argandab, riv., Afghanistan. See Arghaudab. Argangelo, tn. , Italy, Emilia, prov. Forli, 7 m. W. Rimini. P. 8000. Apgelis de Blgorre, tn., France, dep. Hautes-Pyr6n6es, on the Pau, 14 m. W. by S. Bagneres de Bigorre, cap. arr. P. < 2000. Argcl*8-snr-Mer, vil., France, dep. Pyr6n6es Orient., on the ct., 12. SE. by S. Perpignan. P. <:3000.' Argenan, or Ctuieivkowo, tn., Prussia, prov. Posen, 12 m. SW. Thorn. P, <3ooo. Argenta, tn., Italy, Emilia, prov. Ferrara, 22 m. NW. by W. Ravenna. P. 6000. Argeutan, tn., France, dep. Orne, on the Orne, 13 m. SE. Falaise; cap. arr. P. 5000. Argentarlo, Monte, or Argentaro, mt., Italy, on the W. ct., 37 m. NW. Civita Vecchia. It forms a penin., which is connected with the mainland by two strips of land enclosing a lagoon. Alt. 2085 ft. Argentat, tn., France, dep. Corr^ze, on r. bk. Dordogne, 73 m- SW. Clermont, arr. and 15 m. SE. by S. Tulle; cap. cant. P. < 2000. Argcntera, Pnnta. See Alps, Subdivisions, I. A. i. Argentenil, co., Canada, Quebec, bounded on the S. by the R. Ottawa, between 74° and 75° W. Argenteull, tn., France, dep. Seine et Oise, on the r. bk. of 65 - ARGE the Seine, ^\ m. NW. by N. Notre Dame, Paris, with clock and watchmaking industry. P. 11,600. Argentlera, isl. , Greece. See Klniolos. Argentlera, Capo dell', cape, Sardinia, in the NW., in 40° 43' N. Argenti^re, Col d'. See Alps, Passes, I. (3). Argenti^re, \!, tn., France, dep. Ard^che. See Largenti^re. Argenti^re, L', tn., France, dep. Hautes Alpes, on the Durance, 49 m. SE. by E. Grenoble, arr. and 10 m. SW. by S. Brian9on ; with silver-lead mines (whence the name). P. <2000. Argentine, city, U.S., Kansas, Wyandotte co., adjoining Kansas City (^.^'.). P. < 5000. Argentine Republic, a republic of S. America, occupying the greater part of the continent to the S. of Bolivia and Paraguay, between the Andes and the Uruguay R., N. of the estuary of La Plata, and between the Andes and the Atlantic S. of that estuary. By the treaty of 1881 the crest of the eastern chain of the Andes forms the boundary with that country, except at the Straits of Magellan, both sides of which belong to Chile. The R. Uruguay separates the republic from Uruguay and the Brazilian prov. of Rio Grande do Sul. Besides the terr. on the mainland, the republic also includes the eastern half of the main island of Tierra del Fuego. The following table shows its divs., area, and pop. : — Provinces. Area in sq. m. Pop. in Thousands. Pop. (Latzina) persq.m. 1869. Latzina 1 Buenos Aires, tn. and dist. 83 178 433 } 9-9 Buenos Aires, prov. 120,140 495 761 Entre Rios 29.13s 134 180 6.2 Corrientes 31.332 129 190 6.0 Santa F6 . ... 50,804 89 220 4.3 Cordoba 67.479 211 310 4.6 San Luis 29.313 53 11 2.6 Santiago del Estero 39.519 133 150 3-8 Jujuy .... 17.485 40 65 3-7 Salta .... 49.524 89 15s 3-1 Tucuman 9.343 109 170 18.2 Catamarca 34.999 80 92 2.6 Rioja .... 34.376 49 80 2-3 San Juan 37.648 60 85 2-3 Mendoza 62,091 65 75 1.2 Northern Terrs. (Gober- naciones) — Misiones 20,833 Formosa 44,661 Chaco 48,198 Southern Terrs. — 160 0.3 Pampa 55.953 Rio Negro . 81,916 Neuquen . 42,116 Chubut 95.495 Santa Cruz . 106,916 Tierra del Fuego 8,127 J Total . 1 1,117,4862 3203 2.8 1 Geogrqfia de la Republica Argentina, Buenos Aires, 1888. 2 According to the calculations of Wagner and Supan, 1,077,000 sq. m. The surface consists for the most part of low plains, sloping SE. or E. from mountains in the W. and NW. Most of the mountains are branches of the Andes, and all of them, like the Andes, trend nearly N. and S. In the NW., the most mountain- ous area of the whole republic, the Sierra Lumbre, and the Sierras de Aconquija, Ambato, and Ancaste, succeed one another from N. to S. close to but detached from the Andes. To the W. of the more southerly of these ranges lie the Sierra Velasco and Sierra Famatina, the latter closely connected with the Andes. Further to the SE. , and separated from all the other mountains mentioned by a wide plain, is the Sierra de Cordoba, about the meridian of 65° W. to the S. of 30° S. The country E. of the Parana is varied by low hills, especially in the densely forest- clad terr. of Misiones in the extreme NE. The plains vary in character. In the N., in the terrs. of Chaco and Formosa, to the N. of the Salado, forming part of the region known as El Gran Chaco ('the great hunting-ground'), the surface is covered, so far as it is known, with open forest, and slopes to the SE. so gently that in times of rain large areas adjoining the rivers are apt to be flooded. Further S. grass-covered prairies extend between the Parana R. and the Cordoba Mts., and within about the same meridians over the region still further S. as far as the Rio Colorado. Further W. the dryness of the climate causes the surface to be almost devoid of vegetation unless where irrigated. In this region vast Salinas, or salt- incrusted surfaces, partly converted for short periods by heavy rains into shallow lakes, occur here and there, the largest being E ARGE — ARGO the Salinas grandes, in the area between the Cordoba Mts. and the Sierra de Ancaste. In Patagonia, to the S. of the Rio Negro, the surface is for the most part higher than further N. and becomes very varied in character, for the most part arid, stony, and unfit for cultivation, but not without valleys here and there suitable for pasture. In this region, indeed, at the base of the Andes, recent explorers have discovered large well- watered valleys, with a mild climate, likely at some future period to be the seats of a dense population. By far the most impor- tant rivers are the Parana and Paraguay, which are navigable for steamers everywhere within the terr. of the A. R. The navigation was thrown open to all nations in 1852. The three long r. bk. tribs. of the Parana, the Pilcomayo, Bermejo, and Salado, are all shallow and difficult of navigation. The Rios Dulce (Saladillo), Desaguadero, Nueyo Salado, and other rivers in the interior end in marshy tracts or shallow lagoons. Further S. the more important rivers, the Rios Colorado, Negro, Chubut, Chico, and Santa Cruz flow directly into the Atlantic. The principal lakes north of the Rio Negro are shallow lagoons such as the Mar Chiquita (prov. Cordoba) and the Laguna Ibera (prov. Corrientes). Innumerable small lakes are scat- tered over the pampas. Further S. there are several large and beautiful lakes, Nahuel-Huapi, Fontana, Viedma, and Argen- tine, at the base of the Andes, and there are two large lakes. Musters and Colhue, adjoining one another further E. in the course of the Senger (trib. of the Chubut). The rainfall declines on the whole from N. to S. and from E. to W. The following particulars may serve for illustration, the places being arranged roughly in order from N. (top) to S. (bottom), and from W. (left) to E. (right), the figures giving the average annual rainfall in inches (altitudes in brackets) : — Salta (3950 ft.), 25. Tucuman (1520 ft. ), 38 ; Santiago del Estero, 28 ; Corrientes, 52. Rioja (1770 ft.), 12. San Juan ^2160 ft.), 3 in. ; Cordoba (1460 ft.) 28 ; Parana, 38. Mendoza(264oft.), 8 in. ; San Luis (2490 ft.), 22; Rosario, 46. Buenos Aires, 34. The exceptional position of Tucuman is noteworthy, and is no doubt due to the fact that it lies in a plain immediately to the E. of a lofty range of mountains, the Sierra de Aconquija. The following figures may serve to illustrate the temperature : — Mean Temperature. Jan. July. Year. Fahr. Fahr. Fahr. Corrientes .... 79-3° 61.0° 70.6° Tucuman .... 77-7 54-0 66.9 Rioja 81.5 56.3 69-3 Mendoza .... 73-4 46.4 60.6 Buenos Aires 75-6 50.0 63.0 Chubut (Rawson). 70.0 42.4 56.2 The staple products of the A. R. are live-stock, above all, horned cattle, sheep, and horses ; the principal producing provinces those nearest the estuary of the La Plata — Buenos Aires, Entre Rios, Santa F6, and Cordoba; the next in im- portance, Corrientes, Santiago, and the Pampa terr. Arable agriculture is rapidly extending, the chief crops being maize, wheat, lucerne, flax, oats, the vine and sugar-cane. The wine is cultivated principally on irrigated land near the principal towns at the base of the western mountains. Sugar-cane is grown principally in Tucuman, but also to a considerable extent in Santiago, Jujuy, and Salta. The orange, peach, apple, and other fruit-trees now grow wild in many places. (For a table showing the area under different crops in the separate provs. in 1891, see Peter mannas Mitteil., 1893, p. 164.) The guanaco, llama, and vicuna abound in the vicinity of the Andes ; and the native animals comprise the puma, jaguar, and armadillo; the biscacha, and the small quadrupeds which furnish the nutria and chinchilla skins. The mineral pro- dnetion of the A. R, is as yet unimportant. Enormous deposits of good coal are said to exist along the base of the Andes from the prov. of San Luis to the terr. of Neu- quen, but they are not yet worked. So far the most im- portant mineral is salt. Even it is not yet largely produced, but arrangements have been made for utilising for salt pro- duction large salt lakes between the Rios Negro and Colorado. The means of communication have been enormously in- creased since 1880. The first railways were opened after i860. In 1880 the total mileage opened was 1536 ; in 1891 the number of miles open was nearly 7000, and upwards of 4800 m. were then under construction. The railways belong partly to com- panies, partly to the state. The cheapness of horses favours the use of tramways. One horse tramway with cars for goods as well as passengers runs from Buenos Aires for hundreds of miles across the pampas towards Bahia Blanca. As to the trans-Andine railways, see Andes, E. The foreign conunerce has grown rapidly with the development of internal communica- 66 tions (see Appendix, pp. 3-5). The principal articles of export are wool (nearly or quite half the total value), dried and saited ox-hides, sheep-skin, salted and hung beef, tallow, wheat, flax. Among minor exports may be mentioned, fresh mutton, maize, bones. Considerable numbers of live cattle and other animals are exported to Chile across the passes of the Andes. The principal imports are cotton and other manufactures, metal wares, wine and spirits, coal, and olive oil. France and Bel- gium are the principal countries receiving the exports, nearly all the wool and sheepskins of the A. R. being sent to the mainland of Europe. The United Kingdom, Germany, the United States and Italy, rank next. The United Kingdom ranks first among the countries supplying the imports, and is followed by France, Germany, and the United States. The bulk of the foreign trade is carried on through the port of Buenos Aires, which has been greatly improved. A considerable ocean trade is also carried on at Rosario. Honey, ireigbts, and measures. — The chief money of account is the dollar or peso, of the value of 47. 57^., divided into 100 centavos. Both gold and silver are unlimited legal tender, but only gold is received in unlimited amount by the mint. Since the beginning of 1885 there has been a forced pajjer currency, the value of which is greatly depreciated, especially since a great financial crisis which took place in 1890. Since Jan. i, 1887, the use of the French metric system of weights and measures is compulsory. The bulk of the population are of Spanish origin, and Spanish is the official and prevailing language. Large numbers of immigrants, principally from Italy, Spain, and southern France, arrive annually, but the financial crisis above mentioned put a check to the growth of their numbers. In each of the three years 1886-88, the number considerably exceeded 100,000, in 1889 the excess of the number of immigrants over that of the emigrants was nearly 250,000, but in 1890 this excess was only 55,400. CiOTemment. — The constitution, dated 1853, with modifica- tions in i860, places a president, elected for a term of six years, at the head of the executive, and vests the legislative authority in a National Congress composed of a Senate of thirty members (two for the cap. and two for each prov.) elected for three years, one-third retiring for re-election every year, and a House of Deputies, consisting of one member for every 20,000 inhabi- tants, the members elected by the people for four years, one- half retiring for re-election every two years. The president is elected by a body of representatives of the provs., equal in number to double the number of the senators and deputies combined. Each prov. has a governor and local legislature, and these local legislattu-es elect the senators representing the provs. The senators representing the capital are elected by a special electorate. There is a small standing army and a militia, composed of men between seventeen and forty-tive. As \ to Berenne, &c. , see Appendix, pp. 3-5. Primary education- in the cap. and the terrs. is under the control of the gen- eral government, and in the provs. under that of the local governments. In the cap. and the provs. the elementary schools are supported by special taxation. Secondary edu- cation is controlled by the general government. There are two universities (Buenos Aires and Cordoba). The principal towns are Buenos Aires, the seat of the general government, La Plata, cap. of the prov. of Buenos Aires, Cordoba, Rosario, Tucuman, Mendoza, Parana, Salta, Corrientes. The most comprehensive Enghsh work on the A. R. is Mul- hall's Handbook of the R. Plate. The best map is that of Brackebusch, on the scale of i : 1,000,000 (13 sheets), 1891. Argenton-snr-Creuse, tn., France, dep. Indre, on the Creuse, 57 m. E. Poitiers, 18 m. SSW. Chateauroux. P. 5500. Arges, dist. and tn. See Curtea de Arges. \ Arges, riv. , Roumania, rises in the Transylvanian Alps, andv flows S. and SE. to the Danube, which it joins on the L bk.,' opposite Tutrakan, in about 26° 39' E. Argliana, tn., Asiatic Turkey, vilayet and 35 m. WNW. Diarbekir , cap. sanjak A. ; important copper-mines at A. Sladen* 10 m. NW. , on the Tigris, near its source. P. (Arghana) 6200; (A. Maden)<4ooo. Arghand&b, riv. , in E. of Afghanistan, flowrs SW. , passing a few miles to the W. of Kandahar, then W. into the Helmand. Argo, isL, in the Nile, Nubia, between 19° 10' and 29° 32' N.,. 25 m. by 5 m. On it are several villages. Argoed, stn., Eng., Moimaouthshire, on the L. & NW. R., 6J m. W. Pontypool, PM.O. Argoed and Tstrad, vil., Wales, Cardiganshire, with rly.,| stn. (Ystrad) on the Taff Vale Rly. 1 Argolls and Corlntliia, prov. {nomas) of the kingdom ofl Greece, Morea, cap. Nauplia, forming a small part of tb«| ancient Argolis, and extending along the N. shore of the of same name. See Greece. Argonia, settlement, U.S., Kansas, Sumner co., 215 m. S\ Kansas City. Argonnes, two chains of hills in the NE. of France, stretching^ NNE. from the plateau of Langres and the Monts Faucilles, on opposite 'sides of the Meuse ; the name of Foret d'Argonne, or Argonne simply, is applied in a special sense to the part of the ARGO — ARIZ W, chain N. of the sources of the Aisne, forming a short but continuous ridge, forming an important line of defence inter- sected only by narrow defiles, one of which, that of Islettes, just S. of Ste. Menehould, is now traversed by the rly. from Paris to Verdun. Argos, in., Greece, prov. Argolis and Corinthia, 7 m. NW. Nauplia. P. (1889) 9800. Argos, tn., U.S., Indiana, Marshall co., 79 m. SE. by E. Chicago. P. < 1 500. Argostolion, or Argostoll, tn., Greece, on the W. ct. of •Cephalonia I. P. 9100. Argovla. See Aargan. Argnello, Point, cape, U.S., California, in 34° 35' N. Argueuon, riv. , France, dep. C6tes-du-Nord, passes Jugon, and falls into the English Channel at the port of Guildo, 10 m. W. St. Malo. Length 35 m. Arg^in, bay, Africa, on the W. ct. , S. of Cape Blanco, with three isls. , the largest called A. I. Upon the mainland oppo- site is A. town, which has a caravan trade with Timbuktu. A fort built here by the Portuguese in 1448, and a stn. founded by a Brandenbiu-g company about the end of the 17th century. Argiui, riv., Cis-Caucasia, mainly in the Terek dist., rises in govt. Tiflis, and flows NNE. , then NE., entering the Terek in about 46° 10' E. Argn ji, riv. , En. Siberia, forming, by its confluence with the Shilka at Ust-Stryelka, the Amur. Its sources were formerly in the Kentei, or Guntu Mts. , near Urga, whence the Kerulen flows to Lake Dalai-nor ; but since the last century, this lake, vvhich is rapidly drying up, ceased to send its water into the A., whose headwater is now in the Khailar, which rises on the W. slope of the Great Khingan, flows 170 m. W. and SW. , and, suddenly turning NE. at Tsurukhaitui, receives the name of Argun. The A. forms the frontier between Russia and China along the whole of its course, 440 miles. It first waters the high prairies of Trans- baikalia, then enters the Nerchinsk Mts., flows past Nerchinskiy Zavod, pierces the Gazimur chain, and in its lower course runs through a wild, almost uninhabitable valley. Argyle, settlement, Canada, Nova Scotia, Yarmouth co., on the W. ct., 128 m. WSW. Halifa.x. Argyle, or Argyll, a maritime co. of Scotland, on its W. side, greatly indented by arms of the sea between the Firth of Clyde and Inverness-shire. It includes the islands of Mull, Islay, Jura, Tiree, Coll, Zona, &c. Surface mostly rugged and moun- tainous. The only railway as yet is that which, after ascending the Fillan valley in Perthshire, crosses the Grampians on the frontier, and proceeds to Oban, skirting the N. shores of Loch Awe. The total area of fresh water is estimated at 52,000 ac. Average annual rainfall is upwards of 80 inches. Many cattle are reared here for export to southern markets. See Appendix, pp. 10-12. The salmon and herring fisheries are important branches of industry. The rocks are mainly Silurian, with large patches of granite N. and E. of Loch Etive and near Inveraray, I and volcanic outpourings S. of Loch Etive and in Mull, and I to the N. of Mull. The only minerals are slate, quarried at Ballachulish, on the I. of Luing and elsewhere, and coal mined at Campbeltown. Chief towns, Inveraray, Campbeltown, and Oban. It returns one member to the House of Commons. .\rea 2,056,402 ac. P. (1891) 75,003. See Scotland, table. Krgyll, CO., New South Wales, crossed by 35° S., and in the y 15° E. rgyrades, vil., Greece, in the S. of Corfu I. P. <20oo. rg-yrokastron, Turkey. See Ergerl. Arhelligen, vil., Ger., grand-duchy Hesse-Darmstadt, 14 m. S. Frankfurt. P. <:4ooo. Aria, Monte, mt., Italy. See Vnlcano Island. Arlano, tn., Italy, Venetia, prov. Rovigo, 8 m. SSE. Adria, on a branch of the Po delta. P. < 5000. Arlano dl Pnglia, tn., Italy, Campania, prov. Avellino, 16 m. E. by N. Benevento. P. 14,000. Arlea, seapt., Chile, prov. Tacna, cap. dep. A., on the ct.. in 18° 28' S., connected by rail with the town of Tacna ; built on a flat close to the sea-shore, having a high promontory to the S., vvhich protects the roadstead, there being no harbour; cli- mate unhealthy, on account of stagnant waters and the presence of hills, vvhich impede the circulation of the air ; water-supply, however, good. Chief exports are copper, ore, and silver. The port is one of the chief outlets for the products of Bolivia. The dist. is subject to frequent shocks, and was devastated by the great earthquake of 1868. A. was sacked by Sir Francis Drake "1 1579. and in 1880 was taken by the Chileans from Peru. Mean temp, (ij yr., 1854-55), yr. 67.5° F., Jan. 71.6°, Aug. 03-1 • P. < 4000. Ariccla, vil. , Italy, prov. Rome, summer resort of German artists. P. < 3000. Aricliat, seapt., Canada, Nova Scotia, Cape Breton I., Richmond co., on S. ct., 58 m. SW. Sidney. P. yelghtou. Arras, the ancient Nemetocena, cap. of the Atrebates, fortified tn. , France, cap. dep. Pas-de-Calais, 16 m. WSW. Douai ; with a citadel of the first-class, and flourishing industries dating from the Roman period. Noted for its manufacture of agricultural instruments and lace. Birthplace of Robespierrre. Mean temp., yr. 50° F. , Jan. 37.4°, Aug. 64.8°. P. 20,100. Arrathorne, par. , Eng. , Yorkshire, N. Riding, div. and 5^ m. SSE. Richmond, i\ m. N. by E. Finghall Lane stn. P. <25o. Arrawatta, co.. New South Wales, on the N. frontier, crossed by 151° E. Arre, lake, Denmark, in N. of Seeland, E. of the mouth of the Roeskilde Fjord. Arrean, vil, France, dep. Hautes Pyr6n6es, 16 m. SE. Bagneres de Bigorre, in the Valine d'Aure. P. (with comm.) <2000. Arreclfe. See Areclfe. Arreclfes, tn., Argentine Republic, prov. and iiom. WNW. Buenos Aires. P. <4000. Arreskov, lake, Denmark, in the S. of Fyen, drained N. by the Odense-aa into the Odense Fjord. Arretou, par. and vil., Eng., Hampshire, Isle of Wight div., 2^ m. SE. by E. Newport, i m. NNW. Horringford stn. , P.O.; 9192 ac. P. <2ooo. Arrlate, comm. , Spain, prov. Malaga, dist. Ronda. P. <40oo. Arrington, par. and vil., Eng., Cambridge, Chesterton div., 10 m. SW. by W. Cambridge, 3 m. SSE. Old North Road stn., PMT.O. P.<25o. Arrlno, tn. , W. Australia, Victoria dist. , 170 m. N. Perth. Arro, isl., Denmark, off the S. ct. of Fyen I. P. 13,000. Arro Dyb, channel , Denmark, between Arro and Langeland Is. Arrochar, par., Scot., Dumbartonshire, on the C. R. , at the head of Loch Long, 13 m. E. Inveraray, PT.O. Mean rfall. (1866-85) 89 in. 25,858 ac. P.m. SW. Metz. P. < 3000. Arsa, a small group of isls., En. Arch., in the Strait ol Malacca, between the E. ct. of Sumatra and the Malay Penin. Arsachena, gulf, Sardinia, in the NE. , in 41° 8' N. Ars-eu-R^, tn., France, dep. Charente-Inf^rieure, on the W. ct. of He de R6, 17 m. W. La Rochelle ; with a system of dykes to protect the town, which is below the high-water line, from the encroachments of the sea. P. <:2ooo. Arslero, vil., Italy, Venetia, prov. and 20 m. NNW. Vicenza. P. (with comm. )< 4000. Arsoll, vil., Italy, prov. Rome, 12 m. ENE. Tivoli. P. (with comm. )< 2000. Arsuf, tn., Palestine, the site of the ancient Apollonia, near thect., about 10 m. NNE. Y^fa. Arsns, tn., Asiatic Turkey, on the Gulf of Iskanderun, 21 m. NW. Antioch. Art, vil., Switzd. See Arth. Arta, tn., Greece, prov. Arta, on R. Arta, 59 m. NNW. Mesolonghi, the scene of the victory of the Turks over the Greeks, July 16, 1822. The naval battle of Actium was fought near the entrance to this gulf, B.C. 29. See Artlnos. P. (1889) 7048. Arta, Clnlf of, a gulf of the Ionian Sea (Mediterranean), forming part of the N. frontier of the kgd. of Greece. Arta, comm. and vil., Italy, Venetia, prov. Udine, dist. Tolmezzo. P. < 3000. Arta, tn., I. of Majorca, 40 m. E. by N. Palma. P. 5900. Artafallle, place, Scot., Black Isle, Ross-shire, 6^ m. E. Muir of Ord, P.O. Artalne, or Artane, par. and hamlet, Ire., co. and 4 m. NE. Dublin, bar. Coolock ; 952 ac. P. < 1500. Artakl [Greek], Turkish, Erdek, ct. tn., Asia Minor, on the SW. ct. of the Kapu Dagh penin. , and on the N. side of the Gulf of Artaki, 68 m. W. by N. Brussa. Artashen, tn. , Asia Minor, on the N. ct. , 38 m. S W. Batum. Arieljo, comm., Spain, prov. and dist. Corunna. P. 7800. Artemesla, Canada, Ontario. See Flesherton. Artemlsa, place, Cuba, 35 m. SW. Havana. Artern, tn. , Ger., Prussia, prov. Saxony, at the head of navigation on the canalised Unstrut, 29 m. NNE. Erfiu-t ; with roval salt refineries, &c. P. < 5000. Artesian City, vil., U.S., S. Dakota, Sanborn co., 83 m. NNW. Yankton. P. < 1500. Artfleld Fell, hill, Scot., Wigtonshire, in the N., 11 m. W. Newton Stewart. Alt. 888 ft. Arth, vil, Switzd., cant. Schwyz, at the S. end of L. Zug, 7 ni. S. Zug, starting-point of one of the railways up the Rigi. P. <40oo. Arthahaska, co., Canada, Quebec, crossed in the middle b> 46° N. and 72° W. Arthabaska, vil. , Canada, Quebec, A. co. , 62 m. SW. by S. Quebec. P. < 1500. Arthington, par., Eng. , Yorkshire, W. Riding, Otley div. , 7 m. S. by W. Harrogate, on the NE. R., P.O. P.<5oo. ARTH — ASCO ArtlUngwortli, par., Eng., Middiv. of Northamptonshire, 12 m. NW. Wellingborough, i^ in. SE. Desborough stn. P. <25o. Arthog, vil. , Wales, Merionethshire, on the S. side of Bar- mouth Bay, 6 m. WSW. Dolgeily, on the Cambrian Rly. Artliratta, place, Scot. , Aberdeenshire, near Ellon, with a P. O. ArUmr, tn., Canada, Ontario, Wellington co., 69 m. NEL by N. London. P. < 1500, Arthur, co., Tasmania, on the SW. ct., crossed by 43° S. and 146° E. Arthnret, par., Eng., Cumberland, Eskdalediv., 9 m. N. by W. Carlisle, with stn. (Longtoivn) on the N. B. R. ; 12,942 ac. P. < 2500. Artbnrette, settlement, Canada, New Brunswick, co. Vic- toria, 15 m. from Andover. Artliur Blver, settlement, W. Australia, Wicklow co., 120 m. SE. by S. Perth. Arthur's Pike, hill, Eng., Westmorland, Appleby div., 7 m. SSW. Penrith. Height 1747 ft. Arthur's Seat, the highest point of Nova Scotia, Canada. Arthur's Seat, hill, Scot. , near Edinburgh. Alt. 822 ft. Arthurstotm, tn.. Ire., SW. co. Wexford, bar. Shelburne, 7 m. E. Waterford, on the E. side of Waterford harb., PMT.O. P. <250. Arthnrton, settlement, S. Australia, Daly co., 67 m. NW. Adelaide. ArticlaTe, tn.. Ire., NE. co. Londonderry, bar. Coleraine, 4 m. WNW. Coleraine, P.O. P.<:2So. Artigarvan, place. Ire., N. co. Tyrone, bar. Lower Strabane, 2^ m. NE. Strabane, P.O. Artlnos, Arahhthos, or Arta, riv. , mainly on the frontier of Greece and Albania, flows S. through a narrow defile into the Gulf of Arta. Artlnsh, iron-work, Russia, govt, and 146 m. SE. of Perm, dist. Krasnoufimsk. P. 5000. Artnagross, P.O., Ire., co. Londonderry, near Kilrea. Artney, Glen, vaL, Scot., W. Perthshire, stretching along the course of Ruchill W. , about 6J m. NE. by N. Callander. Artols, an old prov. of France, which, with part of Picardy, forms the present dep. of Pas-de-Calais ; Arras was its capital. Artesian wells derive their name from this prov. Artramon, or Ardtramont, par.. Ire., co. and 5 m. N. Wexford, bar. Shelmaliere, E. ; 2376 ac. P. <5oo. Artrea, par.. Ire., cos. Londonderry and Tjrrone, bars. Loughinsholin and Upper Dungannon, containing part of Mone5nnore tn. ; 18,762 ac. P. 6900. Artro, small riv., Wales, Merionethshire, which flows W. into Cardigan Bay, to the S. of Harlech. Artrln, tn. , Russian Armenia, cap. of prov. Kutais, 30 m. S. by E. Batum, on the Chorokh. P. 6700. Aruha, isL, one of the Dutch Antilles, near the ct. of Venezuela. Lat. (of Fort Zoutman) 12° 28' 30" N., long. 70° 11' W. Area, 64 sq. m. P. 6000. Aracas, comm. , Canary Is. , dist. Las Palmas. P. 7900. Arudy, viL , France, dep. Basses- Pyr6n6es, arr. Oloron, on the Gave d'Ossau, 14 m. S. by W. Pau. P. <:2000. Aru Islands. See Arm. Arun, riv. , Eng. , Sussex, rising in the NW. border of the co, , flows W. then S. past Horsham and Anmdel, and enters the English Channel at Littlehampton, after a coiu-se of 37 m. ; canalised to Newbridge, 14 m. , for boats of 3^ ft. draught. Area of basin, 390 sq. m. Arundel, settlement, Canada, Quebec, 00. Argenteuil, on R. Rouge, 28 m. from Grenville. Arundel, mun. bor. and par. , Eng. , Sussex, Chichester div. , 9^ m. E. Chichester, on the Arun, and the L. B. & S. C. R. ; with ruins of an old castle dating from the time of Edward the Confessor, and with a fine modern structure known as A. Castle, the possession of which carries with it the title of Earl of A. (now belonging to the Dukes of Norfolk). P. <3000. Aruppakotal, tn. , Brit. India, Madras, dist. Madura, 28 m. S. by W. Madura. P. 12,700. Aruwiml, Blyerre, or Itnri, riv., in the E. of the Congo Free State, flows W. from the highlands on the W. of Lake Albert Nyanza to the Congo, which it enters in about 1° 10' N., 23° 50' E. Navigable to Yambuya, in about 25° 10' E. , above that navigable in various stretches, but obstructed by numerous rapids. Arva, or Arvagh, tn.. Ire., SW. co. Cavan, bar. Tully- hunco, 10 m. SW. by W. Cavan, 5 m. SW. by W. Arva Rd. stn., PMT.O. P.<750. ArTe, riv., France, rises near the Col-de-Balme, waters the valley of Chamonix, and joins the Rh6ne after it leaves the Lake of Geneva, near Geneva. Length, 45 m. It is very rapid, and often inundates the surrounding coimtry. Arvl, tn., Brit. India. Central Provs., dist. Wardhi, 32 m. E. by N. Amrioti. P. 8600. Arrika, tn. , Sweden, prov. Vermland, 58 m. NE. by E. Fredrikshald. P. <20oo. Arrllla, vil. , U.S., N. Dakota, Grand Forks co., 72 m. S. by W. Pembina. P. < 1500. 72 Arwangwa, 1. bk. trib. Zambezi. See Loaug^a. ArvrangTva, riv. , Portuguese E. Africa. See Pungwe. Aryalur, tn. , Brit. India, Madras, dist. Trichinopoli, 26 m. N. by W. Tanjore. P. 6700. Arzamas, dist. tn. , Russia, on the Tesha, govt, and 64 ni. S. of Nizhniy Novgorod. P. 10,400. Arzano, comm. , Italy, prov. and4 m. N. by E. Naples. P. 5500. Arzberg, tn. , Ger., kgd. Bavaria, govt. Upper Franconia, 28 m. ENE. Baireuth, with iron and coal mines. P. <3ooo. Arzeu (ar-ze-u), small seapt. , Algeria, on the NW. ct. , 22 m. NE. by E. Oran, near the ancient Arsenaria. Salt obtained from a salt lake near. P. 5100. Arzlgnano, tn., Italy, Venetia, prov. and 10 m. W. by S. Vicenza. P. 8000. Arzila, small seapt. , W. ct. Morocco, 25 m. SSW. Tangiers. Arztka, comm., Spain, prov. Corunna, dist. A. P. 8700. Asaba, tn. , W. Africa, on the r. bk. of the Niger, in 6° 30' N. , 6° 41' E. , well situated on the slope of a hill, with a sandy soil, cap. of the British Niger protectorate. Asal, salt lake, E. Africa, Adel, 28 m. WSW. Tajurra (on the Red Sea), in a volcanic basin. Alt. - 570 ft. Asama-yama, active volcano, Japan, Honshiu, about 80 m. NW. Tokyo ; last great eruption, 1783 ; subsequent eruptions have produced mere showers of ashes. Alt. 8315 ft. (Nauniann). A-Sand^, tribe. Central Africa. See Klam-Mam. Asangaro, Peru. See Azangaro. Asansol, vil., British India, Bengal, Bardwin dist., 8 m. NW. by W. Raniganj, place of junction of the East Indian and Bengal-Ndgpur R. Asaorta, tribe, E. Africa, in the lowlands of Eritrea, Hamitic in language, Mohammedan in religion. Asawad, large oasis in tiie W. of the Sahara, mainly to the S. of 20° N. , crossed about the fniddle by 2^° W. ; chief place, Arawan. Asben, Sahara. See A'ir. Asbury Park, sea-bathing-place, U.S., New Jersey, Mon- mouth CO., 30 m. S. Brooklyn. P. <:i5oo. Asby, par. , Eng. , Westmorland, div. and 4J m. S. Appleby, 3 m. SW. Ormside stn. ; 8494 ac P. v, par., Eng., Warwickshire, Rugby div., 4 m. NNE. Warwick, i^ m. SE. Kenilworth stn. P. <25o. Ash Parva, vil. , Eng. , Shropshire, Newport div. , 9^ m. SW. Nantwich, with P.O. Ashperton, par., Eng., Hereford, Ross div., 9 m. E. by N. Hereford, on the G. W. R. P. <5oo. See Stretton Grandison. Ashprlugton, par., Eng., Devonshire, Totnes div., 5 m. NW. Dartmouth, near the r. bk. of the Dart, 2J m. SE. by S. Totnes stn., P.O. P. <5oo. Ash Prlops, par., Eng., Somerset, Wellington div., 5^ m. NW. by W. Taunton, \ m. W. Bishops Lydeard stn. P. <25o. Ashraf, or Ashrcf, tn., Persia, prov. Mazanderan, 50 m. W. Astrabad, at the end of the sixteenth century the residence of Shah Abbas. P. (very mixed) < 5000. Jour. R. G. S., 1876, p. 119. Ashreigney (ash-re'ni), orRingsash, par., Eng., Devonshire, S. Moiton div., 13 m. SSE. Barnstaple, 3 m. SW. of S. Molton Rd. stn., P.O. ; 5723 ac. P. <75o. Ash Street, stn. , Eng. , Lancashire. See Southport. Ashta, tn., Brit. India, Bombay, dist. Sitdra, 80 m. W. by N. Bijapur. P. 11,400. Ashta, tn., Central India, state of and 48 m. WSW. Bhopdl. P. 6300. Ashtalm'la, co., U.S., Ohio, in the extreme NE. Ashtabnla, vil., U.S., Ohio, A. co., 54 m. ENE. Cleveland, 3 m. from Lake Erie. P. <83oo. Ashtagriini, civil div. , India, in the extreme S. of Mysore. Ashtead, par., Eng., Surrey, Epsom div., 2 m. SW. Epsom, on the L. B. & S. C, and L. & SW. Rlys., PMT.O. P. 1500. Ashted, eccles. par., Eng., in the NE. of Birmingham. P. 16,600. Ashteroth Karnaim, place named in O. T. See Tell Ashterah. Ashti, tn. , Brit. India. Central Provs. , dist. Wardha, 35 m. ENE. Amraoti. P. 6000. Ashton, vil., Canada, Ontario, co. Carleton, 23 m. bv rail from Ottawa. P. < 1500. Ashton, Eng., Cheshire. See Ashton-on-Mersey. Ashton, par. , Eng. , Cheshire, Eddisbury div. , 6^ m. E. by N. Chester, i m. S. by W. Mouldsworth stn., P.O. P.<:soo. Ashton, Eng. , Cornwall. See Astatown. Ashton, par., Eng., Devonshire, Tiverton div., 7 m. SW. by S. Exeter, on the Teign and the G. W. R. P.<2SO. Ashton, par. , Eng. , Herefordshire. See Eye. Ashton, part of par., NW. suburb of Preston. See A.-on- Rlbble and Lea. Ashton, hamlet, Eng., N. div. of Northamptonshire, 5 m. E. by S. Stamford, 2 m. W. Helpstone stn. Ashton, par. , Eng. , N. div. of Northamptonshire, loj m. SW. by W. Peterborough, i m. E. Oundle. P. <:250. See Onndle. Ashton, par., Eng., S. div. of Northamptonshire, 7 m. S. Northampton, i^ m. SSE. Roadestn., P.O. P. <:soo. Ashton, hamlet, Eng., Somerset, Wells div., 8^ m. NW. by N. Glastonbury, 3^ m. SSW. Axbridge stn. Ashton, watering-place, Scot., W. Renfrewshire, on the ct., 2\ m. W. Greenock, near Gourock stn. Ashton, vil., U.S., Rhode I., Providence co., on Blackstone R. , 9 m. N. Providence. P. < 1500. Ashton, vil., U.S., S. Dakota, Spink co., 100 m. ENE. Pierre. P. < 1500. Ashton, Long, par. , Eng. , Somerset, N. div. , 2J m. WSW. Bristol, P.O.; 4239 ac. P. < 2500. Ashton, Steeple, par. and" vil. , Eng. , Wiltshire, Westbury div., 3I m. E. by S. Trowbridge, PM.O. Par. P.<75o ; eccles. par. (8. A. vrith Semiugton) P. < 1500. Ashton Gate, eccles. par. , Eng. , Somerset, Bedminster par. P. 5800. Ashton Hayes, par. , Eng. , Cheshire, Eddisbury div. , 6| m. E. by N. Chester. P. <75o. Ashton-ln-Hakerfleld, tn. and par., Eng., Lancashire, Newton div., 4^ m. ENE. St. Helens, i m. SE. Bryn stn. ; par. 6250 ac. P. 13,400. Ashton Keynes (kenz), par., Eng., Wiltshire, Cricklade div., 5 m. S. by E. Cirencester, 2 m. SSW. Cerney and A. K. stn. , on the M. & SW. June. Rly., PM.O. P. < 1000; eccles. par. (A. K. with Leigh) P. Valls, par.. Ens;., S. div. of Northamptonshire, 15^ m. S. Rugby, 2 m. WSW. Byfield stn. P. <:25o. Aston Magna, eccles. par., Eng., Worcestershire, div. and II m. ESE. Evesham, i m. S. Blockley stn. P. <25o. Aston Slanor, pari, bor., Eng., Warwickshire, NE. Bir- mingham. P. 68,600. Aston Bowant, par., Eng., Oxfordshire, Henlev div., 14J m. ESE. Oxford, on the G. W. R. P. <7So- Aston Sandford, par. , Eng. , Buckinghamshire, div. and 5I m. SW. by W. Aylesbury, 3 m. NNW. Bledlow stn. P. <;25o. Aston Somervllle, par. , Eng. , Gloucestershire, Tewkesbury div., 3^ m. S. by E. Evesham, 2 m. SE. Hinton stn. P. <:2So. Aston-sub-Edge, par., Eng., Gloucestershire, Cirencester div., 7 m. E. by S. Evesham, 2 m. NW. Campden stn. P.<2SO. Aston Tlrrold, par., Eng., Berkshire, div. and 8 m. SE. by S. Abingdon, 2^ m. E. by S. Upton stn., P.O. P. <5oo. Aston rpthorpe, par. , Eng. , Berkshire. See Upton. Aston with Aughton, par., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, div. and 5 m. SSE. Rotherham, i| m. E. Woodhouse Mill stn. The poet Mason was rector of this par. PMT.O. P. <3000. Astor, garrison tn. , India, Kashmir, 85 m. N. Srinagar ; with fortress crowning a height precipitous on three sides. Astorga, tn., Spain, prov. Leon, 30 m. WSW. Leon ; the ancient capital of the Astures, with a cathedral of the 15th century, Alt. 2900 ft. P. 5300. Astoria, tn., U.S., IlHnois, Fulton co. , 43 m. NW. by W. Springfield. P. < 1500. Astoria, city, U.S., Oregon, Clatsop co., on the 1. bk. of the Columbia, 8 m. ESE. of the mouth of the river (Adam's Point). Mean rainfall (23 jts. ) 76.48 in. P. <6ioo. Astove, small isl. in the Indian Ocean, N. of Madagascar, SE. of Aldabra, a dependency of Mauritius. Astrabad, or Asterabad. a walled tn., Persia, prov. Mazan- deran, 100 m. E. by N. Barfrusli, 23 m. E. of A. Bay, in the SE. corner of the Caspian Sea. See Ashnrada. Astrakhan, a govt, of European Russia, on the Lower Volga, has Saratov and Samara in N. , Don Cossacks in W, , and the terr. of the Buk6ev Horde in the E. With the ex- ception of the low hills along the course of the Volga in the NW. , it is flat and consists of sandy deserts, large parts of which are below the level of the ocean, and gradually slope to the Caspian Sea (85 ft. below the level of the Black Sea). They are intersected by many old beds of the Volga, and covered with hundreds of brackish lakes, from which salt is extracted to the amoimt of about 150,000 tons every year (Elton and Baskunchak, now connected by rail with the Volga, being the most important). Gypsum, rock-salt, and grinding-stones are extracted from the hills. Climate continental, very hot in summer and cold in winter (average temp., yr. 49° F., Jan. 19°, July 78° ; yearly rainfall, 6. i in. ). Only the delta and the banks of the Volga have a settled population, chiefly Russian. The Russians make about 60 per cent, of the popu- lation, the remainder being Kirghizes (23 per cent.), Kalmucks (14 per cent.), Tatars (4 per cent.), Armenians, Turkomans, a few Hindus, &c. Cattle-breeding is the chief occupa- tion ; agriculture insufficient for population. Vineyards cover 80 several thousand acres, and wine is exported. Fishing and seal-hunting in the Caspian and the Volga delta are impor- tant trades (100,000 to 125,000 seals, and nearly 30,000 tons of fish every year), fish and caviare being largely exported* Manufactures in infancy. Divided into five dists. , the chief towns being: Astrakhan, Chornyi Yar (5070), Krasnyi Yar (6230), Tsarev (6860), and Yenotaievsk (2450), and six Kalmuck dists. The Astraklian Cossacks (about 25,000) constitute a sepa- rate voisko under their own military administration. Area 91,237 sq. m. P. (i860) 475.000. (1888) 932,539. Astrakhan, cap. of above prov., 1021 m. SE. of Moscow, and 271 m. from nearest railway station, at Tsaritsyn, on 1. bk. of Volga, 40 m. from its mouth ; 46° 21' N., 48' 4' E. Formerly a Tatar fortress, annexed to Russia in 1551-54 ; has an old citadel (Kreml), a botanic garden, a small admiralty, and is a considerable entrepot for Caspian fisheries and for trade between Russia, Transcaucasia, Transcaspian region, and Persia. Regular steam communication with upper Volga, asweUasBaku, Krasnovodsk, and Ashur-ada ; extensive vineyards in suburbs. P. (i860) 44,587, (1888) 73,710. Astrolabe, large bay in the E. of Ger. New Guinea, 5°-S^° S. Astropalla, Turkish isl. See Astypaltea. Astros Paralla, viL, Greece, prov, Arcadia, on the W. shore of the Gulf of Nauplia, 11 m. S. by W. Nauplia. P. < 2000. Astndlllo, comm., Spain, Old Castile, prov. and 18 m. NE. Palencia. P. <4ooo. Astnra, vil., Italy, prov. Rome, on a penin. in the Mediter- ranean {Insula AsttircB) ; at the mouth of the riv. A. , 39 m. SE. Rome. A lofty tower is supposed to occupy part of the site of the villa of Cicero, near which he was put to death, B.C. 43. Here Conradin, the last of the Hohenstaufen family, was betrayed after the battle of Tagliacozzo, in 1268. Asturlas, a former principahty of Spain, now forming the prov. of Ovledo. It has given the title of ' Prince of A.' to the eldest son of the kings of Leon, Castile, or Spain since 1388. See Spain, history, and CUngas de Onls. Astwlck, par. , Eng. , Bedfordshire, Biggleswade div. , 12^ m. SE. by E. Bedford, 4 m. SSE. Biggleswade, i^ m. NNE. Arlesey and Shefford Rd. stn, P. <250. See Arlesey. Astwood, par., Buckinghamshire, on the E. border of tha Buckingham div., 6 m. W. by S. Bedford, 3 m. S. by W. Turvey stn. , P. O. P. <25o. Astwood Bank, vil. , Eng. , on the E. border of Worcester- shire, Evesham div. , 7^ m. SE. Bromsgrove, \\ m. W. Studlev and A. B. stn. on the M. R., PMT.O. Astypalaea, or Astropalia, or Stanipalla, a] dumb-bell shaped isl. , Asiatic Turkey, in the .iEgean Sea, crossed by 36^" N. , and just W. of 26^ E. P. 2000. 2. A tn. on the S. ct. Asuncion, frequently called in English Assumption, city, cap. of Paraguay, on a high cliff on the 1. bk. of the R. Para- guay, 1040 m, by water above Buenos Aires, with which it is in communication by river steamers. It presents a curious mixture of primitive conditions with the most recent modern improvements. It has few streets capable of being used by ordinary carriages, but has a tramway leading 5 m. through the forest to the residential suburb of Villa Morra. Its principal streets are lighted by electricity, and it has numerous telephones. Alt. 322 ft. ; mean temp, (i^ yrs., 1874-75) 74.1° F. P. (1887) 25,000. Asuncion, tn., Venezuela, E. end of Margarita I. P. <300o. As'wan, Egypt. See Assuan. Aswanlpl, lake. See Ashwanlpl. As'warby, par. , Eng. , Lincolnshire, Sleaford div. , 10 m. E. by N. Grantham, on the G. N. R., P.O. P, <:25o ; eccles. par. (A. with Swarby) P. <5oo. Aswardby, par., Eng., Lincolnshire, S. Lindsey or Horn- castle div., II m. S. by E. Louth, 3^ m. NNW. Spilsby stn. P. <2So ; eccles. par. (A. with Sausthorpe) P. <25o. Atacama, prov. , Chile, situated between the Andes and the coast, and between about 24° 40' and 29° 10' S. Two-thirds of its area in the N. is mainly an elevated and partly mountainous stony or sandy desert. In the S. there are a few rivers which afford the means of irrigation, and in this part of the prov. the bulk of the population is collected. The great wealth of the prov. consists in its deposits of silver, gold, and copper. The prov. is divided into four deps. , Chaflaral in the N. , Coplapd in the middle, Frelrlna in the SW. , and Vallenar in the SE. Easter I., about 2000 m, off, and San Felix and San Ambrosio Is. , nearly 600 m, off, belong to the prov. ; cap. Copiap6 ; chief ports Caldera and Carrizal Bajo. Area 28,400 sq. m. P. (1870) 83,000, (1885) 64,000. See Jour. R. G. S., 1877, p. 250 (map about 1 : 1,500,000). Atacama, or San Pedro de A., tn. , Chile, prov. of Antofa- gasta, 240 m. SE. by S. Iquique, to the N. of a great salt desert of A. , the point of convergence of several trade-routes across the Andes. Alt. 7900 ft. P. < 1000. Atacamcs, small seapt., Ecuador, in 0° 57' N. Atahnalpa, vil, Uruguay, dep. and 5 m. NNE. Montevideo. P. <2000. ATM — ATHE Atairo, mt., Asiatic Turkey, the highest summit of Rhodes I. , near the middle of the island and towards the W. side. Alt. 4065 ft. Atak, Atok, Turkish, 'mountain-skirt,' a name applied m Persia to the northern country bordering on the mountains. Proc. R. G. S., 1883. pp. 14-15. Ataki, tn. , Russia, govt. Bessarabia, dist. Soroki, on r. bk. of Dniester, opposite Mohilev ; considerable trade. P. 7000. Atanil, tn., Japan, 40 m. WSW. Yokohama, on the SE. ct. of Honshiu, on Odawara Bay ; protected from N. and W. winds ; favourite winter resort of the Japanese nobility and higher official class. P. <3000. Atamisqnl, tn. , Argentine Republic, prov. and 56 m. SE. by S. Santiago del Estero, 144 m. SE. by S. Tucuman. P. <2ooo. Atanl, stn. of Royal Niger Co., on 1. bk. Niger, in about 6° 2' N. Ataroth, place named in O. T. See Att&rns. Ataroth Adar, place named in O. T. See Ed Dftrleh. Atascosa, co. , U.S., Texas, S. of 29° N. and W. of 98° W. , traversed by A. Riv. (trib. R. Frio). Atbara, r. bk. trib. of the Nile, the lowest of all its tribs. , rises in Abyssinia, among the mountains to the NW. of Lake Tsana, and flows NNW. then WNW. , entering the Nile in about 18' X., 25 m. S. Berber; navigable from June to Sep- tember as high as Guras6 or Korasi, a few miles below El Fasher, in about 15° 20' N. It receives the Setit (Takazze) on the r. bk. just below Tomat. As to upper course see Peter- mann's Mitteil., 1888, p. 66. Atbasar, dist. tn., Russian Central Asia, prov. Akmolinsk, 280 m. S. Ishim, 300 m. SW. Tomsk. P. <:2ooo. Atcbafalay'a ('lost water '), riv., U.S., Louisiana, a large bayou issuing from the Mississippi on the r. bk. , and flowing S. into Grand Lake at Grande Riviere. Atrbafalaya, settlement, U.S., Louisiana, St. Landry par., on Riv. A., no m. WNW. New Orleans. Atebafalaya Bay, U.S., Louisiana, in the N. of the Gulf of Mexico, and S. of St. Mary par., in 91° 2o'-3o' W. Atrbaiu, par., Eng. , Salop, Newport div. , 4 m. SE. by E. Shrewsbury, 2^ m. S. by W. Upton Magna stn., P.O. P. <5oo. Atcbiii. See Acblu. Atcbliigtoii, hamlet, Eng., Salop, Newport div,, 15 m. NE. by E. Shrewsbury, 5 m. S. Market Drayton. Atcbison, city, U.S., Kansas, A. co. , on the r. bk. of the R. Missouri, 20 m. NNW. Leavenworth, centre of an important railway system. Alt. 973 ft. (R. R.). P. 14,000. Atciiison, CO., U.S., Missouri, in the extreme NW. Atcbisoii, East, settlement, U.S., Missouri, Buchanan co. , on the 1. bk. of the Missouri, 18 m. SW, St. Joseph. Ateca, tn. , Spain, prov. Zaragoza, 45 m. SE. by E. Soria, on the Jalon. P. <;4ooo. Ategerat, Abyssinia. See Adlgrat. Atenas, tn. , Costa Rica, 20 m. W. San Jos6, with gold-mines. Atesbgab ('place of fire'), a place in Trans-Caucasia, about 10 m. E. Baku, formerly celebrated as a seat of Zoroas- trian fire-worship. Atessa, tn., Italy, Abruzzi e Molise, prov. Chieti, 24 m. SE. by S. Chieti. P. 10,000. Ateyba, a Beduin tribe, inhabiting a granitic and basaltic plateau to the N. of Mecca, Arabia. Atll, vil. , Lower Egypt, r. bk. Nile, 40 m. S. Cairo, on the site of ancient Aphroditopolis. Atford, hamlet, Eng., Wiltshire, Westbury div., 7 m. E. Bath, 2| m. S. Corsham stn. Atb, manufacturing tn., Belgium, prov. Hainaut, on the Dender, 15 m. NW. by N. Mons. P. 9900. Atbabasca, a provisional dist. in the NW. Terrs, of Canada, bordering on Alberta dist. on the S., and Brit. Columbia on the W. ; not yet settled, and inhabited by a small pop., mainly of Indians. Area, about 122,000 sq. m. See Nortb-West Territories (Canada). Atbabasca, a large shallow lake, about 200 m. long W. to E. , the W. end of wh-ch forms part of the E. boundary of A. dist. It receives the A. Riv. at its W. end, and one of the outlets of WoUaston Lake at its E. end, and discharges its surplus waters northwards by the Slave R. into the Great Slave Lake from its W. end. 2. A difficult pass across the Rocky Mts., between Mounts Brown and Hooker, in about 52° 20' N. 3. A river, rises in Alberta dist. to the E. of Mount Hooker, and flows NE. then on the whole N., forming part of the E. boundary of A. dist. into A. Lake ; navigable by steamers from A. Landing to the Grand Rapids in about 56° 13' N. , from that point ob- structed by bad rapids for 60 m., then again navigable bv steamers from Fort M 'Murray, where it begins to form the boundary of A. dist. to its mouth ; thus navigable in all for about 400 m. out of a total of nearly 1000. Atbaltasca Landing, place, Canada, dist. Alberta, on the A. Riv. , 80 m. N. by E. Edmonton. Atbassel and Kelickninrry, par. , Ire. , S. co. Tipperary, bars. Middlethird and Clanwilliam, 5 m. SW. Cashel, on the r. bk. of the Suir; 12,768 ac. P. < 2000. 81 Atb boy, par.. Ire,, W. co. Meath, bar. Lune, 7 m. NW. Trim, connected by rail with Trim, PMT.O. ; 11,880 ac. P. < 2500. Atbea, or Attea, tn,, Ire., NW. co. Limerick, bar. Shanid, 8 m. E. Listowel, PM.O. ; estimated area, 21 ac. P. <5oo. Atbelbampton, par., Eng., Dorsetshire, near Dorchester. P. <:25o ; eccles. par. (A. wltb Barlestone) P. <25o. Atbellngton, par., Eng., Suffolk, Eye div,, 17 m. N. by E. Ipswich, and 4^ m. E. by S. Eye. P. <25o. Atbeluey, isl. in the Parret, Eng., Somerset, div. and 5 J m. SE. by S. Bridgwater, with stn. on the G. W. R. ; place of refuge of Alfred the Great in 878. Atbelstan, or St. Mlcbael, vil. , Canada, Quebec. , co. and 5^ m. from Huntingdon, on R. Hinchinbrooke. P, ermitted to enter the penin. Vestiges of the canal cut by Xerxes at the narrow N. end of the penin. have been discovered. Jour. R, G. S., 1837, pp. 61-74; 1847, pp. 145-150; Ausland, 1885, pp. 184, 211, 228. Athpadl, tn. , India, native state Aundh, Satdra dist , Bom- bay, 66 m. NW. Bijipur. P. 6000. Athy (a-thai'), market-tn.. Ire., SW. co. Kildare, bar. Narragh and Reban W., 12 m. S. by W. Kildare, at the head of navigation on the Barrow, terminus of a branch of the Grand Canal. Market-days, Tu. and S. 961 ac. P. < 5000. Athy St. John, par., Ire., cos. Kildare and Queen's, bars. Narragh and Reban W. , and Ballyadams, near Athy. P. <25oo. Athy St. Michael, par.. Ire., co. Kildare, including the town of Athy ; 1880 ac. P. <25oo. Atlbala, vil. , Brazil, prov. and 35 m. N. by E. Sao Paulo. Atlco, tn. , Peru, dep. Arequipa, on W. ct. , m about 16° 13' S. Atina, tn. , Italy, Campania, prov. Caserta, 31 m. NNE. Gaeta. P. < 5000. Atlqnlpa, riv., Peru, rises in the .A.ndes, flows SW. and enters the Pacific Ocean, about 15° 50' S. Atira, viL, Paraguay, 32 m. E. by N. Asuncion. P. <2ooo. Atltlan, or Santiago de A., tn., Guatemala, on the S. side of the large mountain lake of A., 49 m. W. Guatemala. P. 2000 (Indians). Atla, one of the Cook or Hervey Is. Atkank, dist. tn. , Russia, govt, and 50 m. WNW. Saratov. P. 8000. Atkins, viL, U.S., Arkansas, Pope co., 48 ra. NW. Little Rock. P. < 1500. Atlanta, city, U.S., Georgia, cap. of the state, Fulton co., 114 m. SE. of NW. comer of state, an important rly. centre, with large trade in grain, cotton, and tobacco, and with 82 rapidly rising cotton and other manufactures. Seat of a uni- versity (coloured). Alt. 1050 ft. (R. R.) ; rainfall (6 yrs.) 56.23 in. P. (i85o)<3ooo; (1870)21,900; (1890)65,500. Atlanta, city, U.S., Illinois, Logan co., 39 m. NE. by N. Springfield. P. < 1500. Atlanta, tn., U.S., Texas, Cass co., 50 m. NNW. Shreve- port (Louisiana). P. < 2000. Atlantic, CO., U.S., New Jersey, on the Atlantic, crossed in the N. by 39^° N. Atlantic, city, U.S., Iowa, Cass co., 50 m. E. by N. Omaha, Neb. P. < 5000. Atlantic City, city and seaside resort, U.S., New Jersey, Atlantic co., 53 m. SE. Philadelphia (Penn.), on Absecum Beach. Mean temp., yr. 51.9° F., Jan. 32.5°, Aug. 72.3° ; rain- fall (11 )TS.) 43.23 in. P. 13,100. Atlantic Highlands, ct. viL, U.S., New Jersey, Mon< mouth CO., on Sandy Hook Bay, 15 m. S. Brooklyn. Atlantic Mine, settlement, U.S., Michigan, Houghton ca, 70 m. NW. by W. Marquette. Atlantic Ocean (ancient Atlanticus Oceanus, from Mount Atlas), one of the five great hydrographical divisions of the globe, occupies an immense longitudinal val. , extending from the Arctic circle on the N. to the Antarctic circle on the S. , bounded W. by the coast of America to Cape Horn, and E. by the shores Tille, small manufactiuring tn., France, dep. Cher, arr. Sancerre, 29 m. N. Bourges ; taken and burnt by the Enghsh after the battle of Poitiers. P. <:30oo. Aubiguy, CO., Queensland, just N. of 28^ S. , and crossed in the E. by 152° E. Aubln, tn., France, dep. Aveyron, arr. Villefranche, 42 m. N. Albi, 12 m. ESE. Figeac. It gives name to a productive coal-basin, the principal mining centres in which are A. itself, Decazeville, and Cransac, and possesses also mines of iron and alum. P. <2ooo. Aubonue, tn. , Switzd., cant. Vaud, on the riv. A., which flows from the Jura to the Lake of Geneva, 12 m. W. by S. Lausanne. P. < 2000. Aubom, par. , Eng. , Lincolnshire, N. Kesteven or Sleaford div. , 6 m. SW. by S. Lincoln, 2| m. W. Harmston stn. P. <2S0. Aiibrac, mts. and forest, France. See Avesrron, dep. Aubrey City, landing-place, U.S., Arizona, Mohave co.. on the Colorado R. , 134 m. NNE. of SW. corner of state. Auburn, vil., Canada, Ontario, Halton co. , on R. Maitland, 10 m. from Goderich. P. < 1500. Auburn, par., Eng., Yorkshire, E. Riding, Bridlington Union. P. <25o. Auburn, tn. , New South Wales, Cumberland co., 12 m. W. Sydney. P. < 1500. Auburn, settlement, Queensland, Newcastle co. , 175 m. NW. by W. Brisbane. Auburn, vil., S. Australia, Stanley co., 62 m. N. Adelaide, 8 m. E. by N. A. Road stn. Mean rainfall (18 yrs.), 25.08 in. P. A., vil., Bohemia, 33 m. SE. by S. Kdnig- gratz, 4 m. SW. Leitomischl. P. <3ooo. Anjiia, oasis and tn., Tripoli, 220 m. S. by E. Bengali. .'Mt. 135 It. [ah. , Stecker, 1879, calculated by Hann). Anlaliis, a tribe in S. of Arabia, in two sections, one on tiu' coast, the other inland, between about 46° and 47^° E. Anldbar Road, stn., Scot., on the C. R., co."and 5 m. 1'. Forfar. Auldclnne, vil. , Scot. See Aldclnne. Anldearn, ct., par., and vil., Scot., co. and 2^ m. ESl^ Nairn, PMT.O. Par. 14,035 ac, P.y, par., Eng., Lincolnshire, Sleaford div., 8^ m. E. by N. Grantham, 3 m. WSW. Aswarby stn. P. <25o. Anp, riv., S. Africa. See Onp. Anpa, riv. , Bohemia, flows SE. from the base of the Sohnee- koppe (Riesengebirge) then SW. to the Elbe, which it joins near Josephstadt. Anpa, comm. , Austria, Bohemia, composed of several villages near the head of the valley of the A. P. <5ooo. AnrdlyA, tn., Brit. India, NW. Provs., dist. Etdwah, 52 m. W. Cawnpur. P. 6300. Anranga, small riv. , India, Bombay, Surat dist. , flows W. into the Arabian Sea ; navigable 6 m. up. Anrang&b&d, vil., Brit. India, Bengal, dist. and 40 m. W. Gaya. P. < 5000. Aurang^bsid, walled tn. , India, Haidarabad, 67 m. NE. by N. Ahmadnagar, cap. of prov. A. ; with ruins of a palace built by Aurangzeb ; with noted caves (partly Buddhist) near canton- ments I m. W. ; trade reviving. P. (estimated 1825) 60,000 ; (estimated about 1880) 25,000. Anrang^b^d Sayyld, tn., Brit. India, NW. Provs., dist. Bulandshahr, 40 m. SSE. Meerut. P. 5000. Anray, tn., France, dep. Morbihan, arr. A., at the mouth of the small river A., 14 m. NNE. Quiberon. P. 5100. Aure, small riv., France, Normandy, dep. Calvados, fiows first N. , then W. , after which its waters mostly disappear in marshes to the NW. of Bayeux, part, however, reappearing lower down and then flowing W. into the mouth of the Vire. AnreUa, vil., Argentine Rep., Santa Fe, 51 m. NW. by W. Santa Fe. AnreUa, vil., U.S., Iowa, Cherokee co., 52 m. ENE. Sioux City. P. < 1500. Anres, a range of the Great Atlas Mts. , Algeria. See Atlas. Anrtch, tn., Ger., Prussia, prov. Hanover, cap. circle A., 13 m. NE. by E. Emden, connected by canal with the Ems. P. 5600. Anrlgnac, vil. , France, dep. Haute Garonne, arr. St. Gaudens, 39 m. E. by N. Bagneres-de-Bigorre ; in the neighbourhood noted bone-caverns. P. < 2000. Anrlgny, French name of island of Alderney. Aurlllac, cap. dep. Cantal, France, arr. A., on the Jordane, a stream flowing SW. from the Plomb du Cantal, 72 m. N. by E. Albi ; birthplace of Pope Sylvester II. Alt. 2193 ft. ; mean temp., yr, 49.2° F., Jan. 36.3°, July 63.2°; rainfall, 44.49 in. P. 13,700. Aurliio-vres, vil., Austria, Bohemia, 8 m. ESE. Prague. P. < 2000. Anrlol, manufacturing tn. , France, dep. Bouches-du-Rhone, arr. and 15 m. ENE. Marseilles ; with coal-mine. P. < 2000. Anronzo, tn. , Italy, in the N. of Venetia, prov. Belluno, 63 m. N. by E. Treviso; with zinc-mines. P. < 5000. Aurora, or Macliell's Corners, vil., Canada, Ontario, York CO., 25 m. N. by W. Toronto. P. <:20oo. Aurora, island group in the S. Atlantic Ocean, ESE. of the Falkland Is. ; precise position not known. Anrora, or Malwo, one of the New Hebrides, crossed by .15° S., just E. of 168° E. Anrora, co., U.S., S. Dakota, S, of 44° N., between 98° and 99° W, Anrora, city, U.S., lUinois, Kane co., 35 m. W. by S. Chicago, said to have been the first town in the world to light its streets with electricity (1881). P. (1870) 11,200; (1890) 19,700. Anrora, city, U.S., Indiana, Dearborn co., on r. bk. of Ohio R., 80 m. SE. by E. Indianapolis. P. <4000. Anrora, city, U.S., Missouri, Lawrence co., 140 m. SW. by S. Jefferson City, and 63 m. ENE. of the SW. corner of the state. Alt. 1357 ft. (R,R.). P. < 4000. Anrora, city, U.S., Nebraska, Hamilton co., no m. W. by S. Omaha, and 25 m. NE. Hastings. P. (of precinct) < 2000. Anrora, vil., U.S., S. Dakota, Brookings co., 103 m. NNE. Yankton. P. < 1500. Anrora, East, vil., U.S., New York, Erie co., 15 m. SE. by E. Buffalo. P,<:i5oo. Anmngabad, India. See AnrangAbdd. Ans, trading stn. , Ger. W. Africa, Liideritz Land, 49 m. E. Angra Pequena Bay. Ansable, city, U.S., Michigan, Iosco co., on Lake Huron, 63 m. NNE. Bay City. P. < 5000. An Sable, riv., U.S., Michigan, in the NE., rises in Otsego CO., and flows S. then E. into Lake Huron, which it enters about 8 m. N. of Saginaw Bay. An Sable Forks, vil., U.S., New York, Essex co., on Au Sable R., 25 m. W. Burlington (Vt.). P. < 1500. Auschwitz, tn. , Austria, in the W. of crownland Galicia, a little to the S. of the Vistula, 32 m. W. Cracow. P. <5ooo. Ansonla, comm. and tn., Italy, Campania, prov. Caserta, dist. Gaeta. P. < 3000. Auspitz, tn. , Austria, in a detached part of the principahty of Liechtenstein, 11 m. NNE. Nikolsburg (Moravia). P. <:5ooo. Anssa, the dist. on the 1. bk. of the Niger, W. Africa, includ- ing Timbuktu. Anssa, tn., NE. Africa, Adel country, on the Hawash and the brackish Lake A., about 50 m. W. of the head of the Gulf of Tajurra, cap. of a terr. since 1889 under Italian protection. P. (tn.)<5ooo. Ausschlag, a suburb of Hamburg, Ger. , between the Dove Elbe and the Bille. Aussee, market-tn., Austria, Styria, 36 m. ESE. Salzburg, in a valley producing large quantities of salt. P. < 2000. Anssen, vil., Prussia, Rhine Prov., 24 m. SSE. Trier; with iron- works. P. < 2000. Ansslg, manufacturing tn., Austria, Bohemia, on the 1. bk. of the Elbe, 8 m. E. Teplitz, with large chemical and other works ; birthplace of the painter Raphael Mengs. Alt. 470 ft. P. 23,600. Anst, par. , Eng. , Gloucester, Thombury div. , on the 1. bk. of the R. Severn, on a small isolated coal-basin, 3I m. SE. Chep- stow, 3^ m. N. Pilning stn.; owes its name to the ancient Roman passage across the Severn Trajectus Augusti. P. <2So. See Henbury. Ansterlleld, par., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, div. and 7^ m. SE. Doncaster, close to Bawtry {q.v.) stn. P. <50o. Austerlltz, tn., Austria, Moravia, on R. Littawa, 12 m. E, by S. Briinn ; scene of the defeat of the Austrians and Russians by Napoleon, Dec. 2, 1805 (' three emperors' battle '). Alt. 690 ft. P. < 5000. Ansterson, par., Eng., Cheshire, Eddisbury div., on the Weaver, 2^ m. SSE. Nantwich. P. <25o. Austhorpe, par., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, Barkston Ash div., 4 m. E. Leeds. P. <25o. Austhwalte, par. , Eng. , Cumberland. See Birker. Austin, rly. stn. , Canada, prov. Manitoba, on the C. P. R, , 85 m. by rail W. Winnipeg. AUST — AUST Austin, vil., U.S., Illinois, Cork co., 7 m. W. by N. Chiicago. P. < 5000. Austin, city, U.S., Minnesota, Mower co., 80 m. S. St. Paul. P. <4ooo. Austin, city, U.S., Nevada, Lander co., 142 m. E. by N. Carson City, and 58 m. W. Eureka. Alt. 6594 ft. (Wheeler). P. < 1500. Austin, bor., U.S., Pennsylvania, Potter co. P. <:20oc. Austin, city, U.S., cap. Texas, Travis co., in a basin-shaped valley, on the Colorado, 75 m. NE. San Antonio. The capitol, of red Texan granite, is the largest in the States. State uni- versity opened 1883. Alt. 501 ft. (R.R.). P. (1870) 4400; (1890) 14,600. Austin, CO., U.S., Texas, W. of 96° W., crossed in the N. by 30° N. , and bounded on the E. by Brazos R. Austin, coal-mining tn., U.S., W. Virginia, Preston co. (adjoining W. frontier of Maryland). P. n 33FS. {Jour. R. G. S., 1852, pp. i, &c.). In 1856, A. C. Gregory proceeded SE. from Cambridge Gulf, and reached a point in about 2oJ° S., and thence continued eastwards to Moreton Bay {Jour. R. G. S., 1858, pp. i, &c.). In Aug. i860, Burke and Wills started from Melbourne to cross the con- tment to the Gulf of Carpentaria, and in Feb. 1861, Wills, with the other survivors of the party, which underwent extreme hardships in consequence of which Btu-ke and other memberj perished, arrived at the destination of the expedition. In 1861-62, J. M. Stuart, after various preliminary joiu-neys to the neighbourhood of Lakes Eyre, Gairdner, and Torrens, and to other parts of S. Australia, crossed the continent from S. to N. (Van.Diemen,'s Gulf), following the route afterwards adopted for the overland telegraph {Jour. R. G. S., 1863, pp. 276, &c.). In 1870 John Forrest travelled from Perth to Adelaide, keeping for the most part near the coast, except on the route from Perth to 120° E. and in Eyre's Penin. {Jour. R. G. S., 1871, pp. 361, &c. ). In 1871, Alex. Forrest made a journey E. from Perth to beyond the Hampton Plains, returning by the coast from about 123° E. by the same route that John Forrest had taken eastwards {Jour. R. G. S., 1872, pp. 388, &c. ). In 1873, Major Warburton explored about 10° of long, between about 20° and 22° S. in W. Australia. In 1874, John Forrest, starting at Champion Bay on the W. coast in about 28° 45' S. , explored about 20" of long, chiefly between 25° and 27° S. (Jour. R. G. S. , 1875, pp. 449, &c.). In 1875, Ernest Giles, starting from Fowler's Bay on the S. coast in 132^° E. , proceeded W. to Perth, keeping mainly between 29° and 31° S. {Jour. R. G. S., pp. 328, &c.). In 1875-76, W. O. Hodgkinson explored first the Cloncurry and then the Diamantina, proceeding down the latter to the frontier of Queensland. In 1876, E. Giles, after proceeding from the W. coast north-eastwards to the upper part of the Ashburton R., ascended that river to its source, and then continued eastwards mainly between the Tropic of Capri- corn and 25° S. to the frontier of S. Australia, and then SE. to the telegraph line. In 1879, John Forrest explored some fine sheep country in the NW. on the De Grey R. , and Alex. Forrest some similar country on the Fitzroy R., which he traced to its source {Proc. R. G. S., 1880, pp. 512-14). In 1883, C. Winnecke explored the region in the SW. of Queens- land and the adjoining parts of S. Australia between about 22° and 28° S. {Froc. R. G. S., 1884, pp. 566-69). In 1885-86, D. Lindsay explored the Finke R., and travelled thence N. to Palmerston {Froc. R. G. S., 1889, pp. 650, &c.), and in 1887 made a second transcontinental journey from Palmerston to Adelaide. In 1888, E. Favenc explored the regions of the Upper Gascoyne and Ashburton rivers {Proc. R. G. S., 1889, pp. 492, &c.). In 1891, D. Lindsay made an attempt to pene- trate N. in the E. part of W. Australia, but was baffled by want of water. In all directions from the point whence he turned back, the 90-Gallon Rock Hole, in 27° 40' S., 126° E., he found nothing but sandy desert, sandstone hills, and plenty of spinifex, but no water. See Appendix, pp. 3-5, and the articles on the different colonies. Australia Felix. See I'lctorla. Australian Alps, a range of mountains in the SE. of Australia, forming part of the great Dividing Range, stretching from the neighbourhood of Melbourne, about 37° 40' S. , 145^° E. , to the SE. of New South Wales, about 35° S. , 149° E. , over a length of about 400 m., with a width of about 100 to 150 m. The highest peaks are in New South Wales, and the highest of all, according to Lendenfeld, is the peak called by him Mount Townsend (7350 ft., ad.), belonging to a group which he calls the Kosciusko group, the latter name having been previously applied to andther peak (called Mueller's Peak by Lendenfeld), a few miles to the N., which was long believed to be the highest. The peaks next ,in height belong to the Bogong group in Vic- toria and the W. of the Mitta Mitta, the highest of which is Mount Bogong (6508 ft.. Survey of Victoria). They do not reach the snow-line, though snow lies in the higher valleys all the summer. Geologically the A. A. are composed mainly of very ancient metamorphic rocks, and have been worn down in the course of ages to tablelands, which slope down rather steeply on all sides, and are crowned by the higher peaks. Volcanic rocks cover the tableland to the S. of Mount Bogong. Forests of lofty trees reach to about 5500 ft. in height, passing gradually over into a dense scrub, which reaches about 1000 ft. higher. There are no railw ays as yet across these mountains. See Len- denfeld, Forschungsreisen in den A. Alpen {Ergdnzungsheft, No. 87, to Fetermann s Mitteil.), Gotha, 1887. Austria, Arcliducliy of, the terr. which formed the nucleus of the Austro-Hungarian empire, occupying both sides of the valley of the Danube between the Salzach and Inn on the W., which form the boundary with Bavaria to the S. of the Danube, and the March and Leitha on the E., which form together the greater part of the boundary with Hungary ; now divided into the crownlands of tpper and Lower A., the boundary between which S. of the Danube is partly formed by the lower Enns ; chief towns, Vienna in Lower, Linz in Upper A. Surface for the most part mountainous or hilly, but sinking down to plains on both sides of the Danube in the E., the Marchfeld {q.v.) on the N. of that river between Vienna and the March being remark- ably level. S. of the Danube the mountains and hills belong chiefly to the Alps, which stretch along the S. frontier between A. and Styria and Salzburg, the highest peaks being found in thedist. of the Salzkammergut {q.v.)\vi the extreme S. of Upper A. (Dachstein, at the meeting-place of Upper A., Salzburg, and 89 AUST — AUST Styria. 9821; ft.). In the E. of Lower A., the valley of the Triesting (now traversed by a railway) separates the range known as the Wienerwald (highest peak Schopfl, 2930 ft.), which stretches NE. to Vienna, from the Alps proper, and in the W. of Upper A. the Volcka and Traun valleys (also traversed by a railway) separate the Kobemauser-Wald and the Hausruck (2630 ft. ) from the Alps in a much more marked manner. N. of the Danube the hills are all connected with the Bohemian- Moravian plateau. The Salzkammergut is occupied by a number of deep Alpine lakes (Atter, Traun, Mond, Hallstatt), which are all drained by or into the Traun. The valleys of the Traun and Enns are both ascended by railways, whicii connect Upper A. with Stjrria, and the railway connecting Lower A. with the Miirzthal in the same prov. crosses the frontier at the Semmering Pass. The only special agricultural product that need be mentioned is wine, some choice kinds being produced on the sunny slopes of the Wienerwald. The most important mineral product is the salt of the Salzkammergut, the centre of which is IschL As regards other minerals, the chief mining dists. are Wels in Upper, St. Polten in Lower A., and the principal products lignite in Upper, and coal, iron ore, lignite, and graphite in Lower A. The principal manufacturing centres in Lower A. are Vienna (miscellaneous), Wiener-Neustadt (cottons, &c.), and, in the W., Waidhofen (iron) ; in Upper A., Steyr (iron), and Linz (woollens, &c.). Originally a margravi- ate, A. was erected into a duchy in 1156, and the title of arch- duke (home solely by members of the Habsburg family) was first formally conferred by imperial letters patent in 1453, though it had previously been assumed by some of the Dukes of A. See Aastrla-Hangary, table and historical notes, and Tlenna. Anstrla, Circle of. See Anstria-IInngary, end of historical notes. Anstrla-Hungary, in German CEsterrelcliiBcli-nngarlsctae Nonarcble. a dual state in Central Europe, situated chiefly between 42V'' and 51° N. (but extending in Dalniatia to 42° 3' N. ), and 9° 35' and 26" 25' E. The two sections of the state, which have independent legislatures (see below), are known as the Austrian or Cis-Leithan and the Hungarian or Trans-Leithan fMDrtion, the Leitha being a r. bk. trib. of the Danube, which forms a small part of the frontier between the two. The provs. of Bosnia and Herzegovina, still nominally forming a part of the Ottoman Empire, are now (since 1878) under the adminis- tration of the monarchy, but do not belong to either section, and the sanjak of Novi-Bazar is occupied by an Austro-Himgarian military force. The whole monarchy forms a single customs union, in which Bosnia and Herzegovina and the small inde- pendent principality of Liechtenstein are also included. The following table gives the names of the provs. of the two sec- tions of the monarchy : — Population in Thousands, and Annual Increase per Cent. 1869-80 and 1880-90. Area in Pop. 1869. Pop. Incr. Pop. Pop. Incr. sq. m. Official. Dec. 3x,'8o. 1869- 1880. Dec. 3'. '90. p.sq. m. 18901 p. ct. 1880. 1890. 1 Austrian, or Cis-Leithati 1 Provs. — Lower Austria . 7,654 1,991 2,331 1-43 2,662 348 1.34 Upper Austria . 4,636 737 760 0.23 786 X70 0.34 ' Salzburg . 2,761 153 164 0.60 174 63 0.59 i Styria . 8,659 1,138 1,214 0.58 1.283 148 0.55 1 Carintnia . 3,988 338 349 0.29 361 91 0.34 '' Camiola . 3,844 466 fl 0.29 499 130 0.37 Coastland . 3,076 6oi 648 0.69 69s 226 a 70 Tirol and Vorarlberg. 11,308 886 9130.27 929 82 1-75 Bohemia . 20,058 5,141 5,56110.71 5,843 29 X 0.50 Moravia . 8,580 2,017 2,153,0.59 2,277 26s 0.56 Silesia . . 1,987 513 5650.88 606 305 0.70 Galicia 30,309 5,444 5,959 0.82 6,608 218 X.04 Bukowina . 4,036 513 572 0.98 647 160 1.24 Dalmatia . 4,955 115.851 4S7 476 0-34 527 23,895 106 206 1.02 1 0.76 Total, Austria . 20,395 22,144 0.75 Hungarian, or Trans- Leithan Provs. — Hungary (including ) Transylvania) f 109,183 13,561 13,8x2 0.09 15,232 140 0.99 Croatia and Slavonia . 16,424 1,838 1,905 0.33 2,aox 134 1-45 Town of Fiume . 8 18 22 1.61 30 X39 T71 3H5 1.04 0.88 Total, Hungary . 125,615 15,417 15,739 0.1 X 17,463 41,358^ Total, Austria- \ Hungary J 241,466 3S,8i2 37,884 0.48 1 Including military abroad, 41,384,638. The principal part of the terr. presents the form of an oblong square, parallel with the equator lengthwise, and its centre is indicated, nearly, by the position of Pest, on the Danube. Three-fourths of its area is mountainous, and there are three 90 great mountain systems — the Alps in the SW., the Bohemian and Moravian moimtains in the NW., and the Carpathians, the latter forming a great curve, the one extremity of which abuts on the Danube at Pressburg in the NW., and the other at Orsova in the SE. The most elevated summits are in the Alps of Tirol, where the Ortlerspitze attains the height of 12,810 ft. [Alp», Subdivisions, B. III.]. The most mountainous provs. are the Tirol, Salzburg, Upper Styria, the W. part of Upper Carinthia (all belonging to the Alps), and the E. part of Transylvania (belonging to the Carpathians). A.-H. has many plains, re- markable for uniform level, the principal being the plains of Lower Austria, on both sides of the Danube, the plains of Hungary, and the plains of Slavonia. It is abundantly supplied with water, nearly all of which is collected into five great rivers, viz., the Danube and the Dniester, flowing to the Black Sea; the Adige to the Adriatic ; the Vistula to the Baltic ; and the Elbe to the North Sea. The most important lake is Lake Bala- ton or the Plattensee. [See also Neosledler-see.] Of the Italian lakes, only the N. end of Garda is now within the Austrian empire. The principal gulfs are those of Trieste, Quarnero, and Cattaro. Earthquakes occur in Dalmatia, lUyria, Hungary, and Transylvania. As to climate, the inner lowlands are more especially sub- ject to those extremes of temperature which become more char- acteristic as we go eastwards. With the exception of the mari- time tracts, even the warmest parts of the empire have at least two months in the year in which the mean daily temperature is under the freezing point, and all the lowlands of the Hungarian section have three or four months in which the mean daily temperature is above 68° F. N. of the Carpathian Mts. the summer temperatiu-e is more moderate, and in the eastern part of the empire it is only within that system that a summer temperature lasts long enough for the cultivation of the vine. The dists. in which the rainfall is most scanty are the interior of Bohemia and Moravia, and the tract between the Danube and Theiss in Hungary, in all of which the mean annual amount is imder 23 inches. The following particulars may serve for illustration. In all cases the mean terajjeratures are those o\ the fifteen years 1870-84. The places are arranged roughly in the order from W. (left) to E. (right), and from N. (top) to S. (bottom) : — Eger Prague Lemberg (1943 ft.) (660 ft.) (978 ft.). Mean ( Jan. 27.6° 30.2° 24.4° temp. < July 63-4° 67.1° 65-4° Fahr. (.Year 44-3° 48.0° 44.6° Mean rainfall 18.5 in. 26.9 in. Salzburg Vienna Debreczen (1430 ft.) (664 ft.) (453 ft.). Mean [Jan. 28.3° 29.6° 17.4° temp. < July 65.2° 68.5" 71.0° Fahr. (.Year 46.8° 48.8° 49.3° Mean rainfall 45.6 in. 23.4 in. Laibach (943 ft.)- Szeged. Hermannstadt (138 1 ft.). Mean ( Jan. 27.8° 29.0° 23.8° temp. < July 68.0° 72.1° 67.2° Fahr. (Year 48,2° 51-1° 47-1° Mean rainfall 20.3 m. 25.9 m. Trieste Ragusa. Mean ("Jan, 40.5° 47.7° temp. < July 76.3" 77.2° Fahr. (Year 57- 1° 61.2° Mean rainfall ^3-9 in 65.7 in. The flora of the Atistrian empire comprises the different grains and plants common to the countries of Central Eurof>e, as vines, hops, tobacco, saffron, and a great variety of fruit-trees. A third part of the productive soil is covered by forests. The Alps and the mountains of Bohemia and Moravia produce pine, beech, and larch ; while the forests of Hungary, Galicia, Tran- sylvania, and Croatia-Slavonia fiunish oak, beech, and elm. The vegetation of these zones is modified by the elevation of the soil ; thus the vine ceases at a height of 1750 ft. , the oak at 3000 ft., cereals generally at 4500 ft., pines at 6000 ft., and pastiu-e at the limits of snow in the Alps. Among the animals of Austria may be noticed, in the Alps and Carpa- thians, the bear, wolf, fox, lynx, and chamois ; in the high Alps, the jackal ; in Dalmatia, the marten, otter, marmot, beaver, wild boar, wild cat, stag, deer, hare, and rabbit. Eagles and other birds of prey are found in the mountains, and herons are plentiful in the plains. Fish is abimdant in most of the streams, and leeches are exported from the marshes. AgTlcnltnre is rapidly being improved in many parts of the empire, above all perhaps in Himgary, where the great demand for Hungarian wheat and flour, renowned for their high quality, have greatly stimulated this industry. Among corn crops rye and oats predominate on the whole in the Austrian provs., maize and wheat in the Hungarian. Among other important AU ST crops are potatoes, common beet, hemp, and rape, in both sections ; flax, mostly in Austria ; sugar-beet, principally in the Austrian provs., and especially in Bohemia ; hops, chiefly in Bohemia ; tobacco, principally in Hungary. Even a little rice is grown in the irrigated dists. of the Banat, in the SE. of Hungary. In Styria, lUyria, and the Tirol the rearing of cattle forms the chief branch of agricultural industry, and the produce of wine is abundant. Sheep and pigs are reared prin- cipally in the Hungarian provs. The rearing of silkworms is also a source of wealth in the southern provs. Mules are numerous in Dalmatia, and donkeys in Hungary, goats in the provs. adjoining the Mediterranean. Of the mineral pro- dnction about two-thirds of the annual value falls to the Austrian provs., the remainder to Hungary. In the Austrian section the most productive provs. in order are Bohemia (yield- ing about half the total value of the Austrian production), Silesia, Styria, Moravia, Carinthia, and Carniola ; and the principal minerals produced are coal (in Bohemia, Silesia, Moravia, &c. ), lignite (four-fifths in Bohemia, the remainder chiefly in Styria), salt (in Galicia, Upper Austria, Salzburg, Istria, Styria, Tirol, &c.), silver ore (chiefly in Bohemia), iron ore (chiefly in Styria and Bohemia), lead ore (chiefly in Carin- thia and Bohemia), quicksilver (nearly all in Carniola), graphite (in Bohemia, Moravia, Styria, &c.), copper ore (chiefly in Salz- burg and Tirol), zinc ore (chiefly in Styria and Galicia), sulphur ore and alum slates, gold, tin, bismuth, antimony, arsenic, manganese, uranium, asphalt. The principal minerals of the Hungarian provs. are coal and lignite, salt, silver, gold, lead, copper, and iron ores. IMannflactnriug ludastrles are advancing rapidly, especially in the Austrian provs. The regions in the neighbourhood of the chief coal supplies, northern Bohemia, Moravia, and Silesia, which have long been the prin- cipal seats of such industries, have naturally remained so under the changed conditions due to the application of machinery. Elsewhere manufactures are carried on chiefly in the capital and other large or considerable towns of the eastern Alpine provs. The most important articles produced are woollens, linens, cotton, jute, raw iron, and iron and steel wares, glass, porcelain, wooden wares, sugar, beer. Among the specialties of the woollen industry of Austria may be mentioned the fez caps made for the eastern markets, which are of great impor- tance for the products of Austrian manufacturing industry generally. Raw, including cast, iron is made chiefly in Styria and Carintiiia, and the northern coal-producing provs., and is worked chiefly in Upper Austria and Styria. Agricultural im- plements (scythes, &c.) and agricultural machinery take a high place among the wares of this class. Glass-making has long been a specialty of Bohemia. In Hungary the principal manu- facturing industries, so far, are flour-milling and others con- nected with the preparation of agricultural produce. Tlie means of communication include, besides a network of rail- ways, a great length of navigable rivers. Among the more noteworthy railways are the Brenner and Semmering lines [Alps, Passes, IV. (2) and (3 e)]. There is no railway as yet across the Stelvio Pass, the route followed by the shortest carriage road between Vienna and Milan, and none from Trieste up the valley of the Isonzo and across the Predil Pass. There are only one or two railways across the eastern and southern Carpathians ig.v.). Both in Austria and Hungary, part of the railway system belongs to the state. It was on the Hungarian state railways that the system of zone tariffs, according to which tiie fare is increased only at intervals of several miles (in Hungary after the first two stations, 10 to 16 m.) was first tried (for pas- sengers on the ist of August 1889, for goods on the ist of January 1891). It was afterwards adopted on the Austrian railways. Of the waterways, the most important is the Danube, which is navigable by steamers throughout the empire. Of the tribs. of the Danube, the Theiss is navigable by steamers to Tokay, the Drave to the confluence of the Mur (which is navig- able to Graz), and the Save to Sissek, at the confluence of the Kulpa. The Moldau-Elbe steamer navigation is of importance, from Prague downwards. The principal imports are raw- cotton, grain (principally maize), raw wool, coffee, and tobacco; the principal exports grain (principally wheat and barley), sugar and molasses, timber, animals, and woollen manufactures. The only commercial seaports of consequence are Trieste (Austrian) and Fiunie (Hungarian), but there are numerous small ports and fishing towns on the islands and coasts of Dalmatia. The monetary system of A.-H. is on a silver basis. The money of account is a florin (gulden) of 100 kreutzers, and the standard coin a twd-flnrin piece of the gross weight of 385.209 grains troy, nine-tenths fine. For many years, however, the actual currency has consisted of inconvertible paper, which has circulated at the rate of about 12 florins nominal value to the ^i sterling. Steps are now being taken to introduce a metallic currency on a gold basis. The metric system of -weights and measures is now obligatory. The population is one of the most diverse in Europe. Its constituents, on the basis of language, are shown in thousands in the following table, according to the census of 1890:— Austria. Hungary. Non-Slavon ic — German Italian Roumanian Magyar Gipsies Others Slavonic — Bohemian, Moravian, and Slovaks Polish Ruthenian Slovene Servian and Croatian .... 8,462 674 209 8 S.473 3.721 3.107 1,176 644 2,106 21 2.592 7.431 95 85 1.938 '383 2,604 The Germans inhabit the Alpine provs. N. of the Drave, and in Tirol N. of Trent, the outer parts of Bohemia on the SW. and N., the N. and S. of Moravia, and the NW. of Silesia, and are found scattered in larger or smaller districts in other parts of the empire. The Italians are foimd in the S. of Tirol, and on the coasts and islands of the Mediterranean. The Roumanians are almost confined to the S. and SE. of Transylvania. The Magyars, a people speaking a languagte belonging to the Finno- Tatar or Uralo-Altaic family, form the great bulk of the popu- lation in the lowlands of Hungary. Of the Slavonic-speaking peoples, the Bohemians and Moravians (or Czechs) are nearly confined to the interior of Bohemia and Moravia and the middle portion of Silesia ; the Slovaks inhabit the mountainous or hilly tracts in the N. of Hungary, the E. of Silesia, and the SE. of Moravia ; the Poles belong chiefly to Galicia ; the Ruthenians to eastern Galicia, Bukovina, and the NE. of Hungary (the middle Carpathians) ; the Slovenians to the Alpine provs. S. of the Drave (Carniola, Gorz, and Gradisca, and the SE. of Carinthia), and the Servians and Croatians to the Hungarian provs. S. of the Drave, along with the E. of Istria and the islands in the Gulf of Quarnero. Large numbers of Jews speaking the languages of the people among whom they are settled are scattered over the eastern parts of the empire N. of the Drave, where they form the trading population. Of late years, about 35-50,000 of the population have emigrated annually, the principal destination being North America, Government. — Austria formerly held the first rank in the Germanic confedera- tion, which was dissolved in 1866, the event leading to the for- mation (1867) of the Austro-Hungarian monarchy. Under this organisation the western and the eastern part of the empire form two virtually independent states, the connection between both being formed by the hereditary sovereign — called emperor in Austria proper, and king in Hungary— and by a legislative body for common purposes (chiefly foreign affairs, military and naval affairs, and finance), entitled Delegations. These are two in number, each composed of sixty members, twenty in each from the upper, and forty in each from the lower houses of the Austrian and Hungarian parliaments respectively. They meet and vote separately, except after three interchanges of opinion on some question, when, in case of continued disagreement, the question is settled without discussion by a vote of the combined delega- tions. The legislation for Austria is vested in a parliament, called Reichsrath, formed of a chamber of lords (of princes of the imperial house, nobles or hereditary members, seventeen archbishops and bishops, and life members nominated by the crown, this last class outnumbering all the others together), and a chamber of representatives composed of members elected indirectly to represent rural districts, and directly to represent towns, chambers of commerce, and the larger landed proprietors. The franchise is exercised by all males paying at least five florins in taxes annually. The Hunga- rian constitution was first granted in 1222 by the golden bull {bulla aurea) of King Andrew II., often suspended, and finally re-established in 1867, but modified in 1885. Parliament (in German Reichstag, in Hungarian Orszaggyiiles) has likewise two chambers. The upper chamber, called the House of Magnates, is composed of the archdukes of full age, all hereditary peers paying at least 3000 florins a year in land tax, 40 archbishops, bishops, and other dignitaries of the Roman Catholic and Greek Churches, 11 representatives of the Protestant confessions, 82 life members appointed by the crown, 17 ex-officio members, and 3 delegates of Croatia-Slavonia. The first two classes make up about two-thirds of the chamber. The lower chamber is com- posed of representatives elected by all male citizens of 20 years of age paying direct taxes to a small amount, or belonging to certain classes (professional and other), whether paying such taxes or not. The provs. both of Austria and Hungary have legis- latures (diets) of their own for dealing with local affairs. The Joint revenue of A.-H. is mainly derived from the common customs duties, Austria paying 70 per cent., Hungary 30 per cent, of the net proceeds of these duties ; 2 per cent, of the defici- ency is paid by Hungary. A fixed sum of 30,312, 920 florins is paid annually by Hungary towards the expenses of the common debt AUST— AUST contracted before 1868. The separate revenue of the Austrian provs. is derived mainly from direct taxes, excise duties, customs duties, salt and tobacco duties, and government properties (posts and telegraphs and railways). The Hungarian revenue is derived from similar sources, the government properties in this case including, however, crown domains and forests, horse-breeding establishments, mines, and factories. Military service is obligatory on all. Normally it begins at the end of the twentieth year. From that age men are liable for ten years' service in the army (three years in the line) or its reserve, or twelve years in the Landwehr or its reserve, or twelve years in one of the branches of the navy, viz. , the marines, the naval reserve, or the Seewehr. The Landwehr, the marines, and Seewehr are called out in time of peace only for periodical instruction and drill. All men from the end of their eighteenth to the end of their forty-second year belong to the Landsturm, which is called out only by special command of the emperor, but which can be used for filling up gaps in the army and Landwehr. The principal fortresses are Josephstadt, Theresienstadt, Olmiitz, Cracow, and Przemysl (a fortified and entrenched camp) in the N. ; Karlsburg, Arad, and Temesvar in the E. of Hungary ; Orsova, Peterwardein, Eszek, Brod, Alt-Gradiska, and Karl- stadt in the S. There are entrenchments round Lemberg in the SE. , and Komorn on the Danube in western Hungary is also fortified. Pola in Istria is the chief naval station, and the coast towns of Zara, Ragusa, Cattaro, Sebenico, and Budua, and the harb. of Lissa, all have fortifications. As regards reli- gion, the empire is divided into archbishoprics, bishoprics, Pro- testant superintendencies, and parishes. In the Austrian provs. in 1890 nearly 80 per cent, of the population were Roman Catholics, nearly 12 per cent. Greek Catholics, 2.4 per cent, non-united Greeks, or members of the Greek Oriental Church, 1.8 per cent. Protestants, and 4.8 per cent. Jews; in Hungary, in 1890, about one-half Roman Catholics, one-fifth Protestants, 15. 1 per cent, non-united Greeks, g.6 per cent. Greek Catholics, and 4.2 per cent. Jews. Education has made rapid strides in German Austria, and is very general in Hungary proper ; the law requiring that in every prov. of the empire every child between the ages of six and twelve (in all the Austrian provs. except Istria and Dalmatia, Galicia and Bukowina, every child from six to fourteen) shall be educated either in the school or at home. There are eleven universities : those of Vienna, Prague (one German and one Bohemian), Budapest, Cracow, Lemberg, Graz, Innsbruck, Czernowitz, Klausenburg, and Agram ; and there are seven government technical high-schools, at Vienna, Prague (one German and one Bohemian), Graz, Lem- berg, Briinn, and Budapest. Historical Notes. — The history of A.-H. is to a large extent a dynastic and family history. It may be held to begin with the conquest of the Avars m the region now belonging to Lower Austria in 791-99. Soon after this conquest the margraviate of the Eastern Marches (Ostmark) was there founded, and this subsequently came to be known as the Oeiterreich (E. kingdom, in Latin form Ostarrichi), a name first met with in documents in 996. For more than two and a half centuries this margraviate belonged to the family of Baben- berg (Bamberg), and during their tenure Upper was united to Lower Austria, and the two were erected into a duchy (1156). The house of Babenberg came to an end in 1246, and after that date Austria was held till 1276 successively by the Margrave of Baden and the King of Bohemia, who in the latter year was compelled to cede Austria and Styria (which had already been joined to Austria under the Babenbergs) to Rudolf of Habsburg, and in 1278 lost his life in battle with Rudolph. Since then the Austrian dominions have belonged uninterruptedly to the Habs- burg family, but have at different times been subdivided among branches of that family. In 1335 the Habsburgs came into the permanent possession of Carinthia and part of Carniola ; in 1363 acquired the Tirol proper, and most of the remainder of Carniola, and about the same date some of the counties and other terrs. of Vorarlberg, the remainder being acquired at different dates down to 1523. In 1379 the Habsburg possessions were divided between two houses, one holding Lower Austria and the other Inner Austria, which at first comprised Styria, Car- inthia, and Tirol, and in 1382 added Trieste and its terr. In 1496 all the Habsburg dominion was again united in the hands of one ruler, Maximilian (the son of Frederick III. ), under whom the possessions of the family were permanently increased by the acquisition of Gorz and Gradiska, parts of Tirol in the NW. in 1507, and other parts of the S. in 1518. In 1526 the family possessions were further increased by the addition of Bohemia, Moravia, and the greater part of Silesia (including most of the terr. afterwards ceded to Prussia), as well as Croatia and Hun- gary, or rather western Hungary, that is, so much of the king- dom as was not then held by the Turks. After the long wars with Turkey that ensued, the possession of the whole of Hungary except the Banat of Temesvar, along with Transylvania (pre- viously surrendered by Prince Michael II. in 1696) and Croatia, was conceded to Austria in the peace of Karlowitz in 1699. The Banat of Temesvar was added in the peace of Passarowitz in 1718. In 1772 eastern Galicia and half of Cracow were 92 acquired in the first partition of Poland ; in 1776 Bukowina (which had been occupied in the previous year) was ceded by Turkey ; and in 1795 the remainder of Galicia and Cracow became Austrian in the third partition of Poland, although these last acquisitions were not finally confirmed till 1846, at the close of the changes of the Napoleonic period and the period following. Meanwhile the Austrian terr. was increased in the W. and SW. by the addition of the Innviertel, a narrow strip on the r. bk. of the Inn and Salzach, between the Danube on I the NE. and the Salzach on the SW. , ceded by Bavaria in 1779 ; i Istria and Dalmatia, ceded by Venice in the peace of Campo ! Formio in 1797 ; the secularised bishoprics of Trent and | Brixen in Tirol, annexed in 1803 ; and the terr. of Salzburg, 1 assigned to Austria by the peace of Pressburg in 1805. Since 1878 Bosnia and Herzegovina have been occupied and adminis- tered, and the sanjak of Novi-bazar occupied by Austria, under the treaty of Berlin, though all three remain under the suzerainty of Turkey. In the preceding sketch only those terrs. are mentioned which still remain under Austrian rule, and the sketch accordingly requires to be completed by an enumeration of the principal terrs. that have been at one time Austrian, although they are so no longer. Already in the thirteenth cen- tury, when Rudolf of Habsburg came into possession of Austria, the family held considerable terrs. in the Aargau, Thurgau, and Ziirichgau (Switzerland), in the Black Forest, in the Sundgau (S. of Alsace), in Alsace proper, and elsewhere. Several dists. in Switzerland were lost through the defeats of Sempach and Nafels in 1386-88, others in Aargau, &c., in 1415-17, Thurgau in 1461, and the last remnants in the peace of Lun^ville in 1801. The possessions in Alsace and the Sundgau were ceded to France in the peace of Westphalia in 1648. The Breisgau in Baden was Austrian from about 1368 to the peace of Campo Formio in 1797. The Netherlands (that is, the whole of the present Bel- gium and Holland, with Luxembourg and the county of Artois, but excluding the large bishopric of Liege) and Burgundy were claimed after the death of Charles the Bold in 1477 by his son- in-law, Maximihan of Austria, but ultimately Burgundy was divided in the peace of Senhs (1493), the duchy falling to France, and the part known as the Franche Comt6 assigned to Philip the Fair, son of Maximilian. The Netherlands were also handed over by Maximilian to his son, who married Johanna, heiress of Aragon and Castile, Naples and Sicily, and became the father of the Emperor Charles V. In 1519 Charles succeeded to the Austrian dominions, and thus united these under his rule along with his Spanish inheritance, including Burgundy and the Netherlands, as well as Spanish America, Naples, and Sicily, which had already fallen to iiim ; but in 1521 he handed over the Austrian terrs. to his brother Ferdinand, retaining the Spanish for himself Among the Austrian possessions at that time was Wiirtemberg, acquired in 1520, and retained till 1534. Lusatia, which was acquired along with Bohemia in 1526, was ceded in 1635 to Saxony. In 1714 the Spanish Netherlands (nearly equivalent to the modern Belgium and Lu.xemburg, with the exception of the bishopric of Liege) became Austrian once more in the peace of Rastatt (confirming that of Utrecht), and remained so till the peace of Campo Formio in 1797. The Milanese terr. , also acquired in 1714, and the rest of Lombardy, acquired in 1735, were Austrian till 1859. Silesia, which had been increased in 1675 by the acquisition of the duchies of Liegnitz, Brieg, and Wohlau, was all ceded to Prussia in the peace of Breslau in 1742, excepting only the small strip that re- mains under the name of Austrian Silesia. Parma and Piacenza were Austrian from 1735 to 1748 (peace of Aix-la-Chapelle). The peace of Passarowitz, in which the Banat of Temesvar was ceded to Austria, also handed over to that power Ser\ia as far as the Timok, and Little Walachia, or the Banat of Craiova (Roumania as far E. as the Aluta), but these latter were retained only till 1739. Venetia, which was annexed to Austria by the Congress of Vienna in 1814-16, was given up in 1866 at the close of the war with Prussia and Italy. See also Tuscany. Though from 1437 onwards the emperors of the old German empire always belonged to the house of Habsburg, and were for the most part rulers of the Austrian dominions, the portions of those dominions lying E. of Moravia and E. and S. of the Alpine provs. never belonged to that empire. The title Emperor of Austria was first assumed by Francis I. in 1806, when the old empire of Germany came to an end. The circle of Austria, one of the ten circles into which the German empire was divided in 1495-1512, embraced nearly all that portion of the present Austrian dominions lying to the W. of Hungary ^nd S. of Bohemia and Moravia, with the exception of Salzburg and territory not belonging to the empire (Trieste, Dalmatia, &c.). Anstrallnd, post-tn., W. Australia, Wellington co., near the W. ct. , 90 m. S. by W. Perth. Anstonley, par. , Eng. , Yorkshire, W. Riding, Colne Valley div. , near Huddersfield. P. < 1500. Anstrey, par., Eng., Warwickshire, div. and 6 m. ENE. Tam worth , P. O. P. < 500. Austwlck, par., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, in the W. ol AU S W - the Skipton div., 22 m. SE. Kendal, 5 m. NW. Settle, 2\ m. ENE. Clapham stn., PM.O.; 7912 ac. P. <5oo. AnsMell Koek, hill, Eng., in the E. of Devonshire, 13 m. W. by S. Teignmouth, 2 m. NW. Ashburton stn. Antaiiga, co., U.S., Alabama, S. of 33° N., and midway between E. and W. frontiers. Autelbas, vil. and comm., Belgium, prov. and 13 m. W. by N. Lu.xemburg. P. (comm.)Anbcrt, vil. , France, dep. Nord, arr. and 7 m. ENE. Cambrai, manufactures of linens and cambria P. . Awah, mun. tn., Brit. India, NW. Provs., dist. Etah, 34 m. NE. by E. Agra. P. 5700. Awaji, less properly Awadzi, isl. and prov., Japan, between Honshiu and the NE. of Shikoku I. Noted potteries. Awaniasoko. See Avranyakusa. Awaiuba, tribe, central Africa, inhabiting the forest region of the Semliki valley. Awanyaknsa, or Awamasoko, a tribe occupying a rich but marshy plain at the head of Lake Nyassa. Scof. Geog. Mag., 1890, pp. 281, 282. Awarna Uarbonr, same as Bluff Harbour, New Zealand. Awas, mt. , Ger. SW. Africa, about 160 m. E. Walfisch Bay. Several spots at its base seem to be fit for cultivation. Awatere, settlement, New Zealand, South I., Marlborough CO. , 46 m. SE. Nelson, on the Awatere R. , which flows NE. into Cook stn. Awbrldge, eccles. par. and hamlet, Eng., Hampshire, New Forest div., lo m. WSW. Winchester, P.O. P. <5oo. Avi'e, Loch, lake, Scot., in the W. of Argyllshire, 23 m. long SW. to NE., ^-i m. wide, fed by the Orchy from the NE. and the Strae from the NNE. , drained by the K. Awe WNW. into Loch Etive from an arm near its N. end to the S. of Ben Cruachan (pass of Brander). At its N. end is the fine ruin of Kilchurn Castle on an island connected at low water with the mainland. Alt. 116 ft. Area 15.6 sq. m. Awe, Loch, lake, Scot., Sutherland, 10 m. SW. by W. of the head of Loch Shin. 'Awertah, vil., Palestine, Gibeah Phineas in the O. T. 32° 10' N., 35° 17' E., 4 m. SSE. Nablus. Awkley. See Auckley. AwUs Combe, par. and vil. , Eng. , Devonshire, Honiton div. , 13m. SE. by E. Tiverton, 2 m. WNW. Honiton, P.O. Paran (the ancient Lectum promontorium), cape, Asia Minor, at the mouth of the Gulf of Adramyti, opposite the I. of Mitylene, in 39° 28' N., to the SE. of Mount Ida. Babadagb (Babadag), tn. , Roumania, Dobruja, prov.Tulcea, 31 m. S. by W. Izmail. P. <:4ooo. BalMt-Eski, tn. , Turkey in Europe, prov. Kirk-Kilise, 33 m. SE. by E. Adrianople. P. 8000. Babalian, tn., Persia. See Bebbebau. Bababoyo. See Bodegas. Baba Kacb, tn., Brit. Baluchistan, 70 m. ESE. Quettau Baba Konak Pass. See Balkan Mountains. Babangl, tribe, Congo Free State. See Bayansi. Babber, one of the isls.. Eastern Archipelago, between Timor and Timor Laut, in about 8° S. , 129° 45' E. Babbicombe, or Babbaconibe,eccles. par. and ct. vil. , Eng. , Devonshire, div and i^ m. NE. Torquay, PMT.O. P. (of par.) <;2ooo. Babcary, par., Eng., Somerset, E. div., on the Gary, ^\ m. SE. by S. Glastonbury, P.O. P. vn, or Bagnalstown, market-tn. , Ire., W. co. Carlow, bar. Idrone E. , on the 1. bk. of the Barrow, 9 m. S. Carlow, connected by rail with Athy, Wexford, and Kil- kenny. The ruins of Ballymoon Castle are 2 m. to the E. P. < 2000. ^ Bagenbon, Cape, Ire. See Baglnban. Bag Enderby, par., Eng. , Lincolnshire, 10 m. S. Louth, div. and 6 m. ENE. Horncastle. P. <250. See Somersby. Bagendon, or Badglngton (baj'n-d'n), par., Eng., Glouces- tershire, div. and 2J m. N. by W. Cirencester, 4 m. SW. Cheltenham. P. <:25o. Baggrow, stn., Eng., Cumberland, on the NW. border of the Penrith div., gj m. ENE. Maryport, on the Maryport and Carlisle Rly. Baggy Point, cape, Eng. , on the N W. ct. of Devonshire, 9^ m. WNW. Barnstaple. Bdgli, vil. , Baluchistan, on the plain of Kachh Ganddva, 65 m. NW. Jacobabad. P. 3000. Bsigli, riv. , India, Central Provs. , Bhandara dist., partly navigable and falling into the Wainganga at Satona. Bagh^r, one of the mouths of the Indus, Sind, diverges a little below Tatta, winds W., and enters the Arabian Sea about 25 m. SE. Karachi ; navigable. Baghche, Turkish, 'garden.' Baghche, vil., in the SE. of Asia Minor, at the N. end of the Alma-Dagh [q.v.), 74 m. E. by N. Adana. P. 3000. Baghcbe-Kiil, pleasvu-e resort on the Bosporus, near Con- stantinople. Baghdad, city, Asiatic Turkey. See Bagdad. Bagbclkliaud, agency, India, in the E. of what was once known as the Bundelkhand dist. , chiefly made up of the native state of Rewa. As to climate, see Sntna. Bi^gherliiU, vil., cap. of B. sub-div., Bengal, dist. Khulna, on the Bhairab. Bagherla, tn., on the N. ct. of Sicily, prov. and 8 m. ESE. Palermo. P. 11,000. Baglieriul, central Africa. See Baglrnil. Baghrash-kul, lake, central Asia. See Bagracli-kul. Baghscii, mt. , in the Sahara, in the S. of Air or Asben. Alt. 4400 ft. Bagida, tn., German W. Africa, Togo-land, on the Bight of Benin, in 1° 23' E. Baglllt, eccles. par., Wales, Flintshire, on the 1. bk. of the Dee, i| m. E. Holywell, on the L. & NW. R., belonging to the Flint dist. of pari, bors., with coal-mines, PMT.O. P. <35oo. See Holywell. Bagina Basta, tn. , Servia, prov. Uzice, on the r. bk. of the Drina, 65 m. W. Kragujevac. P. <3ooo. Bagiiibnu Head, cape. Ire. , on the S. ct. of co. Wexford, in 6° 50' W. ; landing-place of Strongbow in 1171. Bagiutou, par., Eng., Warwickshire, Nuneaton div., 3 m. S. by E. Coventry. P. <25o. Baglrmi, Begbarml, or Bagherml, central African sul- tanate, S. of Lake Chad. The greater part of the country con- sists of large plains which have a slight slope to the N. , and only in the northern dists. of the terr. are there some hills and mountains, forming the watershed between Lake Chad and Lake Fitri. Average alt. 950 ft. The soil consists partly of lime and partly of sand, and accordingly the two principal cereals are Pennisetum and Sorghum ; much Sesamum is also cultivated. The principal river is the Shari, flowing into Lake Chad ; its chief tribs. are the Serbewuel. Ba-Irr, and Aukadebbe. Raw products, valuable for industrial purposes, are cotton and indigo. No valuable minerals. Cattle-rearing is practised by the Shoa or Shua, a tribe of Arabs, who have numerous flocks of cattle, horses, and sheep. The majority of the inhabitants are negroes, but, according to Lepsius, their language is in some way connected with those of the Bantu races. Area about 71,000 sq.m. P. estimated at about i,oco,ooo. [H. Ci. S.| Baglan, Hlgber and Lower, two adjoining' pars. , Wales, Glamorganshire, Mid div., 3^ m. S. Neath, I5 m. SE. Briton Ferry stn. B. Higher, P. <25o; B. Lower, P. <;5oo. Baglen, Java. See Bagelen. Bagley Wood, par., Eng., Berkshire, Abingdon Union. P.<250. Bagnacavallo, tn. , Italy, Emilia, prov. and 10 m. W. Ravenna. P. 15,000. Bagnall, part of eccles. par., Eng., Staffordshire. See ! Biicknall. j Bagnalstowii. See Bageualstown. I Bagnara Calabra, tn., on the W. ct. of Italy, Calabrie, prov. Reggio, 16 m. NE. by N. Reggio. P. 9000. 1 Bagnasco, comm., Italy, Piedmont, prov. and 25 m. E. by S. Cuneo. P. < 2000. Bagne, Baignes, Bagnires, Bagnols, Bagno, Bagnolo, &c. , different forms found in French and Italian names, from the Latin balneum, balnearium, meaning 'bath,' 'bathing-establishment.' Bagu6res-de-Bigorre (the ancient Aquensis Victis), a town of France, celebrated for its mineral springs, dep. H. Pyr^nfes, cap. arr. , on 1. bk. of the Adour, at the entrance of the valley of Campan, 31 m. SE. by E. Pau. It has various manufactures, the most noted being those of ' bareges,' and has several marble- works utilising the products of numerous quarries round about. Its waters (sulphurous and ferruginous) vary in temp, from 66° to 125° F. They were resorted to by the Romans, and are annually visited from May to October by thousands of strangers. The neighbourhood abounds in places of interest, among which may be mentioned the works by which the waters of the Lac Bleu are used for the irrigation of the valley. P. 6800. Bagn^res-de-Lnclion (the ancient Agues Onesice), tn. , France, dep. H. Garonne, cap. cant. , in valley of same name in the Pyrenees, arr. St. Gaudens, 5 m. from the Spanish frontier, 30 m. SE. Bagneres-de-Bigorre. It has sulphurous thermal springs (ioo°-i36° F.), and a bath establishment, frequented from May to October. P. < 4000. Bagnes, Val de, a branch of the Rhone valley, about 30 m. long, running W. to SE., Switzd., cant. Valais, watered by the Dranse, with vast glaciers, among them the Getroz glacier (r. bk. Dranse), the lower end of which has occasionally blocked the course of the river, causing the formation of a large lake, which on the bursting of the ice-barrier, as in 1597 and 1818, has caused disastrous floods. P. < 5000. Bagno-a-Klpoll, tn., Italy, prov. and 2 m. E. Florence. P. 14,000. Bagno-ln-Romagua, tn., Italy, Tuscany, prov. Florence, 33 m. WSW. Rimini, with mineral springs. P. 8000. Bagnoles, or Bagnolles, vil., France, dep. Orne, in a valley, 13 m. SE. Domfront. It has hot saline springs (temp. 82° F.), and cold ferruginous springs and baths. P. <20oo. Bagnolo, comm., Italy, Lombardy, prov. and 8 m. SSW. Brescia. P. 3000. Bagnols, tn., France, dep. Gard, on the Ceze, arr. Uz6s, 10 m. W. by N. Orange ; centre of a coalfield. P. <4000. Baguols-les-Baius, vil., France, dep. Loz^re, 58 m. NW. by N. Nimes, arr. and 8 m. E. Mende ; with sulphurous and ferruginous spring. P. < 2000. Bagnone, comm., Italy, Tuscany, prov. Massa, 17 m. NNE. Spezia. P. 5000. Baguor, tithing, Eng., Berkshire, div. and 2 m. NW. by W. Newbury. Bagnorea, comm., Italy, prov. Rome, 15 m. N. Viterbo. P. 3000. Bago, settlement. New South Wales, Wynyard co., 63 m. NE. by E. Albury. Bagolino, comm., Italy, Lombardy, prov. and 23 m. NNE. Brescia. P. 4000. Bagot, CO. , Canada, Quebec, bounded on the W. by the R. Yamaska, crossed by 45^' N. Bagot, settlement, Canada, prov. Manitoba, on the C. P. R., 71 m. by rail W. Winnipeg. Bagot, vil., Canada, Ontario, Renfrew co., on R. Mada- waska, 45 m. W. by S. Ottawa. Bagot's BlnfT, the W. point of Anticosti I., Canada. Bagots Well, post-tn. and rly. stn. , S. Australia, Light co. , 48 m. NNE. Adelaide. Bagotvllle, or St. Alpbonse de la Grande Bale, vil., Canada, Quebec, Saguenay co. , 10 m. from Chicoutimi, at the head of Ha Ha Bay, on Saguenay R. P. < 1500. Bagrach-knl, or Bagbrash-kul, lake, central Asia, 42° N., 101 B A GR B AH R 87°- 88° E. , to the E. of Karashar, receives the Khaidugol ; no outlet, but water said to be fresh ; abounds in fish. Bagrll>ari, vil., Brit. India, Assam, dist. Goalpara, 100 m. W. Gauhati, on the r. bk. of the Brahmaputra. P. <2ooo. Bagrot, valley and glacier, in the Western Himalayas, sloping S. from Mount Rakaposhi, crossed by 36° N. , 74° 35' E. Bagra, riv. , Upper Guinea. See Mano Bagrn. Bagstaot, hamlet, Eng., Berkshire, Newbury div., 10 m. W. by S. Newbury, 3 m. SSW. Hungerford stn. Bagshot, tp. , Victoria, 112 m. N. Melbourne, on the Sand- hurst and Echuca Rly. P. < 1500. Bagsliot, eccles. par. and vil. , Eng., Surrey, Chertsey div., 10 m. NW. by N. Guildford, on the SW. R. ; gives name to the uppermost beds of the Middle Eocene series of rocks, these beds being found on the adjoining B. Heath. P. <;i5oo. Bagslate, place, Eng., Lancashire, i^ m. W. Rochdale, with coal-mines. Bagtborpe, par., Eng., Norfolk, NW. div., 14 m. NE. by E. King's Lynn, 4 m. S. by E. Docking stn. P. <25o. Bag'iiley, or Brooklantl.s, par., Eng., Cheshire, Altrincham div. , on the Cheshire Lines Rly. , 6m. SSW. Manchester. P. < 1000. Bagnr, Cape, in the NE. of Spain, 21 m. E. Gerona, Bagtvorth, par., Eng., Leicestershire, Boswortli div., 4 m. NE. Bosworth, on the M. R., P.O. ; with coal-mines. P. <75o. See 'Tliornton. BahAdikrgarli, tn, , Brit. India, Punjab, dist. Rohtak, 22 m. W. Delhi. P. 6100 ; Hindus, 3400 ; Moham. 2600. Babddnr Kliel, vil., Brit; India, Punjab, dist. Kohat, 65 m. SW. by S. Peshdw ar, near B. K. salt-mine. Babkdnrpnr, vil., Brit. India, Assam, dist. and 23 m. ESE. Sylhet. Bahagbs, electoral div. , Ire. , co. Kerry, dist. Caher, Bahal, tn. , Brit. India, Punjab, dist. Dera Ismail Khan, 90 m. NNW. Multdn. Babauia, or Lncayos Islands, a group of 29 islands and 661 islets (called Cayos or Keys), in the W. Indies, belonging to Great Britain, lat. 21° to 27^° N., long. 72° to 79° W., separated from Cuba and Florida S. and W. by the Great and Little B. channels. Only twenty of the islands are inhabited. Guanahani {q.v.), one of the group, was the first part of the new world discovered by Columbus in 1492. First settlement of English in 1629. Possessed by Spain in 1641, and restored to England in 1783. Most of the islands are mere coral rocks, but some are of tolerable size, as Abaco, the Great B., Eleuthera, Cat Island, Andros, New Providence, Watling [see Gaanabanl], Exuma, Long and Crooked Is., Mayaguana, Great Key, and Great Inagua. The soil is mostly composed of heaps of limestone and shell, with a thin covering of vegetable mould. Chief products, cotton, maize, Guinea corn, salt, sugar, turtle, pine-apples, and vegetables. The cultivation of sisal fibre has nov/ become an important industry. Labour is deficient for the successful culture of cotton. Government vested in a governor, a council of 9 members, and a House of Assembly of 29 members elected by the inhabitants, of whom the majority are negroes. The colony now forms a diocese of itself, under a bishop. Salt and pine-apples and sponges are important items of export. Connected (1892) by telegraph cable with Jupiter Inlet, Florida. Numerous wrecks and casualties occur in this archipelago, and the islands are subject to severe cyclonic gales. Annual rainfall, 45 in., rainy season June to Oct. Nassau, or New Providence, is the cap. and seat of govt. Annual revenue about ;^5o,ooo ; exports about ^^120,000 to ;^i8o,ooo (mainly to the United States). Area, 4466 sq. m. (three-fifths of that of Wales). P. (1871) 39,200; (1891)47,565. Babama, Grand or Great, one of the Bahama Is., near the N. extremity of the group, 70 m. E. Florida, and 80 m. W. to E. , by 10 ni. in breadth. P. < 1000. Babama Bank, Great and Little, are shoals among the W. India Is. ; the former between 22° and 26° N. , 75° and 79° W,, having S. and W. the Bahama old and new channels. On it are the islands Providence, Andros, and Exuma. The Little Bank, NW. of the foregoing, between 26° and 27° N., 77° and 79° W., has on it the Great Bahama and Abaco islands. Babama Bank, a shifting sand across Ramsey Bay, Isle of Man, with a light-vessel, i| m. SE. of SE. tail of the bank, in 54° 19' 40" N., and 4° 12' 55" W., visible 11 m. Babama Cbannel, Old and Nevr. The former separates the Great Bahama Bank and Cuba ; the latter, also called the Golf of Florida, is between the Great and Little Bahama Banks and Florida, and forms a part of the channel of the great Gulf Stream, which flows here at the rate of from 2 to 5 m. an hour. Bahar-Kuta, riv. , central Africa. See Sbarl. Baharutse, an African tribe in the SE. of the Protectorate of Bechuanaland and the W. of the S. African Republic. Bab&walpnr, tn., India, cap. of B., 55 m. S. by E, MiiMn, about 2 ni. from the 1. bk. of the Sutlej, surrounded by a mud wall 4 m. in circuit ; 5 m. from B. the Indus Valley Rly. crosses the Sutlej by an iron bridge 4258 ft. in length. P. (1881) 13,600 ; (1891) 18,700; Moham. 11,100; Hindus, 7500. BabAwalpnr, native state, India, in relation with the govt. 102 of the Punjab, and, except Kashmir, the largest of the native states connected with that prov. ; bounded W. by the Indus and Sutlej, E. by Rajput4na ; two-thirds desert. See Pnnjab, table. Babbola, tn. See Babila. Bahia, Spanish and Portuguese, 'bay.' Babla, state of Brazil, on the Atlantic Ocean, to the S. of Sergipe, Alagoas, Pernambuco, Piauhy, E. of Goyaz, N. of Minas, Espirito Santo. Cabral landed at Cabralix Bay (Porte Seguro) on his discovery of Brazil (24th April 1500). Healthy and suited for white colonisation in the interior, viz., Caetete, Monte Alto, Maracai, Jacobina, Feira de St. Anna, 400 m. of sea-coast. See Brazil. Babla, or 8. Salvador da B., tn., state B., 13° S., 38° 31' W., 800 m. NNE. from Rio de Janeiro, at the entrance of B. de Todos os Santos (Bay of All Saints), founded in 1510 by Thomar de Sousa, was the first capital of Brazil (1549-1763). It is the second seaport in Brazil. The commercial or lower town {Cidade Baixa or Praia\ extends for 3 m. along the bay. The upper town ( Cidade alto) is in amphitheatre form on a range of hills to an alt. of 270 ft. , from which a splendid panorama of the bay and sea is obtained. The 'Hoisting Machinery Co.' (English) connects the two towns. There is a natural his- tory museum, gallery of paintings, public library, theological seminary, technical college {artes e officios), academy of fine arts, academy of physical science and medicine. It is the residence of the Roman Catholic Metropolitan of Brazil. Some of the most important cotton, tobacco, and sugar factories in aU Brazil are there. Shipbuilding yards (merchantmen). Un- healthy. Exports, tobacco, coffee, feathers, rubber, medicinal plants, coco-nuts, piassava and coquilla nuts, tapioca, hides, dye and cabinet woods, brandy, diamonds, bullion. Submarine cable to Pernambuco, Pard, Rio. To Southampton, 4366 m. Mean temp. (3I yrs., 1881-84), 79-2° F. ; rainfall (5 yrs.), 95.1 in. P. 200,000 (60,000 white). Babla Blanca (' white bay '), large bay, Argentine Republic, in 39°-39i° S. Babla Blanca, tn., Argentine Republic, in the S. of prov. Buenos Aires, terminus of railway from La Plata, 3 m. from its harbour on bay of same name, in dist. suitable for viticulture. Mean temp. (14 yrs., 1870-83), yr. 59.5° F., Jan. 73.2°, July 46.8°; rainfall (20 yrs.), 19.25 in. P. <20oo. Babla de Campo-Azul, Central America. See Blewfleld.s. Babla de Todos os Santos, or All Saint's Bay, Brazil, in 13° S., 7 m. in circuit, 12-32 fathoms deep, with numerous islands, viz., Itapasica, Beinbarra, Fontes, Bom Jesus, Medo, Cajahiba, dos Frader, da Mar6. The soil {Massaper) of the country around the B., the Reconcavo (for 20-40 m. ), is very rich, and well adapted for tobacco and sugar-cane cultivation. Babla Honda, seapt., Cuba, 53 m. W. by S. Havana, at the head of a bay of the same name, on the N. ct. , in 83° 11' W., with roadstead for large vessels ; copper and coal obtained in the vicinity. P. 8500. Babla, Islas de la. See Bay Islands. Babila, or Babbola, tn. , in the interior of Oman, E. of Arabia, said to be strongly fortified. Bahira, or Baheira, Arabic, 'lake,' applied as a proper riame to the Lake of Tunis. See Tunis. Bahluda, desert. See Bayada, Babllngen, vil., Ger., gd. -duchy Baden, circle Breisgau, dist. Emmendingen. P. <3000. See also Ballngen. Babmesblr, or Bbankusl, riv. arm, Persia. See Karun. Babn, tn. , Ger. , Prussia, prov. Pomerania, 22 m. S. by E. Stettin. P. < 3000. Bahr, Bakhr, ox Bahar, Arabic, 'lake,' 'river,' 'sea.' Babralcb, dist. , Brit. India. See Nortb-West Provinces. Babralcb, tn., Brit. India, Oudh, cap. dist. B., 65 m. NE. Lucknow. P. 24,000. Baliramabad, tn., Persia, prov. Kerman, 57 m. W. Kerman. Babramgb&t, tn., Brit. India, Oudh, Bara Banki dist., on the r. bk. of the Gogra, here spanned by a bridge of boats ; connected by rail with Lucknow, 39 m. distant. Babr^mpnr, tn., Brit. India, Punjab, dist. Gurddspur, 50 m. NE. by N. Amritsar. P. <3O0O. Babreln, or Aval Island (Arabic, ' two seas ' ; the ancient Tyi-os or Tylos and Tharras), surrounded by smaller islands and shoals ; in the Persian Gulf, B. Bay, near the coast of Arabia, 200 m. S. of Bushire. Supposed by Bent to be the ancient land of Punt and original home of the Phoenicians. Second island Moharek, NE. of B., separated from it by strait I m. broad, fordable at low water. Other islands are mere rocks. Commercial cap., Manameh, in NE. of B. Moharek, on island Moharek, is the seat of govt. Islands ruled by sheikh under British protection. Mohammedans. B. I. , 27 m. long, and 10 m. broad, chiefly of coral formation ; in centre are limestone hills, Jebel Dukhan, 400 ft., the rest flat, mainly- desert, with cultivated patches and palm groves yielding excel- lent dates. Several submarine fresh -water springs off the coasts. Entrance to harbour too narrow for large vessels ; basin of moderate depth, except near the shore, to which no boats can approach ; no docks or wharves. The pearl fishery here em- BAHR — BAJI ploys about four hundred boats. Annual value of pearls about yTsoOiOoo. The proximity of B. to the Arabian coast, and the ■shallowness of the intervening sea, render it well suited to be a Lommercial emporium, such as it was under the Portuguese rule in the sixteenth century. Climate very unhealthy during summer on account of prevailing mists. P. (?) 68,000. See Proc. R. G. S. , 1890, p. I. Bahrein, oasis, with salt lake in the Libyan desert, in 28° 31 N. , 26° 3o'-33' E. Babr-el-Ablad, and Bahr-el-Azrek, rivs. , Africa. See Nile and Sbarl. Bahr-el-Gliazal ('river of the gazelles '), riv. , Africa, Sudan, issues from Lake Chad and flows 300 m. NE. before spreading out in the marshy tract of the Bodele, where it comes to an end. Balir-el-Uliazal, one of the chief tribs. of the White Nile, 1, bk. , flows E. through a marshy country to the E. of Darfur, and enters Lake No in about 9° N. Its principal feeders come from the Niam-Niam country to the S. Bahrikh, oasis. See Beliarieta. Balir-Kntl, riv. , central Africa. See Sharl. Balir-i^cflcl-Bogliaz. See Dardanelles. Balir Ynsaf ('river of Joseph,' so called because popularly ascribed to Joseph the Israelite), an artificial irrigation channel, 270 m. long, led from the 1. bk. of the Nile a little below Siut, and ending in the Fayum (^.w. ). Balsidgl, tn. , Brit. India, Bombay, dist. and 65 m. SSE. Diidrwdr. P. 5100 ; Hindus, 4600. Balan-Kara-ula, range of mts., Tibet, to the SW. of lakes Jering and Oring, between the headwaters of the Hwang-ho and the Yang-tse-kiang (Di-chu), crossed by 35° N., 95° E. Balas, tn. , Turkey in Asia. See Paias. Balbnrt, tn. , Turkish Armenia, 60 m. WNW. Erzerum ; beautiful carpets manufactured. Alt. 5370 ft. P. 12,000. Baldarsknya, vil. , W. Siberia, govt. Tobolsk, near Tobol R. , 300 m. W. Omsk. Baidyab^ti, tn. , Brit. India, Bengal, dist. Hiiglf, 15 m. N. by W. Calcutta. P. 18,400 ; Hindus, 16,300. Balers broiin, vil., Ger., kgd. Wiirtemberg, 30 m. W. Tiibingi-n. P. 6coo. Baigal-Dalal, orKo990-gol,lake, Mongolia, in5o°N. , 118° E. Baignes. See Bagne. Baigorry, val, France, dep. Basses-Pyrfefes, arr. Mauleon, watered by the Nive. The inhabitants speak Basque. Baikal, an extensive lake of Eastern Siberia, between 51° 20' and 55° 30' N., 103° and 110° E. It is crescent-shaped, and is surrounded by high and wild mountains rhing 3000 to 4000 ft. above its surface. Length, SW. to NE. , 370 :n. ; breadth, 20 10 70 m. ; alt. about 1400 ft. Greatest ascertained depth, 4500 ft. ; average depth of its southern part, about 800 ft. Divided by Olkhon I. and Svyatoi Nos Penin. into two basins, which may be considered as two longitudinal valleys connected to- ! ether by a transverse passage. Receives the Upper Angara, ISarguzin, and Selenga, all from the E. , and very many moun- tain streams ; its waters are discharged through the Lower Angara into the Yenisei. Frozen from January to the first part of May. Forms part of the line of communication between Russia, the Amur, and China, steamers plying between List- venichnoye, at the outlet of the Lower Angara, and Posolskoye, in the delta of Selenga, smaller steamers plying up this latter to Verkhneudinsk, while in the winter the lake is crossed on the ice, and a temporary station is established half-way. Besides, a road has been built around its S. coast, past Kultuk, at the foot of the very steep slopes of the mountains. The Siberian railway will follow this road ; but a temporary connection will be established from Listvenichnoye to Posolskoye by means of steamers, and, perhaps, also by means of a temporary railway on the ice. Shores very thinly peopled. Great fisheries in the N. (60,000 cwts. of cured salmon ; 7000 fishermen). Area, 13,197 sq. m. Balkanttapur, tn., Brit. India, Bengal, dist. Patnd, on the r. bk. of the Ganges, 13 m. SE. Patna. P. 7000. BaUdon, par. and tn., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, Otley div. ,4 m. N. by W. Bradford, on the M. R. , PMT.O. P. 5800. Balldon Hill, a hill with ancient entrenchments, Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, 5 m. N. Bradford. Alt. 922 ft. Ballen, tn., Spain, prov. Jaen, 7 m. WSW. Linares; has mines of galena and blende. Scene of a victory of General Castahos over the French under Dupont, July 19, 1808. P. 9000. Bailey, par. , Eng. , Lancashire. See Alghton. Bailey, co., U.S., Texas, in the NW., on the W. frontier, crossed by 34° N. BaUey Gate, stn., Eng., Dorset, on the M. R., 2J m. SE. Spettisbury. Balleyhead, hamlet, Eng., Cumberland, Eskdale div., on BaileyWater, i7jm. NNE. Carlisle, 3 m. SE. Kershope Foot stn. Bailey's Brook, vil., Canada, Nova Scotia, Pictou co., 21 m. from New Glasgow. P. < 1500. Ballleborough, par. and market-tn.. Ire., SE. co. Cavan, bar. Clankee, 17 m. ESE. Cavan, PMT.O. Par. 12,415 ac, P. <40oo; tn. P. <;i5oo. Bailiff Bridge, stn., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, on the L. & Y. R., between Bradford and Huddersfield, with PMT.O. Baillamont, comm., Belgium, prov. Namur, 15 m. NNE. Sedan. P. < 2000. Baillenl, tn., France, dep. Nord, 17 m. NW. by W. Lille, arr. and 9 m. E. by N. Hazebrouck ; has an academy of art, and manufactures of lace, linen, &c. P. 13,300. Balllle Setllenient, Canada, New Brunswick, co. Charlotte, 13 m. from St. Stephen. P. < 1500. Baillles Mills, place, Ire., co. Down, 5 m. from Ballvna- hinch, P.O. Baillleston, par. and mining tn. , Scot. , N W. Lanarkshire, on the C. R., 5 m. W. by S. Airdrie, with coal-mines, PMT.O. Par. P. <;4ooo; eccles. par. (B. or Crossbill) P. <4ooo; tn. P. < 4500. Ballllestou, post-tn. , Victoria. See Coy's Diggings. Bailnndn, or Bailundo, tn. , Portuguese W. Africa, 172 m. E. by N. Benguella, on the interior plateau, watered by tribs. of the Kwanza, in 12° 8' S. , 15° 54' E. Alt. 5250 ft. Bally, place. Ire., E. ct. co. Dublin, bar. Coolock, 9 m. E. by N. Dublin, with a lighthouse, P.O. Balnbridge, par. and vil. , Eng. , Yorkshire, in the W. of the Richmond div. of the N. Riding, at the confluence of the Ure and Cogill Beck, i6| m. WSW. Richmond, i m. SW. Askrigg stn. , P.O. ; 15,434 ac. P. <75o. Balnbridge, tn., U.S., Georgia, Decatur co., 41 m. NNW. Tallahassee, Florida, at the head of navigation on Flint R. P. < 2000. Balnbridge, vil., U.S., New York, Chenango co., on the r. bk. of the Susquehanna R., 16 m. SE. by S. Syracuse. P. < 1500. Balnbridge, vil., U.S., Ohio, Ross co., on Paint Creek, 66 m. E. by N. Cincinnati, in Paxton tp. Balnbridge, tn. , U.S., Pennsylvania, Lancaster co. , on the 1. bk. of the Susquehanna R. , 16 m. SE. by S. Harrisburg. P. < 1500. Bain de Bretagne, tn., France, dep. Ille-et-Vilaine, arr. Redon, 19 m. S. Rennes. P. <20co. Balndir, tn., Asia Minor, 31 m. ESE. Smyrna. P. 9600. Bains, tn., France, dep. Vosges, 43 m. S. by W. Lun^ville, arr. and 15 m. SW. by S. Epinal. The warm springs of B. were much frequented by the Romans. P. 2000. Bainsbole, hamlet, Scot., Aberdeenshire, 6 m. ESE. Huntley, 5 m. from Insch stn., with P.O. BalnsTille, rly. stn., Canada, Ontario, Glengarry co., on Lake St. Francis, 48 m. WSW. Montreal. Bainton, par., Eng., N. div. of Northamptonshire, 4 m. E. by S. Stamford, li m. E. by S. Uffington and Barnack stn., P.O. P. <50o. SeeVfford. Bainton, par., Eng., Yorkshire, E. Riding, Buckrose div. , 17 m. NNW. Hull, on the NE. R., P.O. P.<:5oo. Baira, seapt. , E. Africa. See Belra. Balram All, stn., on the Transcaspian Rly., 22 m. E. by N. Merv, adjoining the ruins of Old Merv. Balrdm Ghdt, place of great sanctity, India, Berar, dist. Ellichpur, 14 m. E. of EUichpur tn. , site of an annual fair at which 50,000 people gather. Bairamlcta, tn., in the NW. of Asia Minor, 40 m. S. Gallipoli. Balratta, tn. , India, Rdjputana, 40 m. NNE. Jaipur. P. < 6000. Batrds, rly stn. , Canada, Ontario, on the Grand Trunk Rly. , 5 m. W. of St. Thomas. Balrds Rows, Scot. , Lanarkshire, part of the vil. of Stonefield. Balrentb. See Bayrenth. Baimsdale, tp., Victoria, Tanjil co., on the Mitchell, 37 m. NE. by E. Sale, PMT.O. ; 6250 ac. P. tn. usta, tn. , Persia. See BarfTush. BilMganJ, vil., Brit. India, Assam, dist. and 15 m. S. by W. Sylhet. Balagansk, dist. tn., Siberia, govt, and 120 m. NW. of Irkutsk, on 1. bk. of Angara. P. < 2000. ' BsilAgbjit (' above the Ghdts '), upland country of Berdr, Brit. India, above the Ajanta ridge (in contradistinction to the Payan- ghdt or lowland tract). BM^ghdt, dist., Bnt. India, Central Provs., Ndgpur div., cap. Burha. See Niigpnr (div.). Balagiier, tn., Spain, prov, L^rida, on the R. Segre, 15 m. NE. by N. L^rida. P.<5ooo. Balakhauy, tn. , Russia, Transcaucasia, govt. , dist. , and 8 m. N. Baku. Centre of naphtha wells ; salt-springs. P. <3ooo. BALA — BALE nala-isliem, rly. stn., Russian Transcaspian Terr. See Bnlln-islicui. Balak-Hlssar, tn., Asia Minor. See BallkesrI. Balakhua, dist. tn., Russia, govt, and 23 m. NW. of Nizhniy Novgorod, on r. bk. of Volga. P. 4200. BalaklaTa (ancient Palakion), seapt. tn., Russia, govt. Taurida, 8 m. SE. of Sebastopol. Battle of Crimea war, Oct. 25, 1854. Excellent harbour, occupied by the British during the siege of Sebastopol. P. <:3ooo. Balaklava, post-tn. , S. Australia, Gawler co. , 54 m. NNW. Adelaide. P. < 1500. Bdlakot, tn. , India, Hazara dist., on the 1. bk. of the Kun- liar, 20 m. in a straight line from the junction with the Jhelum. Balallau, hamlet, Scot., Lewis, 14 m. SW. Stomowav, with PT.O. P.<75o. Balambaiigan, small isl., Brit. N. Borneo, off the N. ct., crossed in the E. by 117° E. Bala IMiirgbab, vil., Afghanistan, on the Murghab, no m, NE. Herat. Balaucaii, tn., Mexico, Tabasco, 94 m. E. San Juan Bau- tista, 230 m. NNW. Guatemala. Balanda, vil., Russia, govt, and 90 m. NW. of Saratov. P. 7000. Balaiiga, comm. , Philippine Is., Luzon, 30 m. W. by N. Manila, on the W. side of Manila Bay. P. 8400. Balaiitcs, negro tribe on the ct. of Sencgambia, between rivs. Geha and Kasamanza. Balapnr, tn. , India, Berar, dist. and 12 m. W. by S. Akola. P. 10,300; Hindus, 5300; Moham. 4400. Balarnc>les-Bal]i.s, vil. , France, dep. H^rault, arr. Mont- pellier, on Etang de Thau, 4 m. N. by W. Cette. P. <20oo. Bala Samac, Bosnia. See §amac. BalashoT, dist. tn., Russia, govt, and 180 m. W. of Saratov, on Khoper. P. 11,200. Baliislnor, cap. of B. state, India, Bombay, Gujarat, in 23° N. , 73'' 24' E. P. 10,000. Balasor, tn., Brit. India, Bengal, cap. of dist. B. , 118 m. SW. Calcutta. P. 20,800; Hindus, 16,900; Moham. 3400. Balasor, isolated peak, India, Madras, Malabar dist., in the W. Ghats, in 11° 41' 45" N. , 75° 57' 15" E. Alt. 6762 ft. Balassa Oyarmat, tn., Hungary, cap. of co. Nbgrad, 22 m. N. by E. Waitzen. P. 7700. Balaton. See Blatt. Balaton-Fiired, vil. , Hungary. See Ftired. Balaton Lake, Ger. , Flatten See, the largest lake in Hun- gary, 5S m. SW. Pesth. Lengtii, SW. to NE., 48 m. ; breadth, 3 to 10 m. Its waters are brackish. Receives 30 streams, the largest being the Zala ; and its surplus waters are carried to the Danube by the Sio. It has flat, marsiiy shores ; abounds in fish. Area, 266 sq. m. Alt. 350 ft.; depth, 10-13 ^^• Balayan, seapt. and bay, Philippine Is., in the S. of Luzon, due S. of the Bay of Manila. P. 16,200. Balay Domu, upland tract, Eng., in the extreme NW. of Dorsetshire. Highest point, 808 ft. Balazote, comm. , Spain, prov. and 16 m. WSW. Albacete. P. < 2COO. Balbane Head, cape, Ire., NE. ct. of Donegal, in 6° 56' W. Balbarriip, small tn., W. Australia, Nelson co., no m. NW. by W. Albany, P.O. Balbeggle, vil, Scot., E. Perthshire, 5 ™- NE. Perth, 4I m. SE. by E. Stanley Junction, P.O. Balbirule Mills, vil, Scot., Fifeshire. See Aucbninty. Balblair, vil., Scot., in a detached part of Ross-shire, 5^ m. W. Cromarty, on the S. side of Cromarty Firth, opposite Inver- gordon, with which it is connected by ferry, PT.O. Balbriggan, market and seapt. tn., Ire., NE. ct. co. Dublin, bar. Balrothery E., 10 m. SE. Drogheda; on the Dublin and Drogheda Rly., with hosiery manufacttu'es and power-loom weaving. Market-days, M. and S. Tp. 516 ac. P. <:250o. Balby -\vitb Hexthorpe, par., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, Doncaster div., on the Don, i| m. SW. Doncaster, PM.O. P. < 4500. Balcairn, post-tn., New Zealand, co. Ashley, 30 m. N. Christchurch. P. < 1500. Balcastle and Brownrlg, vil., Scot., Stirlingshire, part of Slam an nan. Balclk, tn., Bulgaria, on the ct., prov. and 18 m. NE. Varna. P. < 5000. Balclutba, post-tn. and borough. New Zealand, South I., Clutha CO. , on the r. bk. of the Clutha, 47 m. SW. by W. Dunedin. P. < 1500. Balcombe, par. and vil. , Eng. , Sussex, E. Grinstead div. , 8^ m. E. Horsham, on the L. B. & S. C. R., PM.O. Par. 4795 ac. , P. < 1000. Bald Eagle Creek, riv., U.S., Pennsylvania, in the middle. It rises in the Bald Eagle Ridge, and flows NE. to the Susque- hanna, which it joins on the r. bk. at Lockhaven. Bald Eagle Moontains, U.S., Pennsylvania, NE. Juniata R., to the E. of B. E. Creek. B. E. Valley lies on the E. side, lying above a bed of limestone. Baldegg, lake, Switzd., Lucerne, drained by the B. Aa into Lake Hallwyl. Area, 2 sq. m. Alt. 1205 ft. Baldeubiirg, tn., Ger., Prussia, prov. W. Prussia, 71 m. NW. Bromberg. P. <3ooo. Balder, riv., Eng., Yorkshire, in the NW. of the Richmond div. of the N. Riding, trib. of the Tees, which it joins about 4 m. above Barnard Castle. Balder, stn., Canada, Manitoba, on the N. Pacific and Manitoba Rly., 102 m. WSW. Winnipeg. Balder'uock, pan, Scot., Stirlingshire, 6| m. N. Glasgow, 2 m. WNW. Balmore stn. ; 4322 ac. P. <750. Baldersby, par., Eng., Yorkshire, N. Riding, in the NW. of the Thirsk and Malton div., 5* m. NE. by N. Ripon, on the NE. R., PM.O. P.<5oo. Balderstoue, par., Eng., Lancashire, Chorley div., 4 m NW. by N. Blackburn. P. <75o. Baldcrstone, eccles. par., Eng., Lancashire, Middleton div., 2 m. S. Rochdale. P. 5900. Balderton, par., Eng., Nottinghamshire, div. and 2 m. SE. Newark, PM.O. P. < 1500. Baldface, mt., U.S., New Hampshire, exceptionally rich in red hematite and magnetic ironstone. Bald Head, promontory, N. America, N W. ct. , in 64° 43' N. Bald Head, cape, Western Australia, S. ct. , at the entrance to King George's Sound. Baldhill, settlement, New Zealand, South. I., Vincent co., on the r. bk. of the Clutha, 70 m. NW. by W. Dunedin. Bald Hills, small tp. , Victoria. See Seaton. Baldbii, eccles. par. , Eng. , Cornwall, near Truro. P. < 1000. Bald Mountain, Canada, New Brunswick, just E. of 67° W., and S. of 46^° N. Bald Mountain, U.S., Colorado, a peak of the Front Range. Alt. 11,493 ft. (Hayden). Baldo, Monte, mt., N. Italy, partly on the frontier of the Tirol, between Lake Garda on the W. and the valley of the Adige on the E. , commanding beautiful views of Lake Garda. Important marble quarries and coal-mines. Alt. 7210 ft. Baldock, par. and tn., Eng., Hertfordshire, Hitchin div., 13 m. NE. by E. Luton, on the G. N. R., PMT.O. Market- day, F. P. <25oo. Baldongan, ct. par.. Ire., NE. co. Dublin, bar. Balrothery E. , ism. SE. Drogheda; 850 ac. P. <;250. Baldon-Marsh and B. Toot, two adjoining pars. , Eng. , in co. and 6 m. SE. Oxford, Henley div.; B. Marsh, P.O. (Marsli Baldon). P. <:soo ; B. Toot, P. <:5oo. Baldovan, vil., Scot., Forfarshire, 3 m. NNW. Dundee, on the C. R. Baldovie, hamlet, Scot., Forfarshire, 3^ m. NE. by E. Dundee, \\ m. N. by W. West Ferry stn., P.O. Baldoyle, par. and fishing-tn.. Ire., E. ct., co. Dublin, bar. Coolock, 7 m. ENE. Dublin, on the railway to Howth, P.O. Par. 1236 ac, P. < 1000; tn. P. <75o. Bald Point Island, Canada, Ontario, co. Durham, in Lake Scugog. Baldragou, rly. stn., Scot., Forfarshire, 3^ m. NW. by N. Dundee, on the C. R. Baldrashane. See Ballyrasliane. Baldrine, hamlet, Isle of Man, on Garwick Bay, 5^ m. NE. by N. Douglas. Baldry, settlement, S. Australia, Stanley co., 98 m. SE. by S. Port Augusta. Baldwin, chapelry. Isle of Man, on the Glass, 4^ m. NNW. Douglas, 2 m. N. Union Mills stn., P.O. Baldwin, co. , U.S., Alabama, in extreme S. , bounded on W. by Mobile Bay and River, and on S. by Gulf of Mexico. Baldwin, settlement, U.S., Colorado, Gunnison co., 130 m. SW. by W. Denver. Baldwin, vil., U.S., New York, Queen's co., on Long I., 22 m. E. by S. Brooklyn. P. < 1500. Baldwin, vil., U.S., Wisconsin, St. Croix co., 37 m. E. St. Paul (Minn.). P. ran, stn. , Scot. , on the borders of E. and W. Perth- shire, on the C. R., 8 m. E. Crieff. Balgo>rn, small bay, Scot., Wigtownshire, on the W. shore of Luce Bay, 9^ m. SE. Portpatrick. Balgray, hamlet, Scot., Forfarshire, 5 m. N. Dundee, 3 m. NE. Baldragon stn. Balgray Reservoir, Scot., Renfrewshire, in the S. , 4^ m. SSE. Paisley. Balgrlffln, par. and tnld.. Ire., E. co. Dublin, bar. Coolock, 6 m. NE. Dublin, on the Dublin and Drogheda Rly. Par. 1053 ac, P. <:5oo; tnld. P. <25o. B albam, a suburb of London, Eng., Surrey, Wandsworth bor., 5 m. SSW. St. Paul's, London, on the L. B. & S. C. R. (B. and Upper Tooting stn.). Balhanna, post-tn. and rly. stn., S. Australia, Adelaide co., 14 m. ESE. Adelaide. P. < 1500. Bali, Bally, or Little Java, an is1. of the Asiatic archi- pelago, E. of Java, from which it is separated by B. Strait (at Its narrowest 3 m. wide). Island 70 m. long by 35 m. in breadth. With Lombok, from which it is separated by the deep Lombok Strait [Eastern Arcblpelago], it forms a residency of the Dutch East Indies {q.v. ). Two mountain chains traverse it from E. to W. Culminating point, the volcano of Gunung Agnng, 11,400 ft. Island abundantly supplied with water from numer- ous large rivers and lakes. Exports, rice, cotton, coffee, tobacco, hides, oil , edible birds'-nests, catechu, &c. The people are said to be adherents of Hinduism, and they have certamlysome Hindu institutions and practices, such as the caste-system and the burn- ing of widows (rare), but otherwise there are few traces of that religion. Principal tovwis, Badong in the S., Billing or Beliling, the chief seaport and seat of the Dutch resident in the N., and Karang-Assam on E. coast. Ball, stn., far in the interior of the Kamerun Terr., Ger. W. Africa, in about 6° 10' N. , 9° 5' E. 106 Bsili, or Bally (census), tn. , Brit. India, Hugh dist., on r. bk. Hiigli, 4 m. N. HowTah. P. 16,700 ; Hindus, 14,900. Balicnatro, cape in NW. of Samar I., Philippines, 12° 33' N., 124° 15' E. , also small island a few miles to E. Ballef, place. Ire. , co. Kilkenny, 3 m. from Johnstown, P.O. Bs^liganj, or Ballygnnge, SE. suburb of Calcutta, India. Ballbri, tn., Brit. India, Central Provs., Jabalpur dist., in 33° 48' N. and 80° 19' E. Anciently a flourishing city, 24 m. in circumference, on the main line of communication be- tween the valleys of the Ganges and the Narbadd, containing hundreds of temples, to which pilgrims flocked from all parts of India, P. -e 3000. Ballkesrl, Balak-blssar, or Baltk-sbebr, tn., in the NW. of Asia Minor, 75 m. WSW. Brussa, cap. sanjak, in a fertile plain. P. 13,000. Ballmba-a-Yem, vil. , German W. Africa, on the 1. bk. of the S. branch of the Edea, in 3° 36' N. , 9° 45' E. Ballngcn, or Balilli^en, tn., Ger., kgd. Wiirtemberg, 20 m. SW. by S. Tiibingen. P. < 4000. Ballntore, fishing vil. , Scot. , Forfarshire, 22 m. S. Crathie, P.O. P.-csoo. Ballqiiatro. See Balicnatro. Ballra, torrent, Pyrenees Mts., after watering the Republic of Andorra enters the S^gre R., at a short distance from S60 de Urge). Balls, tn., Syria, on the r. bk. of the Euphrates, 53 m. E. by S. Aleppo, with extensive ruins. It has been suggested as the starting-point of a railway to the Mediterranean. Balise, settlement, Cape Colony, dist. Humansdorp, on the S. ct., 55 m. W. by S. Port Elizabeth. Ballsiiare, isl. , Scot. See Balesbare. Balize, Brit. Honduras. See Belize. Ballze, pilot stn., U.S. See Belize. Balje, comm., Prussia, prov. Hanover, 30 m. NE. Bremer- haven, 2 m. S. of the Elbe. P. < 3000. Baljnan, tn., central Asia, khanate and 300 m. ESE. of Bukhara, on Kichi-Siu-khab, trib. of Ak-su, which flows into the Amu. Alt. 2720 ft. Balk, par., Eng., Yorkshire, N. Riding, Thirsk and Malton div., 12 m. NE. by E. Ripon, 3 m. E. by S. Thirsk. P. <:250. Balkan, Turkish, 'mountains.' Balkan Monntalns, ancient HcBmus, a name applied at one time, when the orography of the easternmost of the great Mediterranean penin. of Europe was even less known than it now is, in a rather loose way to a great assemblage of moun- tains in the N. of that penin. , now confined to a range stretch- mg E. and W. for the most part on the frontier of Bulgaria and Eastern Roumeh'a, then curving north-westwards through the W. of Bulgaria and on the Servian frontier, and terminating in the Danube to the E. of the valley of the Timok. The whole range is called in Turkish Kodza (Koja) B. , and in Servian Stara Planina, both names meaning 'old mountain,' though these names are sometimes restricted on maps to certain portions of the chain, the name KodJa B. being confined to the highest part of the chain, between about 23^° and 25!° E. , and that of Stara Planina to the part lying to the W. of the narrow and tortuous defile of the Isker, the only river that crosses these mountains. Different portions of the chain are sometimes also distinguished by names belonging to towns in their neighbour- hood, such as the Etropol B., NE. of Sofia and S. of Etropolje, the Kamabat B., N. of Karnabat, and the Emine B. (in which name some recognised the ancient HcBmus), the low range in the E. stretching W. from Emine. The highest peak is the JumrukCal (7790 ft.), N. by E. of Philippopolis ; the next in height are Kadimlja (7475 ft.), to the E., and VeSen (7215 ft.), to the W. of JumrukCal, and Mid2ur (7105 ft.), on the Servian frontier, N. by E. of Pirot. The B. in their highest parts slope down for the most part very steeply to plains in the S. , but on the N. they present a succession of terraces with easy slopes, vine-clad near the base, bearing forests higher up, and still higher covered with pastures, and intersected by numerous tribs. of the Danube, flowing through narrow defiles, leading up to mountain passes. The passes are for the most part merely baggage-tracks for animals. The principal pass-roads in the order from W. to E. are (i) across the Sveti Nikolaja Pass (4505 ft.), on the road from Lom Palanka on the Danube to the Nishava valley in Servia; (2) the Ginci Pass (4730 ft.), in the W. of Bulgaria, on the road from Lom Palanka to Sofia ; (3) the road following the narrow and tortuous defile of the Isker from Sofia north-eastwards ; (4) the Baba-Konak Pass (3240 ft.), on the road leading first eastwards from Sofia, then N. to Orchanie, and thence NE. to Plevna; and (5) the Sipka (Shipka) Pass (4370 ft.), on the road from Kezanlik to Tmova. Other less important passes are the Trojan Pass (3445 ft.), to the W. , and the Rosalita Pass (6155 ft), to the E. oif the JumrukCal, both on routes from Plevna to Philippopolis ; the Haiduci Cokar Pass (3600 ft.), to the W. of Sliven ; the Demir Kapu, or Iron Gate (3600 ft.), further E., but still a little to the W. of Siiven ; and the Karnabat or Dobral Pass (2735 ft.), SE. of Sumla(Shumla). BALK BALL Still further E. the mountains are nowhere of great altitude. No railways as yet cross the B. Mts. , and tlie steepness of the southern slopes and the narrowness of the Isl^er defile place difficulties in the way of their construction in the regions where improved means of communication could be of most importance. Railways connecting Plevna with Sofia, and Trnova with Nova Zagora (Yeni Zagra) are, however, projected. Geologically the higher parts of the B. Mts. have a core of granite, gneiss, and metamorphic rocks. Triassic strata also abound, succeeded by Cretaceous in the N. and E. , and Jurassic in the NW. See also Cerna-gora and Sredna-gora. Balkan Peninsula, the name commonly applied to the easternmost of the tliree great Mediterranean penins. of Europe, between the Adriatic and the Black and .(Egean Seas, now divided among various powers. See Dalmatia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Serrla, Roumaula, Bulgaria, Eastern Rou> niclia, Turkey-in-Europc, and Greece. Balkli, a prov. of central Asia, the ancient kingdom of Bactria, noted for its fertility, even in its present state one of the most productive tracts in Turkistdn, now subordinate to Afghanistan, having N. the Oxus, E. Badakhshan, S. the Hindu Kush Mts., and W. the desert. Climate very unhealthy. Length, 250 m. ; breadth, 120 m. Balkh (the ancient Bactra), city, Afghanistan, 86 m. E. by S. Andkhui, now fallen to decay, with ruins extending a circuit of about 20 m; New B. is open, with a central citadel at an hour's journey N. from Old B. The road from B. to Kabul, a thirteen days' march, leads over six highly difficult mountain passes. P. 6000. Balklian, or Balkan, Great and Little, two mountain groups in the W. of the Russian Transcaspian Terr. , separated by a sandy plain, through which runs the Transcaspian Rly. Great B. (5450 ft.) to the N. of the line ; Little B. (2625 ft.) to theS. Balkliasb (Kirghiz, Ak-Denghlz, or Ala>Deuglilz), lake, Russian Turkistan, 45°-47° N., 74°-78'' E. , separates prov. Akmolinsk from Semiryechensk ; receives Hi R. and several smaller streams from the Alatau Mts. The Lepsa, Ak-su, and Karatal are lost in the marshes of its low SE. ct. Length, NE. toSW.,280 m. ; breadth, 10-55 m.; depth, 50-135 ft.; alt. 900ft. Surface frozen from November to the middle of April. In com- paratively recent times it probably extended eastwards so as to in- clude the present lakes Sassyk-kul and Ala-kul, and possibly even Ebi-Nor, in one large freshwater or slightly brackish lake, and it is still contracting, its level being lowered at the rate of about 3 ft. in 14 or 15 years. See Nature, xxxv. , p. 182, and xxxix. , p. 67. Balkholme, par., Eng., Yorkshire, E. Riding, Hovvdenshire, NE. Goole, I m. SW. by S. Eastrington stn. P. <:25o. Balking, or Baulking, par., Eng., Berkshire, Abingdon div. , II m. ENE. Swindon, 3 m. SE. by S. Faringdon, \ m. N. Uffinj -^ • - P.nnya. See Pamirs. Bammakn, or Bammako, vil., W. Africa, on the Upper Niger, in about 12° 36' N., 7° 50' W., at the lower end of the rapids that extend from Sigiri ; with a French fortified post, 908 m. from St. Louis. Alt. 1035 ft. (Binger) ; mean temp, (i yr. 1883-84), yr. 82.4° F. Bamnid'fvds, tn., India, Rdjputina, 50 m. ESE. Jaipur. P. 6000. Bamo, tn. , Upper Burma. See Bbamo. Bamoni, tn., Brit. India, Bengal, dist. Rangpur, 75 m. SSE. Darjlling. P. 7000. Bamoth Baal, place named in O. T. See El MasKkbtyeh. Bamptou (B.x\ct.. Bathomton), tn. and par., Eng., Devonshire, div. and 6 m. N. Tiverton, on the G. W. R., PMT.O. Market- days, W. and S. Par. 7799 ac. P. <2ooo. Bampton Proper, par., Eng., Oxfordshire, div. and 12 m. SW. Woodstock, 2 m. S. of its stn. on the G. W. R., PMT.O.; 4530 ac. P. < 1500; eccles. pars. (B. Aston wltb ShifTord) P. < 1000 ; (B. I-ew) P. <25o ; (B. Proper) P. < 1500. Bampton, par. and vil. , Eng. , Westmorland, Appleby div. , on thel. bk. of the Lowther, i m. \V. B. Grange, 7^ ni. S. Penrith, P.O.; 10,925 ac. P. <5oo. Bampnr, tn. , Persia, prov. Mekran, 260 m. E. Bender Abbas. Very unhealthy. Temperature liable to sudden and extreme changes. Bamra, native state, India, attached to Sambalpur dist., crossed by 21^° N. , and 85° E. ; area 1988 sq. m. P. 81,000. BamsArn, pass, India, NW. Provs. , Garhw41 State, across the Jamnoti range, in 30° 56' N., 78° 36' E. Alt. 15,447 ft. ' Ban,' Gaelic, ' white, fair.' Banabe'a, tribe, S. Africa, S. of the Zambezi, between about 27° and 28° E. Banada, electoral div.. Ire., co. Sligo, bar. Leyny, on the Moy, 14 m. ESE. Ballina. Banaganapalll, tn., India, cap. native state B., 89 m. E. by N. Bellary, with diamond mines nearly worked out. P. <3000. Banagb, bar.. Ire., in the extreme SW. of co. Donegal. Banagher, tn.. Ire., King's co. , bar. Garrycastle, on thel.bk. of the Shannon, 5J m. NNW. Parsontown, connected by rail with Clara, with a royal school. Market-day, F. P. < 1500. Banagber, par. , Ire., S. co. Londonderry, bars. Keenaght and Tirkeeran, 20 m. SW. by S. Coleraine. P. <2500. Baiia, Iia,comm. , Spain, prov. Corunna, dist. Negreira. P. 5600. Banalya, or Bonalya, Upper and Lower, vils. , Congo Free State, on the Aruwimi, in about 25° 5o'-26° E. , 1° 30' N. Banam, tn. , Cambodia, on the Tien, 103 m. WNW. Saigon, cap. prov. B. P. (tn.) 28,000. Banana, vil., Queensland, Ferguson co. , 80 m. SSW. Rock- hampton. P. < 1500. Banana, isl. , W. Africa, at the N. of the mouth of the Congo, in 6° i' S. , with town of B. , a stn. of the Congo Free State, cap. dist. B., which stretches from the mouth of the Congo to the Portuguese terr. of Kabinda. Mean temp., yr. 78° F., April 82°, July 71° ; rainfall (1889-90), 24.4 in.; (1890-91) 15 in. _ Banana Islands, a group of small isls. off the SW. point of Sierra Leone Renin., in about 8° 8' N. Bananal, isl., Brazil. See Araguaya. Bananal, tn. and rly. stn., Brazil, in the E. of prov. Sao Paulo, 72 m. W. by N. Rio de Janeiro. Alt. 1255 ft. Bananelra, fall on the R. Madeira, S. America, on the frontier of Brazil and Bolivia, in about 13° 23' N. Banankoro, tn. , W. Africa, in the Sangara country, in about 9° 50' N., 9° 25' W. About 1500 houses. Proc. R. G. S., 1892, p. 452. Bands, riv., India, Bengal, dist. ShihibAd, the drainage channel between the Arrah Canal and the Bihiyd branch of the Son Canal System. Bands, riv., India, Eastern Rdjputina, rises in the ArAvalli Range, and flows on the whole NE. to the Chanibal. Bands, rly. stn., India, Rdjputdna, state Sirohi, 105 m. S. Jodhpur. BAN A B AN F Banas-Chal, riv., Asia Minor, flows SW. to the Menderes, which it joins 45 ni. ESE. Alashehr. Banat (Slavonic, 'lordship'), formerly the name of that por- tion of S. Hungary between the Maros and the Danube, having W. the Theiss, and E. Transylvania and Walachia. Surface mountainous in the E, and marshy in the W., traversed by the femes, Alt-Bega, and Karas rivers, and highly productive of wheat, spelt, and other grains. The marshy dists. are notori- ously unhealthy. The mountains yield iron, copper, and gold. The chief town was Temesvar. History mentions the Banats of Craiova, Belgrade, and others, at the time when Hungary extended into Walachia, Servia, and Bosnia. B&n^t Koinl^s (Hungarian, Nagy-Komlos), market-tn., Hungary, prov. Torontal, 30 m. WNW. Temesvar. P. 5200. Bantitnjfalu, Hungary. See Neudorf. Banaviisl, tn., India, Bombay, N. Kdnara dist., on Varada R., 61 m. S. DhArwir. P. <20oo. Banavle, vil., Scot., Argyllshire, on the Caledonian Canal, 2^ m. N. by E. Fort-William, PT.O. Banawn, electoral div., Ire., co. Kerry, dist. Tuosist. Baubritlgc, tp. , Ire., W. co. Down, bar. Upper Iveagh, Upper Half (i), 9 m. SE. Portadown, on the R. Bann, and on the Banbridge and Lisburn and the Ballyroney Branch Rlys. , with several linen factories. Market-days, M., Tu., and F. P. < 5000. Baubnry, ancient Beriniuri^ {' Bera's town'), mun. bor. (also pari. bor. till 1885), par., and market-tn., Eng., Oxfordshire, B. div., i5^m. N. Woodstock, on the riv. Cherwell and G. W. R. and L. & NW. R. The town was incorporated by Queen Mary, and the boundaries of the bor. were extended in 1889. B. has been noted since Tudor times for cakes which bear its name. Principal manufactures, agricultural implements and plush. Mines of brown hematite. A modern cross replaces the B. cross of nursery rhyme fame. Market-day, Th. Alt. 340 ft. Mean temp., Jan. 38.2° F., June 63.4°; annual rainfall, 21 in. Pari, div. P. (1891)43,900; par. P. <4ooo; mun. bor. P. (1891) 12,800; eccles. pars. (B. with Neithrop) P. 5900 ; (B. South) P. 6900. Bancalis. See Bangkalls. Baucallau. See Baugkalan. Banchory ('the fair valley'), vil., Scot., Kincardineshire, on the 1. bk. of the Dee, i6| m. W. by S. Aberdeen, on the Dee- side Rly., PMT.O. P. < 1500. Bauchory-Devenick, par., Scot., Aberdeenshire and Kin- cardineshire, on either side R. Dee, P.O.; 10,040 ac. P. <40oo. Banchory-Ternan, par., Scot., Aberdeenshire and Kin- cardineshire, containing vil. of Banchory ; 20,079 ^'^- P- <3500' Banco, tn. , Colombia, Magdalena, on the Magdalena R. at its junction with the Rio Cesar, 150 m. SE. Cartagena. P. <20oo. Bancoorata, India. See Bdnknrd. Bancran, electoral div. , Ire. , co. Londonderry, dist. Drapers- town. Bancroft, vil., Canada, Ontario, Hastings co., on R. Sha- washkong, 88 m. NW. Kingston. Bancroft, settlement, U.S., S. Dakota, Kingsbury co., 112 m. N. by W. Yankton. Bancroft, vil., U.S., Michigan, Marquette co., 3 m. W. Marquette. Bancyfelln, hamlet, Wales, Carmarthenshire, W. div., on the Cywyn, 6 m. W. by S. Carmarthen, 2^ m. E. St. Clears stn., PM.O. Bdnda, tn., Brit. India, NW. Provs., cap. dist. B., i m. E. of the r. bk. of the Ken, 70 m. S. Cawnpur ; has declined through the growth of Rdjdpur as a rival cotton emporium. The cantonments are i m. from the town. The climate of the dist. is healthy for natives, but produces fever and ague among Euro- peans. Malarial fever is the only endemic disease. P. (1853) 42,000 ; (1891) 23,000. Banda Gonge, vil. , Portuguese W. Africa, in 9° S. , 17° 20' E. Alt. 2525 ft. Banda Islands, a group of 12 small but important isls. , Molucca Archipelago, belonging to the Dutch, in 4° 30° S. , 129° 50' E. , 50 m. S. Ceram. The largest are Lontor, B. or B. Neira (with the residence of the governor), and Gunong- Api, the last of which is the highest, and has an active volcano of same name. Principal product, nutmegs. The islands form a part of the residency of the Moluccas, and have an area together of 17 sq. m. P. about 8000. Baiidajunia, vil., in the SE. of the British colony of Sierra Leone, about 33 m. from the coast. Bandar, seapt. and municip. , India. See Hasnlipataui. Bandar Abbas. See Bender Abbas. Banda Oriental. See Uruguay. Bandairban, principal vil., in the Chittagong Hill Tracts, Brit. India, Bengal, 28 m. ESE. Chittagong. P. <:30oo. Bandar Baru, vil., Malay Renin., Perak, on the 1. bk. of the Perak, at tlie confluence of one of the mouths of the Kinta, in 4° 8' N. Bandar Bnshire. See Bnshlre. Bandar Slaharani. See Maharanl, Bandar. Ban'da-we, mission stn., Brit. S. Africa, Nyassaland, on the W. shore of Lake Nyassa, in 11° 56' S.; on a sandy pro- montory at the base of the Angoni Mts. ; unhealthy. Bande, stn., Nyassa-land, on the W. shore of Lake Nyassa, in 11° 17' S. Bande, comm., Spain, prov. Orense, dist. B. P. 5700. Bandeia, volcano, W. Africa, Futa Jallon, between the Senegal and Gambia. Ban-de-Ia-Roche. See Stelnthal. Bander, a roadstead of S. Arabia, Akrabi terr. , about 12 m. W. Aden. Bandera, co., U.S., Texas, S. of 30° N., crossed in the E. by 99° W. Bandlat, riv., SW. of France, deps. Haute Vienne and Charente, for the most part disappears in clefts in limestone rock, but after heavy rains joins the Tardoire. Banditti, isl. , Eastern Archipelago. See Pandita. Bandjermassing. See Banjeruiassln. Baudjoeuias. See Banyumas. Bandjoevaugl. See Banynvangi. Bandols, comm. and seapt., France, dep. Var, on the S. ct., arr. and 9 m. W. Toulon. P. < 2000. Bandon, or Melville's Mills, vil., Canada, Ontario, co. Huron, 9 m. from Clinton. P. < 1500. Bandon Grore, vil. , New South Wales, Forbes co. , 75 m. W. Bathurst. P. < 1500. Bandong, tn. , Java, 64 m. ESE. Buitenzorg, cap. residency Preanger ; bird's nest cave near. P. 18,000 (340 Europeans). Bandon, market-tn.. Ire., S. co. Cork, bar. Kinalmeaky, on R. Bandon, 9^ m. W. by N. Kinsale, connected by rail with Cork and Bantry, with important corn and provision trade. The town dates from 1610, when Richard Boyle, first Earl of Cork, established here a settlement of English Protestants. Market-days, W. and S. P. (of tp.)<3Soo. Bandon, riv.. Ire., co. Cork, flows E. into Kinsale Harb. , which it enters in about 51° 40' N. Bandon, ct. tn., U.S., Oregon, Cook co., in 43° 7' N. Mean rainfall (9 yrs.), 62.8 in. P. < 1500. Biiudra, tn., Brit. India, Thdna dist., on the SW. end of Salsette I., at the point at which it is connected with the isl. of Bombay by a causeway and bridge. P. (1881) 15,000; (1891) 18,300 ; Hindus, 8,700 ; Christians, 6300. Bandu, tn., Siam, near E. ct. Malay Renin., about 9° 5' N. Bandurnia ( Turkish, Greek Panormo), tn., Asia Minor, on the S. shore of the Sea of Marmora, 57 m. W, by N. Brussa. Bane Lough, small lake. Ire. , on the border of Meath and Westmeath, 13 m. NNE. Mullingar, drained by the Deel R, into the Boyne. Baueras, comm. , Spain, prov. Alicante, dist. Alcoy. P. <:4ooo. Baueza, La, comm., Spain, prov. and 29 m. SW. Le<5n. P. < 40G0. Banff, tn., Canada, dist. Alberta, on the C. P. R., 921 m. m. by rail W. Winnipeg, with hot sulphur springs ; situated amidst some of the grandest scenery of the Rocky Mountain National Park. P. < 1500. Banff (bamf), a royal and pari, burgh, seapt. tn., and par. of Scot., cap. Banffshire, at the mouth of the Deveron, 6 m. E. by S. Portsoy, with two stns., B. Bridge, and the Harbour stn. , on the G. N. of S. R. ; birthplace of Archbishop Sharp ; has various small factories, including ironworks ; shipbuilding carried on. The harbour has a water area of 4 acres, and 12-14 ft- of water on the sill in ordinary spring tides. Par. 6037 ac. , P. < 5000 ; royal burgh, P. <400o; tn. and pari, burgh, P. 7600. Banffshire, co., Scotland, stretching from SW. to NE., where it has a coast-line on the North Sea, between Elgin and Inverness cos. on the W. and Aberdeenshire on the E. There is also a small detached part surrounded by Aberdeenshire to the S. of Huntly. Less than a third of the surface is under 500 ft. in height. This lies wholly in the N., to which part also the railways (Great North of Scotland and Highland) are confined. From the N. the surface rises on the whole to the S. frontier, which is formed by the granitic Grampian knobof the Cairngorms (Cairngorm 4084 ft., Ben Macdhui 4296 ft., the second highest mountain in the British Isles). The NE. belongs to the basin of the Deveron, which traverses a great part of the county, and in two places separates it from Aberdeenshire (principal trib. the Isla, also a B. river). The SW. belongs to the basin of the Spey, which forms part of the W. boundary, and receives from B. the Avon, with its affluent the Livet Water [GlenllTCt], and the Fiddich. As regards agriculture, the rearing of cattle is of more importance than cropping. [See Appendix, pp. 10-12.] Besides the S., granite occurs towards the NE., and tlie greater part of the remainder of the county is composed of archasan and metamorphic rocks, small areas of Old Red Sandstone occur- ring, however, in the extreme NE. and extreme NW. There are no minerals of great economic importance, but there is an interesting outcrop of serpentine at Portsoy. Chief towns, Banff and Macduff, Portsoy, Cullen, Buckie, Keith, the last of which is the only inland town. Area, 410,112 ac. P. 64,200, See Scotland, table. Banffy>Hunyad. See Hnnyad-Banffy. 117 BANG — BANK Banga, tn., India, Punjab, dist. Jalandhar, 72 in. ESE. Amritsar. P. 5000 ; Hindus, 3100 ; Sikhs, 1000. Bangiihal, val., India, Punjab, dist. Kdngra. The northern hah contains the headquarters of the Ravi. Bangala, or Llboko, stn., Congo Free State, on the r. bk of the Congo, in about 1° 50' N., 18" 45' E., in marshy unhealthy situation. Bangalore, tn. , India, in the SE. of Mysore, near the main water-parting of the state. Since 1811 the chief mihtary station in Mysore, now also the seat of the British Resident. It is also a manufacturing town, noted for its carpets. In the beautiful botanical gardens numerous experiments have been made with a view to the introduction of various tropical exotics (vanilla, cacao, ipecacuanha, &'c.). The climate both of B. and the surrounding country is healthy, but in the hilly jungles W. and S. malarious fever is endemic. The city is not ancient ; its fort, which lies on the SW., is said to have been founded in 1537. Lord Corn- wallis besieged and took B. in 1791. The cantonments lie on the NE. Alt. 3113 ft.; mean temp., yr. 73° F., Jan. 67°, April 80°; rainfall, yr. 35.6 in., May-Oct. 30.8 in. P., includmg Brit. stn. (1852) 134,000; (1871) 142,000; (1891) 180,000. Biingarman, tn., Brit. India, Oudh, dist. Unao, 30 m. NNW. Cawnpur. P. 6000. Bangasi, a fortified tn. of W. Africa, Senegambia, Mandingo country, on the R. Vulima, Bangeston, hanilet, Wales, Pembrokeshire, 3^ m, SW. by S. Milford, on Angle Bay. Banggaal, or Bongay, a group of small isls., Eastern Archi- pelago, to the E. of the middle of Celebes. Bangl, tn., French Congo Terr., on the Ubangi, opposite Zongo, in 4° 20' N. Bangka, isl. See Banka. Bangk&lan, Bangkallan, or Bakalan, tn.. Eastern Archi- pelago, on the ct., near the W. end of Madura I. . BangkiUls, vil., Sumatra, on an isl. on the E. ct., at the mouth of the Siak, in about 1° 30' N. Bangkok, or Bankok, the cap. city and only important seapt. of Siam, on the Menam, 20 m. above its mouth, in a flat marshy situation ; it is the ' Venice ' of the E. ; in 13° 38' N. , 100° 34' E. It consists of three portions — the palace or citadel, on an island enclosed by walls, and comprising the residences of the sovereign and court, with many Buddhist temples and gardens; the city proper ; and the floating town, composed of movable bamboo rafts, each bearing rows of eight or ten houses. The more solid buildings are of brick, but the dwell- ings are mostly of wood mounted on posts. Intercourse is carried on by water, and the Menam is navigable to the city ; but a bar 5 miles from the mouth of the river, with a depth about it of only 13 to 14 ft. at ordinary spring tides, prevents the access of large vessels, the largest that can reach the wharves being of about 1500 tons burden. Railways are now in progress [Slam] ; tramways and the electric light have been introduced ; and European shipbuilding yards, rice-husking works, and works for timber-sawing have been established. For the princi- pal exports see Slam. The average value of the exports is about ;^i,ooo,ooo to ^3,500,000, imports ;^i, 500,000 to jf3,ooo,ooo. B. is a modern city, and succeeded A)nithia as cap. of Siam. Mean temp. (10 yrs. 1858-67), yr. 80.1° F.; mean rainfall (10 yrs.), 58.55 in. (five-sixths of this amount from May to Oct. ). P. about 600,000. Bangor, par., seapt., and fishing -tn., Ire., N. ct. co. Down, bars. Lower Castlereagh and Lower Ards, near the mouth of Belfast Lough, 5 m. N. by E. Newton Ards, con- nected by rail with Belfast ; with a coastguard station ; carries on flowering and embroidering of muslin ; also a sea-bathing resort. Market-day, Tu. Par. P. 7600; tp. P. < 4000. Bangor, tnld.. Ire., NW. co. Mayo, bar. Erris, 24 m. W. Ballina, with P.O. (B. Erris). Bangor, settlement, U.S., S. Dakota, Walworth co., 70 m. N. by E. Pierre. Bangor, tn., U.S., Maine, Penobscot co., at the head of the navigation, and on the r. bk. of the R. Penobscot, 58 m. NE. by E. Augusta, 60 m. from the open sea. The Penobscot is navigable to B. for vessels of 300-400 tons ; about 2000 vessels annually freight lumber and timber, besides those engaged in the fisheries. P. (1880) 16,900; (1890) 19,100. Bangor, vil., U.S., Michigan, Van Buren co., 51 m. NE. of the SW. corner of the state. P. < 1500. Bangor, bor., U.S., Pennsylvania, Northampton co., 46 m. SE. by S. Scranton. P. < 3000. Bangor, par. , Wales, Cardiganshire, 5 m. E. Newcastle in Emlyn. P. <25o. Bangor (Celtic, said to mean 'high choir'), a city, mun. and contributory pari, bor., seapt., and par. of N. Wales, at the N. entrance of Menai Straits, co. and 9 m. NE. Carnarvon, on the L. & NW. R. The tidal basin is 1 1 ft. deep at ordinary neap, 17 ft. at ordinary spring tides. The trade consists principally in the shipping of slate from several slate-yards. It is a favourite watering-place. During the summer steamers ply daily between Liverpool, Llandudno, and B. St. Daniel founded a college at 118 B. in 525, and about 25 years later the cathedral was built. The borough was incorporated in 1883. B. has the University College of N. Wales, and a Normal College. The borough forms part of the Carnarvon dist. of boroughs, sending one member to House of Commons. The diocese comprises the CO. Anglesey, nearly the whole of Carnarvonshire, and parts of Merioneth and Montgomery. Market-day, F. Par. 6524 ac. , P. 12,300 ; con. pari. bor. and mun. bor. P. 9900. Bangor Errls, Ire. , Mayo. See Bangor. Bangor (Monacliomm, or Isycoed), par., Wales, in a detached part of Flint, on the r. bk. of the Dee, 4J m. SE. by E. Wrexham, PMT.O. (B. Isycoed). P.<75o. Bangor Telvl M'ltb Henllan, par. , Wales. See Henllan. Bang-pa-kong, riv. , Siam, flows W. then SW. into the Gulf of Siam, which it enters about 25 m. E. of the mouth of the Menam, with which it is connected by canal. Bang Pla Sol, tn., Siam, 40 m. SE. by E. Bangkok, on the E. side of the Gulf of Siam. Bang-Tapan, tn., Siam, on the E. ct. of the Malay Penin., in about 11° 12' N. Bang-tse, tn., Manchuria, prov. Liautung, 102 m. SW. Kirin. Bangney, a small isl. , Brit. N. Borneo, off the N. ct. , to the E. of 117° E. ; turtle plentiful. Bangwaketse, African tribe inhabiting the SE. of the Pro- tectorate of Bechuanaland. BangTf eolo, or Bemba, a lake of Central S. Africa, between 29^° and 3oJ° E., and extending permanently from about 10° 40 to 11^ S., while it spreads during the rains over a marshy fiat reaching to about 12^° S. Discovered by Livingstone in 1868. The R. Chambeze is the chief affluent of the lake, joining it from the E., but it also receives numerous tributaries from the SE. and S. , drained from the S. by the Luaptila {^.v.). It contains several islands, the largest called Chiribe, Chirube, or Kirwe. Alt. 4000 ft. (Livingstone), 4260 ft. (Giraud), 3750 ft. (J. Thomson). See Scoi. Geog. Mag., 1889, pp. 125-34; Geog. Jonr., 1893, p. 109. Banhaglog, vil., Wales, Montgomeryshire, 11 m. SW. Newtown, close to Tylwch stn. See Llandinam. Banliam, par. , Eng. , Norfolk, Mid div. , 17 m. SW. Norwich, 3 m. SE. by E. Eccles Road stn., PMT.O. P. < 1500. Banhos, Portuguese, ' baths. ' See Bagne. Banl, tn., I. of Haiti, S. ct., rep. and 39 m. WSW. Santo Domingo, in 70° 21' W. Banlak Islands, a group in the Indian Ocean, off the W. ct. of Sumatra, residency Tapanuli, in 2° N., 97° E. A conical hill on the Pulo Baniak I. is a conspicuous sea-mark. Banians. See Banlyds. B&ni&s, vil., Palestine, Ccesarea Philippi in the N. T., 33° 18' N., 35° 41' E., 29 m. E. Tyre. Banlas, vil., Syria, on the ct., 25 m. SSE. Latakieh. Bdnilial Pass, India, Kashmir, 50 m. SSE. Srinagar, con- necting the basin of the jehlam with that of the ChenAb, in 33° 21' N. , 75° 20' E. Alt. 9200 ft. Banl, Jc1>cl. See Atlas (of Morocco). Banlyds, Banians, or Banyans, an Indian trading caste, Vishnuites in religion, originally from Gujarat, but found in Bombay and many other parts of western India, as well as in Aden, Zanzibar, &c. In the NW. Provs. and Oudh the name is applied generally to the merchant class. See AgToka. Banja, Banya, Slavonic form of the Latin balneum, 'bath,' ' mineral spring. ' See Bagne. BanJa, tn., Servia, prov. Aleksinac, 24 m. N. Nish, with warm springs (upwards of 110° F.), which were known to the Romans. P. < 3000. Banja, vil., Servia, dist. Krusevac. See JoSanlca-Banja. BanJa, Dolnje, tn., Bulgaria, Eastern Roumelia, prov. Tatar-Pazardzik, 50 m. W. by N. Philippopolis. Alt. 2170 ft. P. < 3000. Banjalnka, tn., Bosnia, cap. prov. B., on R. Vrbas, 47 m. SW. by W. Brod, with hot springs. Alt. 535 ft. P. 11,400. Banjermasln, or Banyermasslng, cap. of Dutch Borneo, and also cap. of E. ct. and S. ct. residency (see Borneo), on the Martapura, about 8 miles above its junction with the Barito, in 3° 19' S., 114° 35' E. The houses are built on piles. It is the seat of an active trade, in the hands of Chinese and Arabs, in spices (especially pepper), diamonds, gold-dust, ratans, wax, drugs, and other exports, and in salt, cotton stuffs, iron goods, glass, rice, &c., imported. Mean temp. (8 yrs., 1851-58), yr, 80.6°; rainfall (12 yrs.), 95 in. P. 39,350, of whom 36,000 are Dayaks and Malays. For the former independent state of this name, see Borneo. [J. T. B.] Banjnmas, Banjnvanggi. See Banynmas, Banynvangi. Banka, Banca, or Bangka, isl., Dutch E. Indies, situated between 1° 30' and 3° 5' S., 105° 10' and 106° 53' E., on the E. of Sumatra, from which it is separated by the Strait of Banka, 7 to 17 m. wide; area, 4895 sq. m. (officially, 5024), being five-sevenths the size of Wales. An irregular oblong, B. stretches NW. to SE.; is hilly in the N. and S., with isolated granite peaks, reaching 2500 ft. ; consists of ferruginous clays and BANK — BANT sandstones (laterite) in the middle ; and has for the most part low flat coasts, marshy on the W., sand-dunes on the E. alternating with numerous cliffs, especially on the E. The W. coast is gradually rising (or the sea receding). The rivers are numerous, but of no great size. The climate is moist, the annusil rainfall averaging (12 yrs.) 118 in. Heavy storms are frequent during the rainy season. The coastlands are unhealthy, particularly for Europeans. The thermometer ranges between 80° and 87° F., but goes down to 40° in the mountainous peaks of the interior. The chief vegetable productions are wax and honey, coco- and areca-nuts, fruits, and drugs. The crocodile and numerous birds are the principal fauna. The most valuable product, however, is tin, which is obtained both from the sand of the river-valleys and from the mountain rocks ; 3900 to 5400 tons are extracted annually, principally by Chinese. Magnetic iron exists. Rice and salt rank first among the imports ; cap. Muntok, in 105° 10' E. , 2° 4' S. , on the N W. coast. B. forms a separate residency of 10 dists. , and has been a Dutch possession since 1608. P. of island, 80,500, of whom 56,000 are Malays and 24,000 Chinese. [J. T. B.] Banka, tn. , China, Formosa I. , on the Sintiam R. , a few miles above Tamsui, close to the tea-producing dists. P. 40,000. Bankalan, tn., Eastern Archipelago. See Bangkalait. Bankiipnr, tn., Brit. India, Bombay, dist. Dhdrwdr, 42 m. SSE. Dhdrwdr. P. 6500 ; Hindus, 4400. Bankend, vil., Scot., Dumfriesshire, on the Lochar, 6 m. SE. Dumfries, 4 m. S. Racks stn., P.O. Bankfoot, eccles. par., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, Brad- ford par. P. <4000. Bankfoot, vil., Scot., E. Perthshire, 8 m. NNW. Perth, 3 m. WNW. Stanley Junction, PMT.O. P.<7So. Bank Hall, stn., Eng., Liverpool, on the L. & Y. line to Bootle and Southport. Bankliead, vil., Scot., Aberdeenshire, 2 m. NW. Aberdeen, on the G. N. of S. R. P. <;750. Bauktaead and Sprlngside Colliery, vil., Scot., Ayrshire, Dreghorn par. P. < 2000. Bankhead, stn., Scot., S. Lanarkshire, 6 m. E. Lanark, on the C. R. Bank Island, in Torres Strait, in about 10° 10' S. , 142° 15' E. Bsinkipnr, suburb of Patna, India, Bengal, cap. of Patna dist. Bdnkipnr, ancient vil., India, on the Hiiglf R., near the modern Palta above Barrackpur, site of the principal settlement of the Ostend Company. Bank Newton, par.', Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, Skipton div., on the Leeds and Liverpool Canal, 13J m. NNE. Burnley, 2 m. W. Gargrave stn. P. <2So. Bauknock, hamlet, Scot. , Stirlingshire, 7 m. W. Falkirk, on the N. B. R. , with coal-mine. Bankok, city, Siam. See Bangkok. Bslnkot, seapt., Brit. India, Bombay, dist. Ratnagiri, on the S. side of the mouth of the Savitri R. , 70 m. WSW. Poona, in 17° 58' 30" N. The bar has a depth of 9 ft. at low water. Fort Victoria is on the S. side of entrance to its harbour, on a high barren hill. Banks Quay, St. Barnabas, eccles. par., Eng., Lancashire, in Warrington town. P. 5900. Banks, hamlet, Eng., Cumberland, Eskdale div., on the Irthing, 11^ m. ENE. Carlisle, i m. NW. Low Row stn. Banks, eccles. par., Eng., Lancashire, near Southport, with PM.O., on the W. Lancashire and Preston June. Rly. P. < 1500. Banks, or 9Iand, vil. , Scot. , Aberdeenshire. See Maud. Banks, co., Queensland, on the NE. ct. , S. of 14° S., crossed in the S. by 16° S. Banks, CO., U.S., Georgia, N. of 34° N., and midway between 83° and 84° W. Banks, Sir Joseph (1743-1820), a distinguished naturalist, after whom many islands, &c. , were named. Banks Cape, New South Wales, at the entrance to Botany Bay, N. side, a few miles S. Port Jackson. Banks Island, Brit. N. America, in the Pacific, in 53° 20' N.,i30°W. Banks Islands, a group of 17 isls. , Pacific, N. of the New Hebrides, in 14° S., 169° E., the principal being Vanua Lava and Santa Maria. Banks Islands, group, S. Australia, in Spencer's Gulf, in about 34° 30' S., 136° 20' E. Banks Land, isl., Brit. N. America, in Arctic Ocean, SW. of Melville I. , from which it is separated by Banks Strait, in about 7i°-74° 30' N., 115°- 125° W. Banks Laud, penin., New Zealand, Middle I., near the centre of its E. ct., in 43° 40' S., 173° W. Length 50 m., breadth 25 m. , forming a high tableland. It is a volcanic mass, with several inlets (one forming the harbour of Port Lyttelton), representing breaches made in the sides of extinct craters. Banks Strait, between Tasmania and Fourneaux Is. ; breadth, 15 m. Bankstown, vil. , New South Wales, Cumberland co. , 12 m. S. Sydney. P. < 1500. Bilnknrii, tn., Brit. India, Bengal, cap. of B. dist., 90 m. NW. by W. Calcutta ; the station is dry and regarded as very healthy. P. 18,700 ; Hindus, 17,900. Baitkyfelin, place, Wales, Carmarthen, 4 m. from St. Clears, with PM.O. Bann, riv.. Ire., in the E. of co. Wexford, flows SW. to the Slaney. See also Bann, Lower and Upper. Bann, Lower, riv.. Ire., flowing from Lough Neagh, between cos. Antrim and Londonderry, NW. to the Atlantic. Navigable to Coleraine. Bann, Upper, riv. , Ire. , cos. Down and Armagh, rises in the Moume Mts., flows SW. past Banbridge into Lough Neagh^ which it enters in about 54" 30' N. Banna, electoral div. , Ire. , co. Kerry, dist. Ardfert. Bannalee, tn., France, dep. Finist^re, 20 m. NW. Lorient, 8 m. N. by W. QuimperM. P. <5ooo. Bannatyne House, seat, Scot., Forfarshire, 7^ m. NW. Dundee, with famous collection of ancient Scottish poems gathered by George Bannatyne, in honour of whom the Banna- tyne Club was named. Baunbrook, electoral div., Ire., co. Londonderry, dist. Articlave. Bannl, penin., India, on the N. of the Cutch Penin. Bannlugbam, par. , Eng. , Norfolk, N. div. ,8 m. S. Cromer, 4 m. W. of N. Walsham stn., P.O. P. <25o. Bannlo, comm., Italy, Piedmont, prov. and 44 m. NW. by N. Novara, in the Val d'Anzasca. P. < 1000. Bannister, settlement, W. Australia, Wicklow co., 100 m. SE. Perth. Bannockbum, vil.. New Zealand, South I., Vincent co., on the r, bk. of the Kaw arau, 90 m. W. Oamaru. P. < 1500. Baunockburn ('the stream of the white knoll'), tn., Scot., CO. and 2J m. S. Stirling, on the N. B. R. and C. R. Famous for the victory gained here, June 24, 1314, by the Soots, under Bruce, over the English, commanded by Edward II., the site of which is marked by a block of granite called the Bored Stane. Near it, at Sauchie Burn, in 1488, James III. of Scotland was defeated by his son. Coal in dist. , and carpet, tweed, and other woollen factories. PMT.O. P. < 2000. Baunoek Bum, small riv., Scot., Stirlingshire, rises in the NE. of the CO., and flows E. and NE. , passing Bannockburn, to the Forth, which it joins 2| m. E. Stirling. Bannockbum, or Leigh Koa«l, settlement, Victoria, Grant CO., 15 m. NW. by W. Geelong. Baunow, par.. Ire., S. ct. co. Wexford, bar. Bargy, 16 m. SW. by W. Wexford, on Bannow Bay, with a coastguard station, PM.O.; 6551 ac. P. < 1500. Baiinu, tn. , India. See Edwardcs^btld. Banogue, P.O., Ire., co. Limerick, 3 m. from Croom. Banolas, comm. , Spain, prov. and 10 m. N. Gerona. P. 5000. j5(2^?(?i, Spanish, 'baths.' See Bagne. Bauos, hot mineral springs (130° F.), Ecuador, at the base of Tunguragua, 105 m.NE. by E.Guayaquil, 20m. ENE. Rio-bamba. Bauos de la Euclna, comm., Spain, prov. Ja^n, dist. La Carolina. P. <:4oco. Baitos de Holgas, comm., Spain, prov. Orense, dist. AUariz. P. < 5000. Ban Pao, tn., Siam, on the Mei-Ping, 75 m. SE. by S. Rahang, in about 16° i' N. Bansan, vil. , W. Africa, a little to the S. of the Gambia, in 13° 30' N., 14° 43' W. B^nsb&rl^, tn., India, Bengal, on Hugh' R., 29 m. N. Cal- cutta. P. 6800 ; Hindus, 6300. B^usd4, tn., India, Bombay, Gujarat, cap. of B. state, 131 m. NNE. Bombay. At Unai, 7 m. from B., is a hot-spring, with temperature generally little below boiling-point. P. < 3000. Bansdlh, tn., Brit. India, Bengal, dist. BaUia, 65 m. WNW. Patnd.. P. 9400. B^usg&ou, tn., Brit. India, NW. Provs., dist. Gorakhpur, 85 m. N. by E. Benares. P. 6000. Bansha, tn., Ire., SW. co. Tipperary, bar. Clanwilliam, 4 m. ESE. Tipperary, on the Waterford and Limerick Rly., PM.O. P.<5oo. Banstachlkova, place in Siberia, govt. Irkutsk, in 58° 3' N., 108° 3s' E., with meteorological stn. Alt. 985 ft.; mean temp., yr. 23.4° F. , Jan. - 22.6°, July 66.6°. Banstead, par. , Eng. , Surrey, Epsom div. , 3I m. E. by S. Epsom, on the L. B. & S. C. R., PMT.O.; 5557 ac. P. <50oo. Banstead Downs, Eng., NE. Surrey, Epsom and Wimble- don divs. , a chalky tract slightly elevated above the surround- ing country, now in large part under cultivation. The Epsom Downs are a continuation of B. Downs. Bsinswdra, tn., India, Rajputana, cap. of B. state, 108 m. NW. bv W. Indore. The palace is surrounded by a high wall. P. 8000'. Bant, comm., Ger., gd.-duchy Oldenburg, circle and dist. Jever. P. 8300. Bantam, tn. , Java, on the N. ct. , in about 106° 13' E. , 45 m. WNW. Batavia, on B. Bay, the first settlement founded by the Dutch in Java (in 1602). ■^ ^ ' 119 BANT — BARA Banteer, tn., Ire., N. co. Cork, bar. Duliallow, ii m. W. Mallow, on the Killamey June. Rly., PM.O. P. <25o. BantUy, tn., India. See If'anthall. Banton, eccles. par. , Scot. , Stirlingshire, Kilsvth par. , 8^ m. W. Falkirk, 2 m. W. by N. Banknock stn. , P. O. P. < 1000. Bantry, market and seapt. and fishing tn., Ire., SW. co. Cork, bar. B., on the large inlet of B. Bay, 12 m. NW. Skib- bereen, a resort of tourists ; with slate-quarries and mines of barytes, and rly. stn. Market-day, S. P. < 3000. Bantry, bar. , Ire. , in the SW. of co. Cork. Bantry, bar. , Ire. , in the W. of co. Wexford. Bantry Bay, Ire., extreme SW. co. Cork, with fixed light at E. entrance, visible 12 m. See Adrlgole. Bantu, collective name of the great majority of the inhabi- tants of S. Africa. The Bantu races extend from the Kameruns, the Mobangi, and Upper Nile to Cape Colony, only the SW. parts of S. Africa being occupied by the Hottentot races, and the districts E. of the Victoria Nyanza by the Masai, Wakwafi, and Wandorobbo tribes belonging to the Nuba races. About the most important B. nations see Congo Free State, more- over, Waganda, Wanyamwezi, Barotse, Matabili, Bechuanas, Zulu, Ovambo, and Ovaherero. All B. languages are entirely different from those of the negroes proper and of the Hottentot races. In the eastern and south-eastern territories mixtures between B. and Arabs have taken place in ancient and modern times (Suahili, Kafirs, Barotse). In many countries occupied by the B. , small settlements df the old aborigines of S. Africa, the Batwa, are found. [H. G. S.] B^nt-H'^, tn. , India, Kathidwdr, cap. of B. state, 80 m. NW. Diu. P. 8000. B&ntwAI, tn., Brit. India, Madras, dist. S. Kdnara, 15 m. E. Man£;alore, on the Netravati R. P. <4ooo. BanCir, tn. , India, Punjab, Patiala state. P. 6500 ; Hindus, 2800; Moham. 2800. BauTanlste, vil., Hungary. See Baranlste. Banw, small riv., Wales, Montgomeryshire, flows SE. to Llanfair, then NE. into the Vymwy. Bantvell, par. and vil., Eng., Somerset, Wells div., 5 m. E. by S. Weston-super-Mare, on the G. W. R. (Sandford and Banwell stn.), PMT.O. ; 4974 ac. P. <2ooo. Banya, Hungarian, 'mine.' Banya, Slavonic, 'bath.' See Banja. Banya, vil. , Turkey in Europe, prov. Salonica, on the Vardar, 53 m. NE. by E. Monastir, just above the Demir Kapn Pass. Biinya, FeLso-, tn. , with magistracy, Hungary, prov. Szatmir, 60 m. N. Klausenburg. Alt. 1185ft. P. <5ooo. B^nya. ?fagy., tn. , 6 m. W. Fels6-B. Alt. 750 ft. P. 9800. Banyal, S. African tribe on ther. bk. of the Zambezi, between about 28° and 31° E. Banyans, Indian trading caste. See BanlyAs. Banyena, settlement, Victoria, 177 m. NW. Melbourne. Bnnyermasslng. See Banjermasln. Banynls-snr-lHer, small seapt. tn. at the foot of the Pyrenees. See Alb^res. Banynnias ('golden water'), tn., Java, cap. residency B., 72 m. WNW. Jokjokarta. P. 5200 (220 Europeans). Banyuvangl, or Banjuvan^^, tn. , Java, about the middle of the E. ct. ( 1 14° 23' E., 8° I VS.) ; mean temp. (8yrs., 1850-57), jrr. 79.9° F. ; rainfall (12 yrs.), 55 in. Banza, p>art of the name of many tns. and vils. in equatorial Africa. Sometimes met with as a prefix, sometimes as a suffix. Banza Manteka, viL, W. Africa, Congo Free State, about 60 m. ENE. Boma. Banza Mpnta, vil., W. Africa, Congo Free State, about 100 m. S. by W. Leopoldville. Baol, country, Africa, in the W. of Senegal, near the penin. of Cape Verd. The principal vil. is Lambay6. Baoll, tn. , Brit. India, NW. Provs. , dist. and 7 m. N W. by N. Meerut. P. 6000. Baonl, state, India, the only Muhammadan state in Bundel- khand, enclosed on all sides by British terr. Crossed by 26° N. and 80° E. Baor-Tleb, lake, Africa. See Bebo. Bao-ttaang, tn. , Tongking. See l4iokai. Ba-onle, riv. , French W. Africa. See Ba-nle. BiipatU, tn., Brit. India, Madras, dist. Kistna, 46 m. WSW. Masulipatam. P. 6900 ; Hindus, 6300. Bapanme, tn. , France, dep. Pas de Calais, arr. and 14 m. S. by E. Arras, scene of a battle between the French and the Germans, Jan. 1871. P. <3ooo. Bapclilld, par. and vil., Eng., Kent, Faversham div., sj m. W. by N. Faversham, i^ m. ESE. Sittingboume stn., PT'.O. P.<5oo. Baptiste, riv., Canada, Alberia, rises in the Rocky Mts., flows first SE. then NE. into the Athabasca R. , which it enters in about 54° 6' N. Baptlstgrange, par.. Ire., co. Tipperary, bar. Middlethird, 5 m. N'E. Clonmel; 2857 ac. P. <:25o. Bapton, hamlet, Eng. , Wiltshire, Wilton div., 11 m. NW. by W. Salisburv, i m. NW. Wylye stn. 120 ' 5ar,' Celtic, 'a summit.' Bar, riv., France, dep. Ardennes, flows N. into the Meuse. Bar,tn., Russia, govt. Podolia, 50 m. NE. Kamenets-Podolsk. P. 13,500. Bara, riv. and val. , India and Afghanistan. The river flows eastwards from Afghanistan a few miles to the S. of the Khaibar Pass, and joins the Kabul R. about 10 m. ENE. of Peshawar. Baraba (Barabln.skaya) Steppe, wide prairies of W. Siberia, between the Obi and Irtysh Rivs. , making part of govts, of Tobolsk and Tomsk. N. part is known as Tasyngan Steppe ; S. part (in the Altai) as Knlnnda Steppe ; and middle part, crossed by the great highway, as B. proper. Less than 300 ft. above sea-level. Immense marshes, numerous lakes (Chany, Abyshkan, Sumy, &c. , all rapidly decreasing in size) ; no lack of forests, especially in N. Soil very fertile in B. proper, which contains a numerous p>opulation of Russian immigrants. Bar^b&r, hills, India, Bengal, Gay4 dist., between 25° i' and 25° 2' 30" N. and 85° 3' and 85° 7' E., containing many remark- able antiquarian remains. Scene of an annual fair held in Sept. Barabara, riv. , Brit. Guiana, part of the waterway connect- ing the Barama with the Moruka [Baramanni]. Barilb:itl Fort, India. See Cuttack. Baraboo, riv., U.S., Wisconsin, flows S. then E. into the Wisconsin R. , which it enters some miles below Portage City. Baraboo, city, U.S., Wisconsin, Sauk co., 96 m. WNW. Milwaukee, the centre of the Wisconsin hop-growing dist. P. < 5000. Barabool HUIs, dist. , Victoria, co. Grant, in the neighbour- hood of Geelong. Barabra, Barabtrali, Berabra, or Danagla, tribe in the N. of Nubia, E. Africa, now in great part mixed with Funj and Bejas. Baracaldo, comm., Spain, Basque Provs., Vizcaya, dist. Valmaseda. P. 9000. Baracbals Point, cape, Newfoundland, S. ct. , 57° 53' W. Barachols de Malbale, viL , Canada, Quebec, Gasp6 co. , on the Mai Bay, in 48° 35' N. P. < 1500. Baracoa, seapt., Cuba, at the E. end of the isl., N. ct., 92 m. ENE. Santiago de Cuba, in 74^° W., the first settlement of the Spaniards on the island. P. 18,100. Barada (ancient Abana), riv., Syria. It rises to the NW. of Damascus, flows first S. then SE. through the Anti-Libanus, enters the plain of Damascus by a deep ravine, and converts a desert into a fruitful paradise. It winds through and copiously waters the city, and then continues eastward for 20 m. , when it is lost in the Lake Bahret-el-Ateibeh. Baradlne, co., New South Wales, crossed by 31° S., and in the middle by 149° E. Baradlne, settlement. New South Wales, 240 m. N. Sydney. Baradla, cave, Hungary. See Agtelek. Baraga, co., U.S., Michigan, on Lake Superior, crossed in the extreme E. by 88° W. Barilgiion, tn., Brit. India, NW. Provs., dist. Ballia, 65 m. NE. Benares. P. 11,000. Bar^iiri, tn., Brit. India, Bengal, dist. and 17 m. NE. by E. Rangpur, 112 m. SE. Darjfling. P. 6000. Baragna Point, cape, Burma, the most southerly point of the Irawadi delta. Barahona, Altos de, mts., Spain, between the prov. of Guadalajara (New Castile) on the S., and of Soria (Old Castile) on the N. , between the basins of the Douro and Tagr.s. B&rak, riv. , India. See Snrma. Bar'aka, riv. , Ethiopia. See Barka. Biirakbar, riv. , Brit. India, in the W. of Bengal, flows ESE. into the Damodar ; several coalfields in its basin. Bar^khar, tn., Brit. India, Bengal, Bardwan dist, 18 ni. WNW. Riniganj, a place with both coal and iron ore near, where iron-works on a large scale have several times been attempted. Bar&kbatl, tn., Brit. India, Bengal, dist. Rangpur, 80 m. SE. Darjfling. P. 11,400. Baral, riv., India, Bengal, Rajshdhi dist., offshoot of the Ganges, flowing E. through the southern portion of the dist. B&ra Ii&cta& Pass, Brit. India, Punjdb, dist. Kangra, iia m. N. by E. Simla ; can be crossed by laden yaks. Alt. 16,500 ft. Baralong Location, dist. Orange Free State, crossed in the N. by 29° S. , and in the middle by 27° E. Baram, riv. and cape, Sariwak. See Barram. Bara'ma, riv. in the NW. of Brit. Guiana, flows ENE. into the Waini, navigable up to falls in about 7° 18' N., 59° 55' W., alluvial gold-field worked to N. of these falls. (Proc. R. G. S., 1892, p. 673.) BAi^mahal, a former div., India, Madras, including parts of the present Salem and N. Arcot dists. Baramanni, settlement, Brit. Guiana, on the Waini, in about 7° 49' N., 59° s' W., where the B., a river-like lagoon, con- nected in wet seasons at its upper end with the sea, joins the Waini, which at this point is brought into communication with the Moruka by a waterway, partly artificial, of which the B. lagoon forms part. (Proc. R G. S., 1892, p. 675.) BARA — BARC BArAmstl, tn., Brit. India, Bombay, dist. and 53 m. SE. by E. Poona. P. 540°; Hindus, 4700. B^amiU, river-gorge, India. See Mabdnadl. Baramnla, nit.-gorge, India, Kashmir State. See JeMam R. Baran, tn. , Brit. India. See Balandslialur. Baran, tn. , India, Rdjputdna, 133 m. SSE. Jaipur. P. 8000. Bariinagar, a northern suburb of Calcutta, Brit. India. Baranello, comm., Italy, Abruzzi e Molise, prov. and 6 ni. WSW. Campobasso, 50 m. W. Foggia. P. <4ooo. Barania, mt., in the Carpathians, source of the Vistula. Alt. 4200 ft. Barano d' Iscbla, comm., Italy, prov. Naples, dist. Pozzuoli. P. < 5000. Barano'w, tn., Austria, crownland Galicia, on the r. bk. of the Vistula, 67 m. SW. Lublin. P. <2ooo. Barauow, tn., Prussia, prov. Posen, 43 m. E. byN. Breslau. P. < 2000. BarauqnlUa, tn. , S. America. See Barranqnllla. Baranya, co. , Hungary (^.v.), between the Drave and Danube. Barapa, tn., W. Africa, on Fernando Po I., in the Bight of Biafra. Barasat, tn. , Brit. India, Bengal, dist of the 24 Parganis, 14 m. NE. by N. Fort- William, Calcutta. P. 9800; Hindus, 5300 ; Moham. 4400. Barassle, stn., Scot., Ayrshire, on a branch of the Glasgow & SW. Rly. , 4 m. SSE. Irvine. Barataria, bay, U.S., in the SE. of Louisiana, NW. of the mouth of the Mississippi in Gulf of Mexico. Baran, or Bavarov, comm., Austria, Bohemia, 21 m. NW. by W. Budweis. P. < 2000. Bara'vn, more properly Bara'^wa. See BraTa, tn. , E. Africa. Bnrba, active volcano, Costa Rica, 15 m. N. San Jos6. Bar1>acena, tn. and rly. stn., Brazil, Minas Geraes, on the W. slope of the Serra Mantiqueira, 130 m. NW. by N. Rio de Janeiro, 64 m. SSW. Ouro Preto. Alt. 3725 ft. P. 6000. Barbacoas, tn., in SW. of Colombia, Cauca, 140 m. N. by E. Quito. Accessible from sea by river steamers. P. 6000. Barbacoas, bay, Colombia, NW. ct., separated by Baru I. from Cartagena Harbour on the N. Barbacoas, tn., Venezuela, Miranda, 75 m. S. Cardcas, on E. bank of Guarico R. P. 13,000. Barbadaucs, comm., Spain, Galicia, prov. and dist. Orense. P. < 4000. Barbados, or Barbadoes (said to have been first visited by the Portuguese, and named by them Los Barbados, ' the bearded,' with reference to tlie bearded fig-trees which they observed there), the most easterly of the W. India Is., 100 m. E. St. Vincent ; a little more than half the size of Anglesey ; length 21 m., breadth 14 m.; cap. and only seapt., Bridgetown, on W. side of island. Lighthouse on S. point of island, visible 18 m., in 13° 3' N., 59° 31' W. The island is composed of stratified rocks (including clays used in making fire-bricks and pottery), on which rest unconformably chalky-looking calcareous and silicious deposits (including infusorial earth), all of deep- sea origin, above which again a crust of coral limestone lies over a large part of the surface. The island is almost encircled by coral reefs, which in some parts extend 3 m. seaward. Shore low, except on the E. side ; surface level, but towards the N. Mount Hillaby rises to 1104 ft. The island is free from swamps, and has a generally healthy climate, but hurricanes occur, though at long intervals. B. was taken possession of in the name of England in 1605, when it was almost uninhabited, but first received an English colony in 1625. At first indigo, cotton, ginger, and aloes were grown, and it was not till later that sugar, now the staple product, was grown with success. Aloes [Aloe vulgaris) is still cultivated to a small extent, and renewed experiments are being made with ginger, as well as with cacao, and other tropical products. Annual imports and exports each more than _!ri, 000,000 in value ; sugar and molasses making up three-fourths of value of exports, imports chiefly manufac- tures, food-sttiffs, coal, timber, &c. B. is a separate colony. The government is vested in a governor, a legislative council of 9 members nominated by the crown, and a house of assembly composed of 24 elected members. B. is the headquarters of H.M. forces in the W. India command, the see of a bishop, and possesses a college, affiliated to Durham University, called Cod- rington College in memory of its founder. Gen. Codrington (died 1710). B. has direct steam communication with Southampton, London, Liverpool, New York, and Quebec. Shortest track to Plymouth 3498 nautical miles. It is a station of the W. India and Panama Telegraph Company [West Indies]. Mean temp. , yr. 80.7° F.; rainfall (Bridgetown, 30 yrs.), ^5.6 in. ; rainy season, June to Nov. Area, 166 sq. m. P. (1851) 136,000 ; (1891) 182,306= 1096 to the square mile, the great majority being negroes or ' coloured. ' Barbajeda, mts. , Spain, belonging to the Serrania de Cuenca, prov. Cuenca, with two considerable lakes. Barbanla, tn., Italy, Piedmont, prov. and 16 m. N. by W. Turin. P. <:3ooo. Barbara, harb. , on the S. side of Curapao I. , W. Indies. Barbara Channel, a strait, S. America, filled with rocky islands leading S. from the Froward Reach of the Strait of Ma- gellan, between Santa Ines and Clarence Is. Barbara Hoofd, cape, Dutch Guiana, in 55° 42' W. Barbarano, comm., Italy, Venetia, prov. Vicenza, 17 m. W. by N. Padua. P. < 3000. Barbary (ancient Mauritania, Numidia, Africa Propria), an extensive region, comprising all the N. portion of Africa, from Egypt to the Atlantic Ocean, and from the Mediterranean to beyond the Greater Atlas, and extending between 25° and 37° N., 10° W. and 25° E. It was peopled chiefly by Moors, Numidians, and Phoenician colonists; attained celebrity imder the dominion of the Carthaginians, was afterwards subject to the Romans, and occupied for nearly a century by the Vandals. The Arabs took it finally from the Romans in the year 697. See Morocco, Algeria, Tunis, Tripoli, Barka, and Berbers. Barbastro, tn., Spain, prov. Huesca, 30 m. E. by S. Huesca. P. 8200. Barbata, riv. , Spain. See Gnardal. Barbate, torrent, Spain, prov. Cadiz, flows SW. into the Straits of Gibraltar, nearly opposite Tangier. Barber, co., U.S., Kansas, on the S. frontier, crossed in the W. by 99° W. Barberlno dl Mngello, tn., Italy, Tuscany, prov. and 16 m. N. Florence. P. 10,000. Barberlno dl Yal d'Klsa, vil., Italy, prov. and 15 m. S. by W. Florence, with the palace of the Barberini, birthplace of Pope Urban VIII. P. 11,000. Barbers Bridge, stn., Eng., Gloucestershire, on the G. W. R., 2^ m. WNW. Gloucester. Barbers Creek, settlement, Victoria, 21 m. NE. Melbourne. Barberton, tn., S. African Republic, 70 m. W. Louren90 Marquez, centre of the De Kaap goldfields. Alt. about 3000 ft. Founded in 1885. P. (1888) about 4000, since declined. Barbezlenx, tn., France, dep. Charente, 18 m. SE. by S. Cognac ; cap. arr. P. < 3000. B&rbigbfl, tn., Brit. India, Bengal, dist. Monghyr, 43 m. SE. Patnd. P. 8000, Barbon, par., Eng., Westmorland, Kendal div., g\ m. SE. Kendal, on the L. & NW. R., P.O.; 4261 ac. P,<5oo. Barbon Fells, an upland tract, Eng., on the borders of Westmorland and the W. Riding of Yorkshire, about 3 m. E. Barbon, and about 11 m. SE. by E. Kendal ; height, 2250 ft. Barbonr, co., U.S., W. Virginia, in the N., crossed by 80' W., and in the S. by 39° N., traversed by the Monongahela. Barbonr, co., U.S., Alabama, on E. frontier, and crossed in N. by 32° N. Barbonme, eccles. par. , Eng. , Worcestershire, near Claines. P. < 3500. BarboursTllle, tn., U.S., Kentucky, Knoxco., on Cumber- land R., 116 m. SE. Frankfort. P. < 1500. Barbonrsvllle, vil., U.S., W. Virginia, Cabell co., on Guyandotte R., 36 m. W. by N. Charleston. P. <;i5oo. Barbrldge, hamlet, Eng., Cheshire, 3 m. from Alpraham, with P.O. Barbnda (Portuguese, ' the island of the bearded men '), one of the Brit. West India Is., Leeward group, in the Atlantic, 20 m. N. Antigua, of which it is a dependency. The greater part of the island is flat. It produces some salt and phosphate of lime and exports cattle to Antigua. There is no harb. , but a roadstead on W. side. Area, 62 sq. m. P. 580. Barby, par. and vil., Eng., Mid div. of Northamptonshire, 34 m. SE. Rugbv, P.O. P. <75o ; eccles. par. (B. with Olney) P:<750. Barby, tn. , Ger. , Prussia, prov. Saxony, on the 1. bk. of the Elbe, 16 m. SE. Magdeburg. P. 5300. Barca. See Barka. Barcarrota, tn. , Spain, prov. and 19 m. S. Badajoz. P. 5200. Barcaldlne, vil., Queensland, Portland co., 310 m. SW. by W. Mackay. P. < 1500. Barcellona, tn., Sicily, prov. and t8 m. W. by S. Messina. P. 21,000. Barcellos, vil., Brazil, Amazonas, on the r. bk. of the Rio Negro, about 300 m. above its confluence with the Amazon, 260 m. NW. by W. Manaos. Barcellos, tn., Portugal, prov. Minho, on r. bk. Cavado, 27 m. N. Oporto. P. < 3000. Barcelona, prov., Spain, ancient co., part of the ancient principality of Catalonia, traversed from N. to S. by riv. Llobregat ; cap. B. See Spain, table ; Catalonia. Barcelona, tn. , Spain, near the mouth of riv. Llobregat, on the Mediterranean, 310 m. ENE. Madrid, 440 m. by rail. Lat. 41° 21' 44" N., long. 2° 30' 32" E. Cap. prov. B. , and of military dep. (Capitania) of Catalonia. Bishopric under Arch- bishop of Tarragona. The most important commercial and industrial centre of Spain. Good harbour, with two long piers ; entrance 300 yds. wide, 20-26 ft. deep, 346 acres. On a plain sur- rounded by high hills, with villas, ' torres' {towers formerly circled as a refuge against Barbaresque pirates), picturesquely intermixed with vines, pine, orange, lemon, fig, and pomegranate trees. 121 BARC — BARF Supposed to have been founded by Hamilcar Barca some 230 B. C. [Barcina, Carthago nova) ; Roman colony, 200 B.C. (Faventia- Julia-Augusta-Pia) ; cap. of Gothic Septimania, 533 A.D. (Barcinoma) ; conquered by the Moors, 713 ; cap. of Aquitania under the Franks and Charlemagne, and cap. of county of B. since 762 ; cap. of united Catalonia and Aragon (twelfth century), and then great commercial centre of E. trade (thirteenth to fourteenth century) ; united to Castilla under Ferdinand and Isabella (fifteenth century). Here the first com- mercial code, ' Consulado del Mar,' was promulgated (1279). Here Blasco de Garay tried his first steamship (1543). B. was taken by Berwick (1660), by Peterborough (1705), by Duhesme (1808). Long siege in 1823. Seat of a university (medicine, law, natural sciences, with valuable library rich in old MSS.). The archives of the ancient kingdom of Aragon are second only to Simancas (documents from 844). Several libraries (the Episcopal, with 2000 ancient MSS. ). The ' Liceo ' is the largest theatre in Europe (5000 spectators). All important branches of manufacture carried on, those of textiles taking the lead. Some 120,000 workmen are employed in the cotton mills. Exporta- tions : manufactured goods, principally for the Spanish colonies, agricultural products (cork-wood, wine, saffron, anise, fruits), quicksilver, and lead. Importation : coal (from England), raw cotton (from the W. Indies). Average annual value of imports to foreign countries _!^i,5oo,ooo to _^2,ooo,ooo, to Spanish posses- sions abroad, ^4,000,000 to _^5,ooo,ooo. The most important port of Spain after Cadiz — 12,000 ships of 2,000,000 tons yearly. Mean temp. (15 yrs.), 61° F., Jan. 47.7°, Aug. 77°; rainfall (14 yrs.), 22.8 in. Average number of rainy days, 69. The area now occupied is twice as large as that in 1868. P. (1868) 167,000; (1877) 248,943; (1887) 272,481 ; with suburbs, 400,000 to 450,000. Barcelona, tn., Venezuela, cap. Bermudez, 150 m. E. Caracas, 3 m. from the coast, now connected by rail with the new port of Guanta 12 m. distant; coal deposits near. P. 12,800. Barceloneta, fishing suburb of Barcelona, Spain. Barcelonnette, tn. , France, dep. Basses- Alpes, almost at the middle of the long valley of the Ubaye, 58 m. NW. by N. Nice, 15 m. SE. by S. Embrun. B. received its name from Reymond B^renger, then Count of Provence, whose family belonged to Barcelona. Cap. arr. Alt. 3714 ft. ; mean temp. , yr. 45.8° F., Jan. 27.7°, July 65.3°. P. <2ooo. Barchestou, par. and vil., Eng. , Warwickshire, div. and 10^ m. SSE. Stratford-on-Avon, 7 m. E. Campden stn. P, <25o. Barclifeld, vil., Prussia, Hesse-Nassau, circle and dist. Schmalkalden. P. <:3000. Barclay, rly. stn. , Canada, prov. Ontario, on the C. P. R. 1204 m. by rail W. Montreal. Barclay, vil., U.S., Illinois, Sangamon co., 8 m. NE. Spring- field. P. < 1500. Barclay, vil., U.S., Pennsylvania, Bradford co., 55 m. W. by N. Scranton, with mines of bituminous coal. P. < 1500. Barclay Sound, inlet, Canada, Brit. Columbia, on W. side Vancouver I. , crossed by 49° N. ; 35 m. long. Barco, El, comm., Spain, Galicia, on the Sil, 86 m. ESE. Santiago. P. 6400. Barcombe, par., Eng., Sussex, on the E. border of the Lewes div., 3 m. N. Lewes, with two stns. (B. and B. Mills) on the L. B. & S. C. R., PM.O. ; 5032 ac. P. < 1500. Barcoo, riv. , Australia. See Cooper's Creek. B&rda, div. , SW. ct. of Kdthidwdr Renin. , Gujarat, India. B4rda Hills, a circular cluster in B4rda div. , near Porbandar, 30 m. round, 12-18 m. from the coast ; highest 1730 ft. Bardanue, riv. , Prussia, govt. Frankfurt, a branch of theOder. Barden, par. , Eng. , Yorkshire, N. Riding, Richmond div. , 5 m. SSW. Richmond, 2^ m. NE. Leyburn stn. P. <25o. Barden, par., Eng., Yorkshire, W. Riding, 7 m. NE. Skipton ; 7338 ac. P. <25o. Bardenberg, vil. , Prussia, Rhine Prov. , 4 m. N. by E. Aix- la-Chapelle. P. < 3000. Barde'ra, Somali village, E. Africa, occupying a height on the 1. bk. of the jub {q.v. ), in about 2° 18' N. , at the crossing-place of the caravan route from the Borani country to Brava. P. < 1200. Bardficld-end Green, hamlet, Eng., Essex, div. and 7^ m. SE. Saffron Walden, 6 m. N. Dunmow stn. Bardfleld, Great and Little, two adjoining pars., Eng., Essex, Saffron Walden div., 6^ m. NW. Braintree. Great B. P. < 1000; Little B. P. <5oo. Bardfleld Sallng, par., Eng., Essex, on the S. border of the Saffron Walden div. , 5 m. NW. by W. Braintree, 3^ m. NW. Rayne stn. P. <5oo. Bard Head, cape, Scot., Shetland Is., in the extreme SE. of Bressay I. , in 60° 6' N. Bardl, comm., Italy, Emilia, prov. Piacenza, 31 m. SW. by W. Parma. P. 7000. Bardney, par. , Eng. , Lincolnshire, E. Lindsey div. , 9^ m. E. by S. Lincoln, on G. N. R., PMT.O. Par. 5418 ac. P.